Symantec Norton 360 Antivirus Software 11022527 Users Manual Product

11022527 to the manual 3cbf5bb4-1294-4c51-adf2-1b728655edb8

2015-02-02

: Symantec Symantec-Norton-360-Antivirus-Software-11022527-Users-Manual-490645 symantec-norton-360-antivirus-software-11022527-users-manual-490645 symantec pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 584

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

6.0
Product Manual

Care for our Environment; ‘It's the right thing to do.’
Symantec has removed the cover from this manual to reduce the Environmental Footprint of our
products. This manual is made from recycled materials.

Norton 360™ Product Manual
The software described in this book is furnished under a license
agreement and may be used only in accordance with the terms of
the agreement.
Documentation version 6.0
Copyright © 2011 Symantec Corporation. All rights reserved.
Symantec, the Symantec Logo, LiveUpdate, Norton 360, and Norton
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Symantec Corporation
or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. Portions of this
product Copyright 1996-2011 Glyph & Cog, LLC. Other names may
be trademarks of their respective owners.
The product described in this document is distributed under licenses
restricting its use, copying, distribution, and decompilation/reverse
engineering. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form by any means without prior written authorization of Symantec
Corporation and its licensors, if any.
THE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND ALL EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID.
SYMANTEC CORPORATION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION
WITH THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE, OR USE OF THIS
DOCUMENTATION. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENTATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
The Licensed Software and Documentation are deemed to be
commercial computer software as defined in FAR 12.212 and subject
to restricted rights as defined in FAR Section 52.227-19 "Commercial
Computer Software - Restricted Rights" and DFARS 227.7202, et
seq. “Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer
Software Documentation”, as applicable, and any successor
regulations. Any use, modification, reproduction release,
performance, display or disclosure of the Licensed Software and
Documentation by the U.S. Government shall be solely in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.
Symantec Corporation
350 Ellis Street,
Mountain View, CA 94043
http://www.symantec.com

Contents

Chapter 1

Getting Started ....................................... 7
About Norton 360 ...................................... 7
Activation protects you ............................. 20
About your Norton Account ........................ 24
About Norton Community Watch ................. 32
About Norton Bootable Recovery
Tool ............................................... 34
About updating Norton 360 ....................... 38
About Network Proxy Settings .................... 48
About Norton 360 status ............................ 52

Chapter 2

Monitoring your system's
performance ................................... 59
About System Insight ................................ 59

Chapter 3

Maintaining total protection .................. 103
About total protection .............................
About keeping your computer secure ...........
About solving connection problems ............
About responding to emergencies ...............
About monitoring protection
features .........................................
About viewing details of system
vulnerabilities .................................

Chapter 4

103
104
106
106
108
144

Scanning your computer ....................... 149
About the Norton 360 scans ...................... 149
About Computer Scan .............................. 152

Contents

About Insight Network scan ......................
About Reputation Scan ............................
About Scan Facebook Wall ........................
About SONAR Protection ..........................
About scanning Office documents ...............
About Silent Mode ..................................
About boot time protection .......................
Running a scan at the command
prompt ..........................................

Chapter 5

168
170
182
185
189
191
204
205

Responding to security issues ................ 209
What to do if a security risk is found ........... 209

Chapter 6

Understanding alerts and
messages ...................................... 219
About Norton 360 alerts and
messages ........................................
About managing messages and
alerts ............................................
Types of risks ........................................
Types of threats .....................................
Types of viruses .....................................

Chapter 7

219
221
222
223

Doing routine tasks .............................. 225
Turning on or turning off automatic
tasks .............................................
About custom task ..................................
About scheduling automatic tasks ..............
About scheduling backups ........................
Specifying Idle Time Out duration ..............

Chapter 8

219

225
226
228
230
231

Keeping secure on the Internet .............. 233
About the Smart Firewall .........................
About Intrusion Prevention ......................
About Download Insight ...........................
About Norton AntiSpam ...........................
About configuring POP3 and SMTP
ports .............................................
About Metered Broadband Mode ................

233
260
269
279
294
296

Contents

Chapter 9

Securing your sensitive data .................. 301
About securing your sensitive data ............. 301

Chapter 10

Protecting your home network ............... 375
About the Network Security Map ................ 375

Chapter 11

Keeping your PC tuned up ..................... 401
About PC Tuneup ...................................
About disk and file fragmentation ..............
Optimizing your permanent disks
manually ........................................
About using optimization efficiently ...........
About cleaning up disk clutter ...................
Running a scan to clean up disk
clutter ...........................................
Running Registry Cleanup ........................
Running Diagnostic Report .......................
About Startup Manager ............................

Chapter 12

402
403
404
405
406
406
407

Protecting your media and data ............. 411
About Norton Backup and Restore ..............
About backups .......................................
About backup preparation ........................
About backup set ....................................
Backing up your files ...............................
Restoring files .......................................
About Norton Backup Drive ......................
About solutions to the backup
problems ........................................
About online backup considerations ............
Turning off or turning on backup ...............
Turning off or turning on backup setting
options ..........................................

Chapter 13

401
402

411
412
413
417
446
447
456
460
464
469
471

Customizing settings ............................ 475
About Norton 360 Settings ........................ 475
Customizing Norton 360 Settings ............... 480
Turning on or turning off Quick Controls
services ......................................... 481

Contents

About Antivirus settings ..........................
About Firewall settings ............................
About Norton AntiSpam settings ................
About My Network settings .......................
About backup settings .............................
About Identity Protection settings ..............
About Task Scheduling settings .................
About Administrative Settings ...................

Chapter 14

482
506
515
519
521
524
528
532

Finding additional solutions .................. 553
Finding the version number of your
product ..........................................
Finding the End-User License
Agreement .....................................
About upgrading your product ...................
About Norton Autofix ..............................
Staying informed about protection
issues ............................................
About Support .......................................
Uninstalling Norton 360 ..........................

553
554
554
557
559
560
566

Index .......................................................................... 569

Getting Started

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About Norton 360

Activation protects you

About your Norton Account

About Norton Community Watch

About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool

About updating Norton 360

About Network Proxy Settings

About Norton 360 status

About Norton 360
Norton 360 offers proven performance and delivers
today’s fast and light all-in-one solution to protect your
PC and all your online activities. It protects against
viruses, worms, hackers, and botnet. With a single
subscription, you can protect up to three PCs. It
safeguards against online identity theft, protects
important files, and keeps your PC tuned and running
at peak performance.
Norton 360 is completely automated and easy to use.
It works quietly in the background to maintain your
overall system integrity with minimal effect on PC

Getting Started
About Norton 360

performance. By offering an unmatched combination
of performance and protection, Norton 360 helps you
get the most out of your PC and your online experience.

About Norton 360 main window
The Norton 360 main window acts as a security
management interface. You can access the main
features and monitor the performance of your
computer from the main window.
As you use your computer, Norton 360 monitors how
well your computer and activities are protected from
threats, risks, and damage. Norton 360 displays the
protection status of your computer in the main window.
Depending on the security status of your computer, at
the top left of the Norton 360 main window, Norton
360 shows your System Status as Secure, Attention,
or At Risk. If your system status is marked as
Attention or At Risk, at the bottom of the main
window, click Fix Now to resolve all the security threats
on your computer.
The options that are available in the main window
summarize the most essential security and the
productivity issues that challenge users. They are:
PC Security

Includes all virus, spyware,
firewall, and other security
features.

Identity

Includes the protection
against phishing and
fraudulent Web sites.

Backup

Includes the automatic and
the customizable backups
and restore capability.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

PC Tuneup

Includes the performance
tuning features, such as
cleaning up unwanted files
and performing Registry
Cleanup .

Depending on the security status of the different
components of your computer, the status areas of the
four protection categories are marked as Protected,
Attention, or At Risk.
When the System Status or protection categories
statuses are marked as At Risk or Attention, at the
bottom of the main window, click Fix Now to resolve
all the security threats on your computer.
Norton 360 also provides you easy links at the top of
the main window to the most frequent tasks. They are:
Tasks

Lets you access the Tasks
window to run general tasks,
backup tasks, and PC Tuneup
tasks.

Settings

Lets you access the Settings
window to configure settings
such as Firewall, Antispam,
and Backup.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Performance

Lets you open the
Performance window in
Norton 360.
The Performance window
chronicles all installs,
downloads, optimizations,
detections, alerts, and
instances of Quick Scan that
occurred on your computer
since installing Norton 360.
The window also displays a
detailed graphical
representation of the CPU
and memory usage by your
Norton product.

Feedback

Lets you give feedback about
the Norton product that you
use.

Account

Lets you access the My
Account window to manage
your Norton Account.

Support

Lets you access support
options, product upgrade
options, subscription status,
and product version number.
You can also access the
online Help from the Support
drop-down menu. Help
provides links to information
that assists you with the
specific tasks that you want
to complete. The online Help
guides you to configure all of
the product features.

The bottom section of the Norton 360 main window
provides you up-to-date virus and threat information.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

When your system status is At Risk or Attention, this
section automatically provides you the Fix Now option
to fix all the issues at once.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

The bottom section of the Norton 360 main window
helps you do the following:
Activity Map

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Lets you access the world
map with hotspots of
cybercrimes and the latest
threats.
The Activity Map shows the
top cities in the world where
most of the cybercrime
activities occur. These cities
are represented as yellow
dots on the map. You can
click a continent in the world
map to view its cities with the
highest number of threats.
The details on the Activity
Map are updated from a
Symantec server on a regular
basis. Your computer must be
connected to the Internet to
receive the activity map
updates.
You can view the date and
time that the Activity Map
was last updated. You can
also use the Map Details link
to get a brief idea of the
Activity Map.
When you click Map Details,
the Activity Map shows a
series of latest viruses and
threats that your product
protects your computer from.
You can use the info link next
to each item to view its
details in an overlay window.
You can also use the View
Details link in the overlay
window to know more about
the threat in a Symantec Web
page.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Manage

Lets you access Norton
Management.
Norton Management lets you
manage your Norton products
installed on all of your
devices from one location. To
sign up or to log into Norton
Management, click the
Manage icon at the bottom
of the main window. You can
use your existing Norton
Account login information to
access Norton Management.
The Norton Management
agent should be installed on
each device that you want to
add to Norton Management.
Norton Management
w
may not be available in some
versions of Norton 360.

Mobile

Lets you download the
Norton Mobile Security for
Android.
Norton Mobile Security helps
protect your mobile devices
against loss, theft, viruses,
and other mobile threats. You
can use Norton Mobile
Security on all your devices
that use the Android
operating system.
Norton Mobile Security
w
may not be available in some
versions of Norton 360.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Online Family

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Lets you monitor your child’s
activities on the Internet.
Norton Online Family
w
may not be available with
some versions of Norton 360.
In such case, you may not be
able to access Norton Online
Family options.
When you click Online Family
icon on the main window, the
bottom section of the Norton
360 main window displays
Norton Online Family sign in
options. Norton Online Family
provides you advanced
controls to monitor your
child's online activities.
You can use the link on the
bottom section of the Norton
360 main window to set up
your account with Norton
Online Family.
Symantec recommends that
you use your Norton Account
login credentials to sign in to
Norton Online Family. If you
register your product with
your Norton Account, your
Norton Account email
address is auto-filled in the
email address text box.
After you set up your
account, you can sign in to
your account on the bottom
section of the Norton 360
main window and view your
child’s Internet activities. The
bottom section of the Norton
360 main window shows
details such as your child’s

Getting Started
About Norton 360

latest search terms, and the
latest alerts. After you sign
in, you can use the Get
Details option in the bottom
section of the Norton 360
main window to view more
details on the Norton Online
Family Web site.

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Safe Web

Getting Started
About Norton 360

Lets you check the safety of
a Web site.
You can also perform a safe
search.
This option may not be
w
available with some versions
of Norton 360. In such case,
you may not be able to access
this option.
When you click Safe Web icon
on the main window, the
bottom section of the Norton
360 main window displays
Norton Safe Web options.
You can use the Check Site
option in the bottom section
of the Norton 360 main
window to analyze the
security levels of any Web
site that you want to visit.
When you type a Web site
address in the text box and
click Check Site, it shows the
Symantec’s ratings for the
Web site.
You can use the Safe Search
option in the bottom section
of the Norton 360 main
window to search for
information on the Internet.
The Norton Safe Search uses
Ask.com to generate the
search results. Norton Safe
Search provides a site safety
status and a Norton rating for
each of the search results
generated.
You can also use the View
recent Norton Safe Web

Getting Started
Activation protects you

activity option in the bottom
section of the Norton 360
main window to view the
recent Norton Safe Web
statistics on malicious sites
and URLs. You can also view
the list of new malicious
URLs.

Your activation status or subscription status appears
at the bottom of the main window. You can use the
Activate Now option to activate or subscribe your
Norton product.

Activation protects you
Product activation protects users from pirated or
counterfeit software. It protects you by limiting the
use of a product to those users who have acquired the
product legitimately. Product activation requires a
product key for each installation of a product. You must
activate the product within a limited time period after
you install it.
If you are connected to the Internet, product activation
takes place automatically when you start the product
for the first time after installation. After activation,
the Norton Account window appears. You can create
your Norton Account and register your product.
If you are not connected to the Internet, you can click
Try Later in the Activation not complete window to
start your product. The Activation window reappears
every time you start your product until you activate
your product. If you choose not to activate at that time,
you receive an alert that reminds you to activate the
product. You can also activate your product by clicking
the Trial Period Status link in the Norton 360 main
window.

Getting Started
Activation protects you

If you do not activate the product within the time
period that the alert specifies, the product stops
working. You can activate it after the time period has
elapsed, but you are not protected until you activate
the product.

Activating Norton 360
To use all of the features in Norton 360, you must first
activate your product. Product activation reduces
software piracy and ensures that you have authentic
Symantec software. You can renew your subscription
after the end of your subscription period.
If you are connected to the Internet, product activation
takes place automatically when you start the product
for the first time after installation. During activation,
the Norton Account window appears. You can create
your Norton Account and register your product. You
can also view details, such as your Product Key and
recent updates to the product. If you skip the Norton
Account window, the product is activated, but the
Product Key is not saved in the Norton Account. You
can print the Product Key for the future, if you need
to reinstall your product.
If you did not activate your product during installation,
Norton 360 prompts for activation each time you start
the product. Also, you receive an activation alert
regularly until you activate the product.

You must activate your product within the time period
that the alert specifies, or your product stops working.
You can activate your product directly from the
activation alert. You can also activate your product
from the Trial Period Status link in the main window
or from the My Account window. In some cases, you
might need to enter your Product Key to activate your
product. You can activate or renew the subscription of
your product from any non-admin user account as well.
Activation should take only a few minutes.

Getting Started
Activation protects you

To activate Norton 360, your computer must be
connected to the Internet. If you use a proxy server to
connect to the Internet, you must configure the proxy
settings. To configure proxy settings, go to the Norton
360 main window, and then click Settings >
Administrative Settings > Network Proxy Settings >
Configure.
To activate Norton 360 from the alert
1
2
3
4

In the alert, click Activate Now or Renew Now.
Click OK.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
In the window that appears, click Done.

To activate your Norton 360 from the My Account
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Activate Norton
360 or Renew Subscription.
The Renew Subscription option is available if you
have already activated your product.
3 Follow the on-screen instructions.
4 In the window that appears, click Done.
To activate your product from the main window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, do one of the
following:
1
If you purchased a subscription version of a
retail product, click Activate Now.
1
If the product came installed on your computer,
click Activate Online Now.
1
If you want to renew the subscription of your
product, click Renew.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions to activate or
subscribe your product.

Where to find your product key
The product key is a unique key that helps you to install
and activate the Symantec product on your computer.

Getting Started
Activation protects you

The product key is a 25-character alphanumeric string
that is shown in five groups of five characters each,
separated by hyphens. The location of the product key
varies depending on how you acquired the product.
The locations of the product key are as follows:
If you purchased a retail copy The product key is either on
of the product on CD
a sticker on the CD sleeve or
on an insert in the product
package.
If you purchased the product The product key is on the
on DVD
DVD package.
If you downloaded the
product from the Symantec
Store

The product key is stored on
your computer as part of the
download process and is
included in the confirmation
email from the Symantec
Store.

If your computer came with The product key is provided
the product already installed as part of the activation
process. Be sure to save your
product key by creating or
signing in to your Norton
Account, or by printing the
key. You may need the
product key if you ever want
to reinstall your product.
If you received a product key The product key is printed on
card
the card along with
instructions on how to use it.
Be sure to save your product
key by creating or signing in
to your Norton Account. You
need the product key if you
ever want to reinstall the
product.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

If you are still unable to
locate your product key, you
can recover it using Norton
Account

To recover or access your
product key log on to
https://account.norton.com.
If you are not registered,
register for Norton Account.
You can find the product key
on the Products tab in the
Norton Account page.

About problems during activation
If you cannot connect to the Symantec servers to
activate your product, first check your Internet
connection. You then need to see if you have parental
control software, either installed or through your ISP,
that might block the connection.
A connectivity problem can occur if you use parental
control software. If you suspect that parental controls
might block the connection, you can configure the
parental controls so that they do not block the
activation procedure. You need to log in to your
parental control software or to the Internet through
your ISP as an administrator to change your
configuration.
If you use a proxy server to connect to the Internet,
you must configure the proxy settings. To configure
the proxy settings, go to the Norton 360 main window,
and then click Settings > Administrative Settings >
Network Proxy Settings > Configure.

About your Norton Account
When you create a Norton Account, you can manage
all of your Norton products in one place. You can store
your product keys in your Norton Account and also
buy additional product keys. You can also register your
product with the Norton Account. It takes only a few

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

moments to create your Norton Account. You must be
connected to the Internet to create a Norton Account.
After you create a Norton Account, you can access and
manage your account information and product
information from anywhere. It helps to reinstall your
products and download the latest version of the
products. If you install your product on more than one
PC, you can use the same Norton Account. To access
your Norton Account, go to the following URL:
https://account.norton.com
You can create a Norton Account in the following ways:
1
During activation
You can create your Norton Account and register
your product from the Norton Account window
that appears when you activate the product. You
must provide your account information in the
Norton Account window that appears.
1
Any time after activation
You can create a Norton Account from the Access
Norton Account link available in the My Account
window.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

After you log in to your Norton Account, you can
manage your product information with the following
options:
Products

Saves the information for all of
the Norton products that you
own.
The Products tab provides you
the information about the
Norton products that you own
and the expiration date. You can
click the arrow icon against a
product for more information
such as product key and the
registration date. You can also
buy a new product key to protect
additional computers. You can
use the Update option to check
and download the latest product
version using Norton Update
Center.

Order History

Contains order information of
the Norton products you bought
from Norton online store.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

Profile

Saves your account information
and your billing details.
The Profile options are:
1
Account Information

You can update your Norton
Account information and
your shipping address on the
Account Information tab.
After you update, click
Update to save the changes.
Billing Information

You can save your credit card
information and your billing
address on the Billing
Information tab. It makes it
easier for saving online
orders. After you update,
click Update to save the
changes.
Change Password
You can change your current
Norton Account password on
the Change Password tab.

You can use the icons at the bottom of your Norton
Account Web page to access and use the following:
Norton Online Family

Norton Online Family
monitors and manages your
child's Internet activities and
computer usage.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

Norton Online Backup

Norton Online Backup
provides a secure and
easy-to-use online backup
solution that safeguards your
important data against
system crash, accidental
deleting, virus infection, and
other disasters.

Norton Safe Web

Norton Safe Web checks the
safety of a Web site and lets
you perform a safe Web
search.

Norton.com

The Symantec Web site
provides more information
about the various products of
Symantec, the latest updates
on Internet security, and
various support options.

Norton Update Center

Norton Update Center checks
and lets you download the
latest version of your Norton
product.

If you forget your Norton Account password, you can
get a temporary password by clicking the Forgot your
password link in the Norton Account sign-in Web
page. You need to provide your email address. You need
to use the same email address that you provided when
you created your Norton Account. Symantec sends a
temporary password to your email address. You can
use the temporary password for a limited time period.
You must reset your password after you log in to your
Norton Account.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

Creating a Norton Account
Your Norton Account stores the product key and the
billing information of your product. You can also
register your product with the Norton Account.
In addition, Norton Account helps you to do the
following:
1
Access the product key and other product
information when you need it.
1
Reinstall your Norton product.
1

Buy additional product keys for your home or office.

Check and download the latest version of the
product by using Norton Update Center.
Save online orders and update billing information.

Manage your online backup.

Your computer must be connected to the Internet to
create a Norton Account. If you use a proxy server to
connect to the Internet, you must configure the proxy
settings. To configure the proxy settings, go to the
Norton 360 main window, and then click Settings >
Administrative Settings > Network Proxy Settings >
Configure.
You can also create a Norton Account when you
activate your product. When you create your Norton
Account from the product, your product gets registered
in your account. If you have an existing Norton
Account, you can provide the same email address in
the Norton Account window in your product. This way,
you can register your current product and add it to the
list of Norton products in your existing Norton
Account. If you upgrade your registered product to the
latest available version, your product remains
registered to the same Norton Account. In this case,
you can continue using the same Norton Account login
credentials.

Symantec products that are older than the 2006
product year do not appear in your Norton Account.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

To create a Norton Account from the Norton Account
Web page
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Access Norton
Account.
3 In the Norton Account Web page that appears, click
Sign up now.
4 In the Norton Account Sign Up Web page, provide
the details about your account information, and
then click Sign Up.
To create a Norton Account and register your product
after activation
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Access Norton
Account.
3 In the Complete Your Activation window, type your
email address, and then click Next.
4 In the Create your Norton Account window, provide
your account details, and then click Next.
Your product information gets saved in your Norton
Account only after you log in to your Norton
Account.
5 In the window that appears, click Done.
To log in to your Norton Account and access your
product information, visit https://account.norton.com.

Accessing your Norton Account
The product key for each Norton product is
conveniently stored in your Norton Account. After you
have created your Norton Account successfully, you
can access your account from anywhere in the world.
You can log in to your Norton Account any time by
visiting the following URL:
https://account.norton.com
You can easily find and update your account, product,
and billing information from your Norton Account.

Getting Started
About your Norton Account

You can also change your Norton Account password,
if required. Your computer must be connected to the
Internet to access your Norton Account.

Symantec products that are older than the 2006
product year do not appear in your Norton Account.
To access Norton Account
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Access Norton
Account.
3 In the Norton Account Web page that appears, type
your email address and password, and click Sign In.

Creating a temporary password for Norton Account
If you forget the password of your Norton Account, you
can create a temporary password to sign in to your
Norton Account. The temporary password is sent to
the email address that you provided when you created
your Norton Account.
After you sign in to your Norton Account by using the
temporary password, you are prompted to change your
password.
To create a temporary password for Norton Account
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Access Norton
Account.
3 In the Norton Account Web page that appears, under
Forgot your password?, click Recover it here.
4 In the Forgot your Password Web page, verify the
email address that is provided in the Email Address
text box, and then click Continue.
A temporary password is sent to your email address.
You can use this temporary password to sign in to
your Norton Account.

Getting Started
About Norton Community Watch

About Norton Community Watch
Norton Community Watch helps in identifying new
security risks by submitting selected security and
application data to Symantec for analysis. Symantec
assesses the data to determine the new threats and
their sources. The collective efforts from Norton
security product users help in quick identification of
solutions for these threats and risks. Norton
Community Watch improves user security and product
functionality. In addition, it helps Symantec to analyze
the execution, schedule, and efficiency of
Norton-specific tasks and settings on your computer.
Norton Community Watch collects and submits the
following types of data:
1
Identified malicious software such as portable
executable files and running processes
1
Any Web site URL that your product identifies as
fraudulent
1
All the Web site URLs that you visited before the
detection of a risk
1
The applications and processes that run on your
computer regularly and during any security risk
detection
1
Response instances that your computer sends to
any potential security risk
1
General system information and performance
attributes from the computer
1
General information about your computer such as
idle time, standby, and screensaver settings
After the potential security risks are assessed from the
submitted data, Symantec sends the information back
to Norton 360. The Norton features such as Norton
Insight and Insight Network use this information to
identify files and processes at risk.
You should participate in Norton Community Watch
submissions to provide valuable contribution to the
entire community that uses Norton security products.

Getting Started
About Norton Community Watch

No personally identifiable information is exposed
during data collection and submission. Symantec
maintains an adequate level of protection for the
collected information. The Detailed Error Data
Collection option under Norton Community Watch
in the Administrative Settings window lets you allow
or deny the detailed data submissions. The detailed
data may vary depending on the Norton-specific errors
and components. You can configure the option to
manage the data submissions.

Norton Community Watch collects and submits detailed
data about the Norton-specific errors and components
only. It does not collect or store any personal
information of any user.
If you chose not to join Norton Community Watch when
you installed your Norton product, you can turn it on
later. You can use the Norton Community Watch
option in the Administrative Settings window. You
can also review the data, which Norton Community
Watch collects and submits to Symantec, in the
Security History window.

Turning off or turning on Norton Community Watch
You can use the Norton Community Watch option to
send information about a suspicious file to Symantec
for analysis. Symantec assesses the data to determine
the new threats and their sources. The Norton features
such as Norton Insight and Insight Network use the
Symantec assessed information to detect the security
threats.

Norton Community Watch collects and submits detailed
data about the Norton-specific errors and components
only. It does not collect or store any personal
information of any user.
You can use Security History to review the information
that has been sent to Symantec.
To turn off or turn on Norton Community Watch
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.

Getting Started
About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool

2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Administrative Settings window, in the
Norton Community Watch row, do one of the
following:
1
To turn off Norton Community Watch, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on Norton Community Watch, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply.

About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool scans and removes
viruses, spyware, and other security risks from your
computer. Your computer might be infected with a
virus if you experience any of the following symptoms:
1

You cannot install Norton 360.

You cannot start your computer.

Your computer is extremely slow.

Norton Bootable Recovery Tool is integrated with
Windows Preinstallation Environment (WinPE).
Therefore, you can run Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
only from a CD, DVD, or USB key. You must use Norton
Bootable Recovery Tool Wizard to create the Norton
Bootable Recovery Tool CD, DVD, or USB key.

You cannot run Norton Bootable Recovery Tool in
WinPE for more than 72 hours. If you run Norton
Bootable Recovery Tool for more than 72 hours, your
computer restarts without any notification.
You can use the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool CD,
DVD, or USB key to recover a computer that is infected
with viruses and other security threats. This security
program is not a replacement for continuous, real-time
protection from viruses and latest security risks. To
protect your computer from future infections, be sure

Getting Started
About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool

to install or continue using Norton 360 that you already
purchased.
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool detects and resolves
the following security threats:
Viruses

Programs that infect another
program, boot sector,
partition sector, or document
by inserting themselves or
attaching themselves to that
medium. Most viruses just
replicate; many also do
damage.

Trojan horses

Programs containing
malicious codes that are
disguised as or hiding in
something benign, such as a
game or utility.

Hacking tools

Tools that are used by a
hacker to gain unauthorized
access to your computer. One
type of hacking tool, a
keystroke logger, tracks and
records your individual
keystrokes and can send this
information back to the
hacker.

Spyware

Programs that can scan
systems or monitor activity
and relay the information to
other computers or locations
in cyberspace.

Getting Started
About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool

Adware

Programs that facilitate the
delivery of advertising
content through their own
window, or by using another
program's interface.

Trackware

Programs that track system
activity, gather system
information, or track user
habits, and relay this
information to third-party
organizations. The
information that is gathered
by such programs is neither
personally identifiable nor
confidential. Trackware
programs are installed with
the user's consent, and may
also be packaged as part of
other software that is
installed by the user.

Downloading the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
Wizard
If your attempt to install a Norton product fails, you
can download the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
Wizard. This easy-to-use wizard helps you create
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool on a CD, DVD, or USB
key. You can use Norton Bootable Recovery Tool to
scan your computer and remove any security threats
that prevent successful installation.
It is recommended that you download and install
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool Wizard on a computer
that does not have any security threats and create
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool. If you create Norton
Bootable Recovery Tool on an infected computer, there
is a chance that the recovery CD, DVD, or USB key
might get infected.

Getting Started
About Norton Bootable Recovery Tool

From the Start menu.

From the Norton Support Web site.

To download the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool Wizard
from the Start menu
1 On the Windows taskbar, do one of the following:
1
In Windows XP, click Start > Programs > Norton
360 > Norton Recovery Tools.
1
In Windows Vista or Windows 7, click Start >
All Programs > Norton 360 > Norton Recovery
Tools.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.
To download the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool Wizard
from the Internet
1 Open your Web browser, and go to the following
URL:
http://www.norton.com/recoverytool_n360
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.
To download the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool Wizard
from Norton 360
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Scan Now.
2 In the Computer Scan pane, do one of the following:
1
Click Quick Scan.
1

Click Full System Scan.

3 At the bottom of the scan window, next to If you
think there are still risks, click click here.
4 In the Norton Rescue Tools Web page, click
Download Norton Bootable Recovery Tool.
5 Follow the on-screen instructions.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

Using the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
If the installation of your Norton product fails, you can
use the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool to scan and
remove any security threats that prevent successful
installation. If your computer is infected and you are
not able to start your Windows operating system, you
can use Norton Bootable Recovery Tool to remove
threats and recover your computer.
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool is available on the
product CD that you purchased. You can use the
product CD as a recovery media.

To use Norton Bootable Recovery Tool, you must use
the product key of the Norton product that you
purchased. If you use a trial version of Norton 360, you
need to create a Norton Account to receive a product
key to use Norton Bootable Recovery Tool.
To use the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
1 Insert the recovery media and start your computer
from the recovery media.
The recovery media can be a Norton Bootable
Recovery Tool CD, DVD, USB key, or the product
CD.
2 Read the Norton License Agreement, type your
product key, and then click I Agree.
If you use a non-QWERTY keyboard, use the Virtual
Keyboard option to enter your product key.
3 In the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool window,
click Norton Advanced Recovery Scan.
4 Click Start Scan.
5 After the scan is complete, remove the recovery
media from the drive or USB port, and restart your
computer.

About updating Norton 360
Norton 360 uses the Internet to automatically obtain
updates to its virus definition files and its program

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

files. These updates continually enhance the technology
that Norton 360 uses to keep your PC protected.
Automatic updates require an Internet connection. If
you use a proxy server to connect to the Internet, you
must configure the proxy settings in your product. If
you do not normally keep your PC connected to the
Internet, you can manually update Norton 360 after
you connect to the Internet. Updating Norton 360 on
a regular basis ensures that you have the latest
definition updates and program updates.

About LiveUpdate
Symantec products download the latest definition
updates and program updates regularly from Symantec
servers. The definition updates protect your computer
from the latest viruses and unknown security threats.
Using the LiveUpdate technology, Symantec products
help you to obtain and install these updates.
LiveUpdate takes little time to download and process
the definition updates and program updates. You can
choose Smart Definitions to minimize download time,
installation time, and memory consumption as Smart
Definitions are a subset of virus definitions. The Smart
Definitions option is available on the Scans and Risks
tab in the Antivirus settings window. You can cancel
the LiveUpdate session at any time.
LiveUpdate obtains these updates for your computer
by using your Internet connection. If your network
uses proxy servers to connect to Internet, LiveUpdate
uses the proxy settings in your product to download
the latest updates. You can use the Network Proxy
Settings option in the Administrative Settings window
to configure the proxy settings of your network.

About Program and Definition Updates
LiveUpdate obtains program updates and definition
updates for your computer by using your Internet
connection.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

Program updates are minor improvements to your
installed product. These differ from product upgrades,
which are newer versions of the entire product.
Program updates are usually created to extend the
operating system or hardware compatibility, adjust a
performance issue, or fix program errors. Program
updates are released on an as-needed basis.

Some program updates may require that you restart
your computer after you install them.
LiveUpdate automates the process of downloading and
installing program updates. It locates and obtains files
from an Internet site, installs them, and then deletes
the older files and downloaded definitions from the
temporary folder after processing the updates.
Definition updates are the files that keep your
Symantec products up to date with the latest antithreat
technology. The definition updates that you receive
depend on which product you use.
The type of definition updates that each of the
Symantec products receive are as follows:
Norton AntiVirus, Norton
AntiVirus Online

Users of these products
receive the latest virus
definitions from
Symantec that protects
your computer from all
types of security threats.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

Norton Internet Security, Norton In addition to the virus
Internet Security Online
and security risk updates,
users of these products
receive definition updates
for security protection.
For the products that
contain protection
against phishing, users
receive definition updates
against phishing.
The security definition
updates provide the latest
predefined firewall rules,
the updated lists of
applications that access
the Internet, Intrusion
Prevention signatures,
and Symantec spam
definition files. These
lists are used to identify
unauthorized access
attempts to your
computer.
Norton 360, Norton 360 Online Users of these products
receive the latest virus
definitions from
Symantec that protects
your computer from all
types of security threats.
In addition, users of these
products receive
Symantec spam definition
files and definition
updates against phishing.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

Norton Security Suite, Norton
Business Suite

Users of these products
receive the latest virus
definitions from
Symantec that protects
your computer from all
types of security threats.
In addition, users of these
products receive
Symantec spam definition
files and definition
updates against phishing.

About Smart Definitions
Norton 360 downloads and installs virus definitions
regularly to protect your computer from the latest
security threats. For faster downloads and installation
purpose, Norton 360 classifies these virus definitions
into two sets.
The virus definitions are classified into the following
two sets:
Complete Set

Contains all the virus definitions
for each threat that is known to
Symantec.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

Core Set

Contains the most important
virus definitions that are
required for latest security
threats as viewed by Symantec.
The Core Set is a subset of the
Complete Set, and it is
approximately 30 percent
smaller than the Complete Set.
The Core Set minimizes
download time, installation time,
and system start time. It also
occupies lesser amount of disk
space as compared to the
Complete Set virus definitions.
Therefore, the Core Set results
in faster performance of your
computer.

The Core Set virus definitions are called as Smart
Definitions. Norton 360 provides the Smart Definitions
option to choose between Core Set virus definitions
and Complete Set virus definitions for LiveUpdate
sessions. The option is available on the Scans and Risks
tab in the Antivirus settings window.
During Automatic LiveUpdate or each time that you
run LiveUpdate manually, Norton 360 checks if the
Smart Definitions option is turned on or off. It then
downloads and installs the desired set of virus
definitions based on the option settings. By default,
the Smart Definitions option is turned on, which means
that the Core Set virus definitions are downloaded and
installed.

Turning off or turning on Smart Definitions
Smart Definitions are a subset of virus definitions that
contains most important definitions for the latest
security threats.
As the Smart Definitions are of considerably smaller
size, it results in lesser download time, lesser

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

installation time, lesser boot time, and lesser memory
consumption. It also occupies lesser amount of disk
space as compared to the full set of virus definitions.
Therefore, Smart Definitions result in faster
performance of your computer.
Norton 360 checks the Smart Definitions option
settings during each LiveUpdate session. If the option
is turned on, the Smart Definitions are downloaded
and installed. If the option is turned off, all of the virus
definitions are downloaded and installed.
To turn off or turn on Smart Definitions
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Antivirus settings window, click the Scans
and Risks tab.
4 In the Smart Definitions row, do one of the
following:
1
To turn off Smart Definitions, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on Smart Definitions, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
5 In the Settings window, click Apply.
6 Click Close.

Turning off or turning on Automatic LiveUpdate
You can have LiveUpdate check for definition updates
and product updates automatically on a set schedule,
by turning on the Automatic LiveUpdate option. You
can also run LiveUpdate manually when the Automatic
LiveUpdate option is turned on. However, you must
run LiveUpdate manually to obtain updates if you have
turned off the Automatic LiveUpdate option.
To access the Automatic LiveUpdate option, go the
Norton 360 main window and then click Settings >
Antivirus > Antispyware and Updates. You can also

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

turn off or turn on the Automatic LiveUpdate option
from Quick Controls in the Settings window.

If you are connected to the Internet, Automatic
LiveUpdate downloads product updates and definition
updates every hour. If you have an Integrated Services
Digital Network (ISDN) router that is set to
automatically connect to your Internet service provider
(ISP), it may incur charges each time. If you do not want
this setup, you can turn off the automatic connection
on your ISDN router, or turn off the Automatic
LiveUpdate option.
To turn on Automatic LiveUpdate from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls,
check Automatic LiveUpdate.
To turn off Automatic LiveUpdate from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls,
uncheck Automatic LiveUpdate.
3 In the Select the duration drop-down list, select
how long you want to turn off Automatic
LiveUpdate, and then click OK.

Checking for updates manually
If you disconnect your PC from the Internet, Symantec
recommends that you check for Norton 360 updates
after you reconnect.
To check for updates manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run LiveUpdate.
2 In the Norton LiveUpdate window, when the
LiveUpdate is completed successfully, click Close.

Checking for the latest virus and spyware definitions date
Virus definition files contain the information that
allows Norton 360 to recognize and alert you to the

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

presence of a specific virus or security threat. Norton
360 shows the date on which you last updated the virus
and spyware definitions.
You can also check the latest virus definition date. The
Definitions Update section in the PC Security Details
window displays the status and date of the last virus
definition updates.
To check for the latest virus and spyware definition date
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click View Details.
2 In the PC Security Details window, under
Definitions Update, view the latest virus definitions
details.
The Status column shows the date on which you
last downloaded and installed the latest definition
updates.

About keeping your protection up to date
Definition updates are available to you as long as you
maintain an active product status. The ways in which
you can acquire the product and maintain your status
are as follows:
If you purchased
a subscription
version of a retail
product

The product includes a limited-time
subscription to definition updates. When
the subscription is due to expire, you are
prompted to renew. Follow the on-screen
instructions to complete your
subscription renewal.
After your product expires, you cannot
obtain updates of any kind and all the
security features are turned off. If you
do not renew your product, you are no
longer protected against security threats.
Though LiveUpdate continues to check
for updates after expiration, you must
renew your product to enable all the
security features.

Getting Started
About updating Norton 360

If you purchased
a product as a
service, or it came
installed on your
computer

If you do not activate your service or
renew your subscription, you cannot
obtain updates of any kind and the
software no longer functions.

If you receive this Your product status is always active as
service through long as your security service is active
your service
with your service provider.
provider
If your security service is not active, you
cannot obtain updates of any kind and
the software no longer functions.

About Pulse Updates
In addition to the definition updates that Automatic
LiveUpdate downloads, Norton 360 uses streaming
technology to download the latest virus definitions.
These downloads are called Pulse Updates. The Pulse
Updates are lighter and faster than Automatic
LiveUpdate. They keep your computer secure from the
ongoing threats that exist on the Internet. Pulse
Updates protect you against the rapidly-changing
environment of security threats without compromising
your computer's performance. Pulse Updates should
always be turned on to get the latest updates.
Pulse Updates checks for definition updates every 5
minutes. If definition updates are available, LiveUpdate
downloads the streamed virus definitions. Pulse
Updates provide the updates in between the full
updates, which Automatic LiveUpdate downloads
automatically every hour. Norton 360 merges the new
stream that is downloaded with the last updates that
are installed. The Pulse Updates downloads provide
additional and fast protection for the latest threats in
between the full updates without disrupting your online
experience.

Getting Started
About Network Proxy Settings

Even if you do not turn on Pulse Updates, LiveUpdate
collects all the missed streams and, it updates your
computer during full definition updates.

Turning off or turning on Pulse Updates
Pulse Updates provide frequent, lightweight updates
every 5 minutes in between the full updates. Always
ensure that the Pulse Updates option is turned on. It
protects you from the latest threats without
compromising your system performance or disrupting
your online experience.
You must be connected to the Internet to obtain latest
definition updates by using Pulse Updates. You can
turn on or turn off Pulse Updates only if Automatic
LiveUpdate is turned on.
To turn off or turn on Pulse Updates
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Antivirus settings window, click
Antispyware and Updates.
4 Under Automatic LiveUpdate, in the Pulse Updates
row, do one of the following:
1
To turn off Pulse Updates, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on Pulse Updates, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
5 In the Settings window, click Apply.
6 Click Close.

About Network Proxy Settings
A proxy server regulates access to the Internet, and
prevents external computers from accessing your
network. If you are on a network that uses a proxy
server to connect to the Internet, you can provide proxy
server details to Norton 360. You can use the Network

Getting Started
About Network Proxy Settings

Proxy Settings window to specify the automatic
configuration URL, the proxy settings, and the
authentication details. Norton 360 uses the proxy
settings and authentication details to connect to the
Internet automatically, whenever required. For
example, LiveUpdate uses the specified proxy server
settings to retrieve updates. You must ensure that you
specify the proxy server details for LiveUpdate to run
successfully.
In some cases, your network uses an automatic
configuration URL or script for managing Internet
access. In this case, you must provide the URL of the
required Proxy Automatic Configuration (PAC) file. A
PAC file contains the code that lets your browser know
about the proxy settings for different Web sites over
the Internet. It also contains the words which you want
to filter and block while you access the Internet. You
can also choose the option that lets your browser to
automatically detect the proxy settings. If you want
your manual settings in the network, ensure that you
disable the Automatic Configuration options.

Getting Started
About Network Proxy Settings

Network Proxy Settings window lets you specify the
following settings:
Automatic Configuration Lets you specify the automatic
configuration URL or script to
manage Internet access.
You have the following options:
1
Automatically detect
settings
Lets your browser detect the
network settings
automatically.

If you do not want to override
your manual settings for
network connections, you
must disable this option.
Use automatic configuration
script
Lets your browser use the
automatic configuration URL
or script to manage Internet
access.
Use the URL box to provide
the HTTP URL or the script to
the required PAC file (such
as file://C:/Proxy.pac).

Getting Started
About Network Proxy Settings

Proxy Settings

Lets you provide the details of
your Proxy Settings.
Under Proxy Settings, check Use
a proxy server for your HTTP
connections, and do the
following:
1

In the Address box, type the
URL or IP address of your
proxy server.
In the Port box, type the port
number of your proxy server.
You can specify a value from
1 to 65535.

Authentication

Lets you connect to the Internet
through a server that requires
authentication.
Use the Username box and
Password box to type the
authentication details.

Configuring Network Proxy Settings
When you use a proxy server to connect to the Internet,
you must specify the proxy server details. The Network
Proxy Settings window lets you enter automatic
configuration settings, proxy settings, and proxy server
authentication settings. The Network Proxy settings
let you connect to the Internet while you perform tasks
such as activating the product or accessing the support
options.
To configure Network Proxy Settings
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Network Proxy Settings row, click Configure.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

4 In the Network Proxy Settings window, do the
following:
1
If you want your browser to automatically detect
network connection settings, under Automatic
Configuration, check Automatically detect
settings.
1
If the proxy server requires an automatic
configuration URL, under Automatic
Configuration, check Use automatic
configuration script. Type the URL (such as
file://C:/Proxy.pac) in the URL box.
1
If your network uses a proxy server, under Proxy
Settings, check Use a proxy server for your
HTTP connections. In the Address box, type the
URL or IP address of your proxy server, and in
the Port box, type the port number of your proxy
server. You can specify a value from 1 to 65535.
1
If your proxy server requires a user name and
password, under Authentication, check I need
authentication to connect through my firewall
or proxy server. Type the user name in the
Username box and password in the Password
box.
5 In the Network Proxy Settings window, click Apply.

About Norton 360 status
Norton 360 displays the security status of your
computer at the top of the main window. Based on the
security status of your computer, Norton 360 shows
your system status as Protected, Attention, or At Risk.
The system status indicator displays one of the
following statuses:
Protected

Indicates that your computer
is protected from threats,
risks, and damages.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

Attention

Indicates that your computer
requires attention.
At the bottom section of the
Norton 360 main window,
click Fix Now to resolve the
security threats on your
computer.

At Risk

Indicates that your computer
is at risk.
At the bottom section of the
Norton 360 main window,
click Fix Now to resolve the
security threats on your
computer.

Norton 360 displays individual security status for each
protection category, such as PC Security, Identity,
Backup, and PC Tuneup. Based on the security status
of the different components of your computer, the
status areas of the four protection categories are
marked as Protected, Attention, or At Risk.
See “Responding to
security status
indicators”
on page 53.

When your system status or protection categories
statuses are marked as At Risk or Attention, at the
bottom section of the Norton 360 main window, click
Fix Now to resolve all the security threats on your
computer.

Responding to security status indicators
When your system encounters a threat or a risk, the
product displays the security status at the top of the
main window. When a status indicator displays a status,
you can take appropriate action to improve your
protection status. Your protection is based on the
programs that are installed on your computer. To
improve your protection status, ensure that your
installed programs are up to date.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

When your system status or protection categories
statuses are marked as At Risk or Attention, you can
resolve the security issues directly from the main
window.
To respond to security status indicators
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Fix Now.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.

About the Norton 360 icon
When you install Norton 360, it places an icon in the
notification area at the far right of the taskbar. This
icon indicates the current security status of your
computer. Norton 360 displays an animated icon when
it actively fixes any issues or wants to inform you about
any warning or urgent issues.
You can see the following representations of Norton
360 icon in the notification area:
Icon with a green check
mark badge

Represents that your computer
is fully protected

Icon with an orange
Represents that there are some
exclamation mark badge issues against your computer
protection that require your
attention
Icon with a red cross mark Represents that there are some
badge
urgent issues against your
computer protection that require
immediate resolution
Icon with a
crescent-shaped edge

Represents that the Silent Mode
feature is turned on
This icon also displays the
current protection status badge.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

You can right-click the icon to see a shortcut menu for
Norton 360. You can choose items on the shortcut menu
to open the Norton 360 window, to fix any issues that
Norton 360 detects, or to get additional help.

About Norton 360 shortcut menu
Norton 360 works in the background to keep your PC
secure. The Norton 360 icon is available in the
notification area at the far right of the taskbar. The
icon reassures you that your protection is up to date.
It changes its color if any change in status occurs.
The messages that appear in the notification area may
require a response from you, such as opening a window.
More often, messages inform you about current
activities, and they disappear after a few seconds.
You can right-click the Norton 360 icon to access
specific Norton 360 activities. Depending on the current
activities, your options include the following:
Open Norton 360

Use this option to launch the
Norton 360 main window to
complete tasks, view current
status, or access other
features.

Run QuickScan

Use this option to run a Quick
Scan to protect possible
virus-infected areas of your
computer.

Run LiveUpdate

Use this option to run
LiveUpdate to check for
definition updates and
program updates.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

Run Backup Now

Use this option to create a
backup of your files.
You can specify when and
how often Norton 360 backs
up your files.

View Recent History

Use this option to review the
information about the
security events for all of the
categories.

Get Support

Use this option to resolve
your problem easily using
Norton Autofix.

Turn on/Turn off Silent Mode Use this option to turn on or
turn off Silent Mode.
Enable/Disable Smart
Firewall

Use this option to turn on or
turn off the firewall.

Enable/Disable Antivirus
Auto-Protect

Use this option to turn on or
turn off Antivirus
Auto-Protect.

Check for New Version

Use this option to check and
download the latest version
of the product.

Viewing details of protection features
In the Norton 360 main window, you can see a summary
of each of the four protection features that Norton 360
provides. You can view additional details about each
protection feature.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

To view details of a protection feature
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click on a
protection feature, and then click View Details.
In the window that appears, you can view the
following details:
1
The current status of the protection feature.
1

A list of the checks that the feature performs,
and the results of each check. In some cases, the
results of a check can include a link that provides
additional information.
A list of actions that you can perform.

2 After you view details, click Close.

Getting Started
About Norton 360 status

Monitoring your
system's
performance

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About System Insight

About System Insight
Norton 360 continuously monitors your computer to
keep it free of any problems and run at peak efficiency.
Norton 360 constantly scans the vital areas of your
computer including memory, registry keys, and running
processes. It monitors the important activities such as
general file operation, network traffic, and Internet
browsing. In addition, Norton 360 ensures that the
activities that it performs on your computer do not
degrade the overall performance of your computer.
System Insight provides you a centralized location
where you can view and monitor the activities that you
perform on your system. System Insight displays such
information in the Performance window.
You can use the Performance window for the following:
1
To view monthly history of the important system
activities that you performed or that occurred over
a period of the last three months.
The Events graph that appears at the top of the
window provides a pictorial representation of
important system activities. The activities include
application installations, application downloads,
disk optimizations, threat detections, performance

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

alerts, or Quick Scans. The graph displays the
activities as icon or stripe, and the description for
each icon or stripe is provided at the bottom of the
graph. The pop-up that appears when you move the
mouse pointer over an icon provides you the details
about the activity. The View Details link in the
pop-up lets you view additional details about the
activity in the Security History window. You can
use the tabs at the top of the graph to obtain details
for the current month and details for the last two
months.
To rearrange the organization of files on your
computer.
Optimizing your system helps you maximize the
usable free space on a disk by grouping files based
on how they are accessed. The Optimize option at
the top of the Events graph lets you defragment
your system.
To view and analyze the effect of Norton 360 on the
performance of your computer.
The Performance graph that appears at the bottom
of the window provides a graphical representation
of your CPU usage and memory usage. The CPU tab
displays a graph that represents the overall system
CPU usage and Norton-specific CPU usage. When
you click at any point on the CPU graph and
memory graph, Norton 360 displays a list of the
processes that consume maximum resources at that
point. It also displays the percentage of usage for
each process. You can click a process that is
available in the list to get more information about
the process in the File Insight window. The
Memory tab displays a graph that represents
overall memory usage and Norton-specific memory
usage. You can select any of the Zoom options to
obtain magnified view or historical data of the
graphs.
To view the details of Norton-specific jobs that are
currently running in the background

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

The Norton Tasks window provides the details such
as the timestamp, the duration, and the status of
the background jobs. The details also include the
type of power the job needs to run and if a job ran
during idle time. You can select different power
sources for the background jobs. You can also start
or stop a background job at any time.
To view details about the known good files and the
known bad files
The Norton Insight Network window lets you view
the total number of files that Symantec analyzes
within the Norton Community. You can also view
the total number of computers that are available in
the community to provide the data. You can view
the number of trusted files that are available on
your computer.
To view the details of the Files of Interest
The Norton Insight - Application Ratings window
provides details on the trust level, prevalence,
resource usage, and stability ratings for the Files
of Interest.

You can use the Performance Monitoring option to
monitor the performance of your computer. To access
the Performance Monitoring option, go to the Norton
360 main window, click Settings > Administrative
Settings > Performance Monitoring.

Accessing the Performance window
System Insight provides you a centralized location
where you can view and monitor your system activities.
System Insight displays such information in the
Performance window. You can access the Performance
window to view details about the important system
activities, CPU usage and memory usage, and
Norton-specific background jobs. You can also view
Norton Insight details and defragment your boot
volume.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

To access the Performance window
4

In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.

About monitoring system activities
System Insight provides information about the
important system activities that you performed or that
occurred over a period of the last three months. System
Insight displays the information in the Performance
window. The Events graph at the top of the
Performance window displays each activity as icon or
stripe. The description for each icon or stripe appears
at the bottom of the graph. You can use the tabs at the
top of the graph to obtain details for the current month
and for the last two months. The activities include:
Installs

Provides the details about the
installation activities that you
performed on your system over
a period of the last three months
The details include the
application that you installed,
the date on which you installed
the application, and the total
number of installations on that
date.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Downloads

Provides the details about the
application-download activities
that you performed on your
system over a period of the last
three months
The details include the date on
which you downloaded a file and
the total number of downloads
on that date. You can click the
file name link to view additional
details about the downloaded
file such as the Download Insight
report, file name, reputation
level, and recommended action.

Optimized

Indicates the optimization
activities that you performed on
your system over a period of the
last three months

Detections

Provides the details about the
threat detection activities that
Norton 360 performed on your
system over a period of the last
three months
The details include the date on
which Norton 360 detected a
threat and the total number of
threats that Norton 360 detected
on that date. The View Details
link provides additional details
about the risk such as the risk
impact and the origin of the risk.
The details also include the
action that a threat has
performed on your system and
the action that Symantec
recommends you to resolve the
threat.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Alerts

Provides the details about the
performance alerts that Norton
360 displayed over a period of
the last three months
The details include the
monitored date and the number
of performance alerts generated.
The View Details link provides
additional details about
performance-related activities,
program name, program
location, and system resources
utilization.

Quick Scans

Provides the details about Quick
Scans that Norton 360
performed on your system over
a period of the last three months
The details include the date on
which a Quick Scan was
performed and the number of
Quick Scans that were
performed on that date. The
View Details link provides
additional details such as the
scan time, total items scanned,
total risk detected, total risks
resolved, and recommended
action.

Viewing details of your system activities
System Insight lets you view details of the system
activities that you performed or that occurred over the
last three months in the Performance window. The
activities include application installations, application
downloads, disk optimizations, threat detections,
performance alerts, or Quick Scans. You can use the
tabs at the top of the Events graph to obtain details for
the current month and for the last two months. The

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Events graph at the top of the Performance window
displays each activity as icon or stripe. The description
for each icon or stripe appears at the bottom of the
graph. The pop-up that appears when you move the
mouse pointer over an icon provides you the details
about the activity. The details include the date on which
an activity was performed and the number of such
activities that you performed on that date. The View
Details link provides additional details of the activity
in the Security History window.
To view details of your system activities
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, at the top of the Events
graph, click the tab for a month to view the details.
3 In the Events graph, move the mouse pointer over
the icon or the stripe for an activity.
4 In the pop-up that appears, view the details of the
activity.
5 If the View Details option appears in the pop-up,
click View Details to view additional details in the
Security History window.

About performance alerting
Norton 360 monitors your system performance. If it
detects an increased usage of system resources by any
program or process, it notifies you with performance
alerts. Performance alerting works only when the
Performance Monitoring option and Performance
Alerting option are turned on.
Performance alerting notifies you with information
about the program name and resources that the
program uses excessively. The Details & Settings link
in the performance notification alert lets you view
additional details about the resource consumption by
the program. The File Insight window opens and
displays the details of the file, the origin of the file, the
process ID, and the complete resource usage list of the
program. From the File Insight window, you can choose

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

to exclude the program from being monitored. You can
use the Settings option in the File Insight window to
turn off the Performance Alerting option.

Performance alerts are not displayed when your
computer is idle or in Silent Mode.
For each system resource, such as CPU, memory, and
hard disk, there is a resource consumption threshold
defined. When the resource consumption of a program
exceeds the defined threshold limit, Norton 360 alerts
you with a performance alert.
You can use the Resource Threshold Profile for
Alerting option to configure the threshold limit. To
access the Resource Threshold Profile for Alerting
option, go to the Norton 360 main window, and then
click Settings > Administrative Settings >
Performance Monitoring > Resource Threshold
Profile for Alerting.
You can use the Use Low Resource Profile On Battery
Power option to let Norton 360 automatically change
the resource threshold profile to low when your
computer runs on battery power.
You can use High-Usage Alert for option to configure
Norton 360 to alert for high usage of CPU, memory,
disk, and handles.
In addition, you can add programs to the Program
Exclusions list using the Program Exclusions option.
When you add a program to the Program Exclusions
list, Norton 360 does not alert you when the program
exceeds the defined resource consumption threshold
limit.
You can view all the performance-related logs under
the Performance Alert category in the Security
History window.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Configuring performance alerts
You can use the Performance Alerting option to
receive performance alerts when there is an increased
usage of system resources by any program or process.
You can use the following options to configure
performance alerts:
Off

Turns off performance alerts.
Select this option if you do
not want Norton 360 to notify
you with performance alerts.

Turns on performance alerts.
Select this option if you want
Norton 360 to notify you with
performance alerts when a
program or process exceeds
the threshold limit of the
system resource usage.
By default, the Performance
Alerting option is turned on.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Log Only

Monitors and records the
system resource usage.
Select this option if you want
Norton 360 to only monitor
the system resource usage of
every program or process
running on your computer.
When a program or process
exceeds the threshold limit
of the system resource usage,
Norton 360 records these
details in the Security
History window. You can view
the details that are related to
performance alerts under
Performance Alert category
in the Security History
window.

To configure performance alerts
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the
Performance Alerting row, do one of the following:
1
To turn off performance alerts, move the
Performance Alerting switch to the Off position.
1
To turn on performance alerts, move the
Performance Alerting switch to the On position.
1
To suppress the performance alerts, move the
Performance Alerting switch to the Log Only
position.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

4 Under High-Usage Alert for, do one of the following:
1
If you want Norton 360 to monitor the CPU
usage, move the CPU switch to the left to the On
position.
1
If you want Norton 360 to monitor the memory
usage, move the Memory switch to the left to
the On position.
1
If you want Norton 360 to monitor the disk
usage, move the Disk switch to the left to the On
position.
1
If you want Norton 360 to monitor the handle
count, move the Handles switch to the left to
the On position. By default, this option is turned
off.
5 Click Apply, and then click Close.

Configuring the resource threshold profile
The threshold limit for the system resources
determines at which point Norton 360 should notify
you with performance alerts. When a specific program
exceeds the threshold limit of using your system
resource, Norton 360 notifies you with a performance
alert.
To configure the resource threshold profile
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the Resource
Threshold Profile for Alerting row, select one of
the following options:
Low

Configures a low threshold
limit for alerting.
Symantec recommends you
to select this option when
your computer runs on
battery power.

Medium

Configures a medium
threshold limit for alerting.
By default, the threshold limit
is set to medium.

High

Configures a high threshold
limit for alerting.
Symantec recommends you
to select this option when
your computer runs tasks
that require high resource.

4 Click Apply and then click Close.

Turning off or turning on the Use Low Resource Profile On
Battery Power option
When your computer runs on battery power, it is
important that all active software programs consume
minimum resource usage. By reducing resource usage,
your computer gains longer battery life and becomes
more energy efficient.
You can configure a low threshold profile and ensure
that all programs consume minimum resource usage.
When the resource usage of a program or a process
exceeds the low threshold limit, Norton 360 notifies
you with a performance alert. You can choose to close

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

the program or the process manually and free the
resource.
If the Use Low Resource Profile On Battery Power
option is turned on, Norton 360 automatically changes
the threshold profile to low when your computer runs
on battery power. By default, this option is turned on.

Symantec recommends that you keep the Use Low
Resource Profile On Battery Power option turned on.
To turn off the Use Low Resource Profile On Battery
Power option
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the Use Low
Resource Profile On Battery Power row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply, and then click Close.
To turn on the Use Low Resource Profile On Battery
Power option
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the Use Low
Resource Profile On Battery Power row, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply, and then click Close.

Excluding programs from performance alerts
Norton 360 lets you exclude programs from
performance alerts. You can add the programs that
consume high CPU, memory, or disk usage to the
Program Exclusions list. When you add a program to
the Program Exclusions list, Norton 360 does not alert
you when the program exceeds the resource
consumption threshold limit.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

To exclude a program from performance alerts
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the Program
Exclusions row, click Configure.
4 In the Program Exclusions window, click Add.
5 In the Select a program dialog box, browse to the
executable file for the program that you want to
add.
6 Click Open.
7 In the Program Exclusions window, click Apply.
8 Click OK.
9 In the Settings window, click Apply.
10 Click Close.

Removing programs from Program Exclusions
The Program Exclusions window lists all the programs
that are excluded from performance alerts. If you want,
you can remove any of the programs that you already
added to the Program Exclusions window. When you
remove a program, the program appears in the
performance alert the next time it crosses the defined
threshold limit for resource consumption.
To remove a program from Program Exclusions
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Performance Monitoring, in the Program
Exclusions row, click Configure.
4 In the Program Exclusions window, select the
program that you want to delete, and then click
Remove.
To remove all the programs available in the
Program Exclusions window, click Remove All.
5 In the Program Exclusions window, click Apply

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

6 Click OK.
7 In the Settings window, click Close.

About CPU graph and memory graph
Norton 360 monitors the overall system CPU usage
and memory usage and the Norton-specific CPU usage
and memory usage. Norton 360 displays the details in
the CPU graph and the memory graph. The CPU graph
and memory graph are real-time graphs of CPU
utilization and memory utilization.
The graphs display a performance time for the last 90
minutes or for the duration since you started your
computer. The graphs update the information at an
interval of every 15 seconds. The graphs progress from
right to left, and the most recent data appear on the
far right of the graph. The blue pattern in the graphs
depicts the overall system usage, and the yellow pattern
depicts the Norton-specific usage. The gray blocks that
are labeled as Idle indicate the idle period of your
computer. The gray blocks include the period when
your computer is in shutdown, sleep, or log out state.
The graphs show a default performance time of 90
minutes. However, you can use the Zoom options to
define a region of the graph that you are interested to
view. You can select a Zoom option to obtain magnified
view or historical data of the graphs. For example, if
you select the 10min option, Norton 360 displays the
magnified view of CPU graph or memory graph for the
last 10 minutes. If you select the 1D option, Norton 360
displays a historical data of the last one day.
When you click at any point on the CPU graph or
memory graph, Norton 360 displays a list of the
processes that consume maximum resources at that
point. It also displays the percentage of usage for each
process. You can click a process that is available in the
list to get more information in the File Insight window.
The File Insight window provides information about
the process such as:

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

The file name, version number, digital signature,
the date on which the process was installed.
The date on which the process was last used and
whether it is a startup file.
The stability details.

The confidence level.

The resource usage details.

The actions that the process performs on your
system.

In addition, the File Insight window displays the CPU
graph and the resource usage details for the running
processes. The graph shows the breakdown of overall
system CPU usage and the CPU usage by the process.

Viewing the CPU graph and memory graph
Norton 360 monitors the overall system CPU usage
and memory usage and the Norton-specific CPU usage
and memory usage. The CPU tab and the Memory tab
at the top of the Performance graph display the CPU
graph and the memory graph respectively.
The Zoom options provide you the magnified view of
the CPU graph and memory graph. For example, if you
select the 10min option, Norton 360 displays the
magnified view of CPU graph or memory graph for the
last 10 minutes. If you select the 1W option, Norton
360 displays the CPU graph and memory graph for the
last one week.

By default, the graphs display performance time for
the last 90 minutes.
To view CPU graph and memory graph
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

2 In the Performance window, do one of the following:
1
To view the CPU graph, click the CPU tab.
1

To view the memory graph, click the Memory
tab.
To magnify or shrink the graph, click 10min,
30min, 1D, 1W, or 1M next to the Zoom option.

Obtaining historical data of your CPU and memory usage
The Zoom options also provide you the historical data
of the CPU graph and memory graph. For example, if
you select the 1D option, Norton 360 displays the data
of CPU graph or memory graph for the last one day.
To view historical data of your CPU or memory usage
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, do one of the following:
1
To view the CPU graph, click the CPU tab.
1

To view the memory graph, click the Memory
tab.

3 Do one of the following:
1
To obtain historical data for the last one day,
click 1D.
1
To obtain historical data for the last one week,
click 1W.
1
To obtain historical data for the last one month,
click 1M.

Identifying resource-consuming processes
You can click at any point on the CPU graph or memory
graph to obtain a list of top three processes that
consume maximum resources of your computer at that
point. You can click a process that is available in the
list to get more information about the process in the
File Insight window.
To identify resource-consuming processes
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

2 In the Performance window, do one of the following:
1
To view the CPU graph, click the CPU tab.
1

To view the memory graph, click the Memory
tab.

3 Click at any point on the graph to obtain a list of
resource-consuming processes.
4 Click the name of a process to obtain additional
information about the process in the File Insight
window.

About optimization
The data storage space on a disk is divided into discrete
units. These units are called clusters. When files are
written to the disk, they are broken up into
cluster-sized pieces. When all of the file pieces are
located in adjacent or contiguous clusters, the file can
be accessed quickly.
Your computer’s hard disk stores all of your files,
applications, and the Windows operating system. The
bits of information that make up your files gradually
spread over the disk. This process is known as
fragmentation. The more that you use your computer,
the more fragmented the hard disk gets.
When a fragmented file is accessed, the disk
performance is slower. The performance is slower
because the drive head locates, loads, saves, and keeps
track of all of the fragments of the file. If free space is
also fragmented, the drive head might have to track
adequate free space to store temporary files or newly
added files.
Optimization rearranges file fragments into adjacent
or contiguous clusters. When the drive head accesses
all of the file data in one location, the file is read into
the memory faster. Optimization also maximizes the
usable free space on a disk by grouping most frequently
used files and infrequently used files. Optimization
consolidates free space to avoid fragmenting newly
added files. It adds extra space after major data

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

structures so that they can grow without immediately
becoming fragmented again.
You can optimize your boot volume manually by using
the Optimize option in the Performance window.
You can also configure Norton 360 to defragment your
boot volume or the local disk that contains boot volume
when your computer is idle. Norton 360 automatically
schedules the optimization when it detects the
installation of an application on your computer. The
optimization process starts next time when your
computer is idle.
You can use the Idle Time Optimizer option in the
Administrative Settings window to optimize the boot
volume during idle time.

Optimizing your boot volume
The Optimize option lets you optimize your boot
volume to improve the boot time of your computer.
Optimization of your boot volume maximizes the usable
free space by rearranging file fragments into adjacent
and contiguous clusters. When the drive head of your
hard disk accesses all of the file data in one location,
the file is read into the memory faster.
When you use the Optimize option in Windows XP,
Norton 360 optimizes only the boot volume (for
example, C:\Windows). Therefore, it requires less time
to complete optimization. However, when you use the
Optimize option in Windows Vista or Windows 7,
Norton 360 optimizes the drive that contains the boot
volume. Therefore, it requires more time to complete
optimization.
You can access the Optimize option at the top of the
security status graph in the Performance window. You
can also optimize your boot volume using the Insight
Optimizer option in the Norton Tasks window. The
Insight Optimizer row in the background jobs list that
is available in the Norton Tasks window displays the
details of the boot volume optimization process. You

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

can view details such as timestamp, duration, and
status of the background job.
To optimize your boot volume from the Performance
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, at the top of the
security status graph, click Optimize.
To optimize your boot volume from the Norton Tasks
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, click Norton Tasks.
3 In the Norton Tasks window, under the Norton
Tasks column, click the play icon that appears
before Insight Optimizer.

About the Idle Time Optimizer
Idle Time Optimizer lets you configure Norton 360 to
defragment your boot volume or the local disk that
contains boot volume when your computer is idle.
Norton 360 automatically schedules the optimization
when it detects the installation of an application on
your computer and your computer is idle. If you start
using your computer again, Norton 360 stops the
optimization task, and starts optimizing the next time
that your computer is idle. This way, the background
job of optimization does not affect the performance of
your computer.
Optimization rearranges file fragments into adjacent
or contiguous clusters in the hard disk. It improves the
computer performance by reading the files into the
memory faster. Optimization also maximizes the usable
free space on a disk by grouping most frequently used
files and infrequently used files. In addition, it
consolidates free space to avoid fragmenting newly
added files.
You must turn on the Idle Time Optimizer option
under Administrative Settings in the Settings window

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

to optimize the boot volume during idle time. By
default, this option is turned on.

Turning off or turning on Idle Time Optimizer
Norton 360 automatically schedules the optimization
when it detects the installation of a new application
on your computer. Norton 360 runs this optimization
only when your computer is idle.
You can use the Idle Time Optimizer option to optimize
the boot volume during idle time. By default, this option
is turned on.
To turn off Idle Time Optimizer
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Idle Time Optimizer row, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply, and then click Close.
To turn on Idle Time Optimizer
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Idle Time Optimizer row, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply, and then click Close.

About the Norton Tasks
The Norton Tasks window provides an interface where
you can view and monitor all Norton-specific
background tasks. Norton 360 runs most of the
background tasks when your computer is idle. The
Norton Tasks window provides the details of the
background tasks that Norton 360 performs.
The details include:
1
The name of the Norton task

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

You can use the icon that appears before the name
of a background job to start or stop a background
task. You can start or stop a background task at any
time.
The timestamp of the Norton task
You can view details such as the date on which the
background job last ran and the time. These details
help you decide whether to start a background task
or wait for Norton 360 to run the job during idle
time.
The duration of the Norton task
You can view the length of time that a Norton task
ran the last time. The details also help you
determine the length of time a background task
takes to complete if you start it.
The background task has run during idle time or
not
This detail helps you determine if a task has already
run during idle time or you should run it.
The status of the Norton task
You can view details about the completion of the
task.
The power source that the Norton Task uses.
You can specify the type of power source that each
of the Norton Tasks uses. Use the Configure link
that is available next to the power source icon to
configure the power source for the Norton Tasks.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

The Norton Tasks window lets you monitor the
following Norton-specific tasks:
Automatic LiveUpdate

Automatic LiveUpdate
automatically checks for
definition updates and
program updates when your
computer is connected to the
Internet.
By default, Automatic
LiveUpdate checks for
updates every hour.

Backing up DefaultSet

Performs a backup of the files
and data that are included in
your backup set.
If you created multiple
backup sets, all of the backup
sets appear on the Norton
Tasks list. You can run a
specific backup from the
Norton Tasks window.

Disk Optimizer

Eliminates the file clutter and
rearrange the placement of
files on your computer disks
to improve performance.

Full System Scan

Scans your entire computer
for viruses, spyware, and
different security
vulnerabilities.
It also runs other activities
such as LiveUpdate, Cleanup,
Disk Optimization, and
Backup.

Insight Optimizer

Optimizes the boot volume of
your computer.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Internet Explorer History
Cleaner

Deletes the unnecessary Web
page history that is left
behind in your Internet
browser's history folder.
Removes the traces of any
Internet searches that are
performed on your PC.

Internet Explorer Temporary Deletes the temporary files
Files
that are left behind on the
hard disk after Internet
browsing.
Norton Community Watch

Norton Community Watch
protects your computer
against potential risks. It
collects the information
about new security threats
from your computer and
submits the information to
Symantec for analysis.
Symantec assesses the data
to identify the new threats
and resolves it.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Norton Insight

Allows the smart scanning of
files on your computer. It
improves the performance of
Norton 360 scans by letting
you scan fewer files without
compromising the security of
your computer.
Norton Insight lets you check
the details of the Files of
Interest that are available on
your computer. You can view
details such as signature of
the file and the date on which
the file was installed. You can
also view details such as the
trust level, community usage,
resource usage, and the
source of the file.

Pulse Updates

Pulse Updates check for
definition updates every five
minutes and downloads the
streamed virus definitions.
Pulse Updates provide the
updates during the full
updates, which LiveUpdate
downloads automatically
every few hours. Always
ensure that the Pulse
Updates option is turned on.
It protects you from the latest
threats without
compromising your system
performance or disrupting
your online experience.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Quick Scan

Scans the important locations
of your computer that the
viruses and other security
threats often target.
Quick Scan takes less time to
scan than a Full System Scan
because this scan does not
scan your entire computer.

Windows Registry Cleaner

Deletes the inaccurate entries
and obsolete entries in the
Windows registry that can
cause errors.

Windows Temporary File
Cleaner

Deletes the unnecessary files
that are left in Windows
Temporary folders after a
program is installed or
updated.

The following grayed out categories of jobs run in the
background to improve your system performance and
protection. You can only view the last run details for
the following activities.
Identity Safe Maintenance

Performs background
maintenance tasks related to
Identity Safe. Tasks include
sending Identity Safe profile
statistics and downloading
the favorite icons.

AntiSpam Maintenance

Performs background
maintenance tasks related to
AntiSpam. Tasks include
updating contacts and
AntiSpam filters.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Licensing Maintenance

Performs background
maintenance tasks related to
licensing.

Insight Maintenance

Performs background
maintenance tasks related to
Norton Insight. Tasks include
maintaining details about the
stability and trust level of
files in your computer.

Product Maintenance

Performs background
maintenance tasks related to
Norton 360. Tasks include
clearing install logs and
rescanning consolidated
firewall rule.

You can also manually turn on Silent Mode for a
specified duration.

Monitoring background jobs of Norton 360
The Norton Tasks window provides the details of the
background tasks that Norton 360 performs and lets
you view and monitor the background tasks. Norton
360 runs most of the background tasks when your
computer is idle. Performing all background tasks when
your computer is idle helps your computer to run at
peak efficiency when you use your computer. However,
you can manually start or stop a task at any time. You
can also specify the Idle Time Out duration. After the
Idle Time Out duration is reached, Norton 360
identifies the computer as idle and run the background
tasks. You can use the Idle Countdown bar to confirm
the idle state of your computer. You can also view the
CPU graph and memory graph to obtain the
performance data of your computer.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

To monitor background jobs
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, click Norton Tasks.
3 In the Norton Tasks window, view the details of
background jobs.
4 Do one of the following:
1
To run a background job, click the play icon that
appears before the name of the background job.
1
To stop a running background job, click the stop
icon that appears before the name of the
background job.
5 Click Close.

About Power Source
You can choose the power source for Norton 360 to
perform the Norton Tasks when the computer is idle.
Norton Tasks are background tasks that Norton 360
performs when your computer is idle. Norton Tasks
include Quick Scan, Automatic LiveUpdate, Norton
Community Watch, Norton Insight, Full System Scan,
Insight Optimizer, and Pulse Updates. Norton 360
consumes more power when it runs Norton Tasks.
By default, Norton 360 performs these tasks only when
your computer is connected to the external power. For
example, if you are in an airport, and your computer
is running on battery power, Norton 360 does not
perform the Norton Tasks. In this way, you can extend
the battery power of your computer. However, you can
choose the power source for Norton 360 to perform the
Norton Tasks.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

You can select one of the following options:
External

Allows the Norton Tasks to
run only when your computer
uses external power.
If you choose this option,
Norton 360 performs the
Norton Tasks when the
computer is idle and
connected to external power.

External and Battery

Allows the Norton Tasks to
run irrespective if the
computer uses external
power or battery power.
If you choose this option,
Norton 360 performs the
Norton Tasks when the
computer is idle. It does not
consider the type of power
source the computer uses.

You can configure the power source for each of the
Norton Tasks.

Configuring the Power Source
You can choose the power source for Norton 360 to
perform the Norton Tasks when the computer is idle.
Norton Tasks are background tasks that Norton 360
performs when your computer is idle.
By default, Norton 360 performs these tasks only when
your computer is connected to the external power. You
can configure the power source for each of the Norton
Tasks.
To configure the power source
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, in the left pane, click
Norton Tasks.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

3 In the Norton Tasks window, under the Power
Source column, click the Configure link for the
Norton Task that you want to configure the power
source.
4 In the Power Source window, select one of the
following:
1
External
Allows the Norton Task to run only when your
computer uses external power.
1
External and Battery
Allows the Norton Task to run irrespective if the
computer uses external power or battery power.
If you choose this option, Norton 360 performs
the Norton Task when the computer is idle. It
does not consider the type of power source the
computer uses.
5 Click OK.
6 In the Norton Tasks window, click Close.

About Norton Insight
Norton Insight allows the smart scanning of files on
your computer. It improves the performance of Norton
360 scans by letting you scan fewer files without
compromising the security of your computer.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

A Norton 360 scan can identify threats on your
computer in the following ways:
The Blacklist technique

At regular intervals, Norton 360
obtains definition updates from
Symantec. These updates
contain signatures of known
threats. Each time when Norton
360 obtains the definition
updates, it performs a scan of all
of the files that are available on
your computer. It compares the
signature of the files against the
known threat signatures to
identify threats on your
computer.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

The Whitelist technique

Norton 360 obtains specific
information about the Files of
Interest and submits the
information to Symantec during
idle time. The information
includes things such as file
name, file size, and hash key.
Symantec analyzes the
information of each File of
Interest and its unique hash
value and provides a confidence
level to the file. The Symantec
server stores the hash value and
confidence level details of the
Files of Interest. The server
provides the details immediately
after you open the Norton
Insight - Application Ratings
window. Even the slightest
modification of the file causes a
change in the hash value and the
confidence level of the file.
Typically, most Files of Interest
belong to the operating system
or known applications, and they
never change. These files do not
require repeated scanning or
monitoring. For example,
Excel.exe is a file that never
changes but you always scan it
during a normal security scan.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Symantec assigns the following confidence levels to
Files of Interest:
Trusted

Symantec analyzes the file as
trusted based on the statistical
evaluation that is done on the
files that are available within the
Norton Community.
If the file has three green bars,
Symantec rates the file as
Norton Trusted.
The files that have three green
bars display a Norton Trusted
pop-up text when you move the
mouse pointer over the green
bars.

Good

Symantec analyzes the file as
good based on the statistical
evaluation that is done on the
files that are available within the
Norton Community.
Symantec rates the trusted files
as follows:
1

If the file has two green bars,
Symantec rates the file as
Good.
If the file has one green bar,
Symantec rates the file as
Favorable.

Unproven

Symantec does not have enough
information about the file to
assign a trust level to the file.

Poor

Symantec has only a few
indications that the file is not
trusted.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Norton 360 also provides different profiles to configure
your scan performance. When you use the Full Scan
profile, Norton 360 follows the Blacklist technique to
scan your computer. It scans all of the files on your
computer against the signatures that it obtained during
definition updates. When you use the Standard Trust
or High Trust profile, Norton 360 follows the Whitelist
technique to scan the files based on their confidence
level. This way, Norton 360 significantly reduces the
time that is required to scan your computer completely
for security threats.
The Whitelist technique that Norton Insight uses also
helps in heuristic detection of suspicious applications.
Normally, the execution behavior of well-known
applications appears identical to the execution behavior
of unknown applications. Such behavior results in false
identification of good applications as suspicious, and
therefore, necessitates security applications to
maintain a low heuristic detection threshold. However,
keeping a low detection threshold does not provide a
complete heuristic protection against malicious
applications. Norton 360 uses the Whitelist technique
that helps maintain a high heuristic detection
threshold. It excludes well-known applications from
heuristic detection to prevent false detection of
well-known applications and to ensure a high detection
rate of malicious applications.

Viewing the files using Norton Insight
Norton Insight provides information about the Files of
Interest that are available on your computer. Norton
360 lets you view specific categories of files based on
the option that you select in the Norton Insight Application Ratings window.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

The drop-down list that is available in the Norton
Insight - Application Ratings window provides you
the following options:
All Running Processes

Lists the processes that run
on your computer at that
point in time when you
selected this option.

All Files

Lists the Files of Interest.

Startup Items

Lists the programs that start
when you start your
computer.

All Loaded Modules

Lists all the files and
programs that are currently
loaded on to the program
memory space.

Highest Performance Impact Lists the programs that
consume maximum resources
of your computer.
Norton 360 displays a list of
top 10 resources that highly
affect the performance of
your computer.
Highest Community Usage

Lists the files that have the
maximum community usage.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

User Trusted Files

Lists the Files of Interest that
you manually trusted in the
File Insight window.
This category does not list
the files that do not belong
to the File of Interest even if
you manually trust the files.
However, Norton 360
excludes all of the manually
trusted files from Norton 360
scan when you configure
Scan Performance Profiles
to High Trust.
You can also remove the user
trust from all of the Files of
Interest that you manually
trusted. You can use the
Clear All User Trust option
next to the drop-down list to
remove the user trust.

Untrusted Files

Lists the files that are not
Norton Trusted.
You can manually trust all the
files that are not trusted by
clicking the Trust All Files
option next to the drop-down
list.

You can view file details such as file name, trust level,
community usage, resource usage, and the stability
rating. There may be instances when the trust level of
a file has changed or a process running might have
stopped running. You can refresh the Norton Insight
- Application Ratings window to update the file list
and file details. The coverage meter provides a
graphical representation of the percentage of the
Norton Trusted Files and the total Files of Interest. The
higher the percentage, the lesser time the scan takes.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

To view the files using Norton Insight
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Norton Insight.
2 In the Norton Insight - Application Ratings
window, select an option from the Show drop-down
list to view a category of files.
You may need to scroll the window to view all the
files that are listed in the details area.
3 Click Close.
To refresh the list of files
4

In the Norton Insight - Application Ratings
window, at the top of the file icon, click the refresh
icon.

Checking the trust level of a file
Norton Insight lets you check the details of the Files
of Interest that are available on your computer. You
can view details such as signature of the file and the
date on which the file was installed. You can also view
details such as the trust level, stability details,
community usage, resource usage, and the source of
the file. You can use the Locate option to find the
location of the file on your computer. When you
right-click a file that is available on your computer, the
shortcut menu displays Norton 360 option and then
Norton File Insight option. You can use the options to
check the details of a File of Interest.

Norton 360 displays the Norton File Insight option
only when you right-click a File of Interest. In Windows
Safe mode, you cannot access this option for any file.
Norton 360 also categorizes any file for which you open
the File Insight window to view details as a File of
Interest.
The Symantec server stores the hash value and trust
level details of the File of Interest. The server provides
the file details immediately after you open the Norton
Insight - Application Ratings window. However, you
can use the Check Trust Now option in the File Insight

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

window to update the trust value of a file. You can also
manually trust any well-known files. You can change
the trust level of any file to User Trusted other than
the files that are Norton Trusted.
You can determine the resource usage of a file that is
available on your computer. The File Insight window
displays the CPU graph and the system resource usage
details for the running processes. The graph shows the
breakdown of overall system CPU usage and the CPU
usage or memory usage by the process.
To check the trust level of a file
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Norton Insight.
2 In the Norton Insight - Application Ratings
window, click a file for which you want to check the
details.
3 In the File Insight window, view the details of the
file.
4 In the File Insight window, click Close.
To check the trust level of a specific file
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Norton Insight.
2 In the Norton Insight - Application Ratings
window, click Check a Specific File.
3 Browse to the location of the file for which you want
to check the details.
4 Select the file, and then click Open.
5 In the File Insight window, view the details of the
file.
6 In the File Insight window, click Close.
To find the location of the file
4

In the File Insight window, click Locate.

To refresh the trust level of the file
4

In the File Insight window, click Check Trust Now.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

To manually trust the file
4

In the File Insight window, in the Details tab, click
Trust Now.
You can manually trust the files that are poor,
unproven, or not Norton trusted.

To determine the resource usage of a running process
1 In the File Insight window, in the left pane, click
Activity.
2 In the Show drop-down list, do one of the following:
1
Select Performance to view the performance
graph of the process.
1
Select Performance Alert to view the
performance alert-related details of the process.
1
Select Network to view the network activities
of the process.
1
Select Run Key change to include registry
changes.

Configuring the Scan Performance Profiles
The Scan Performance Profiles settings let you
configure how Norton 360 should scan your computer
based on the digital signature and confidence level of
the files. To make Norton 360 scans lighter, faster, and
more effective, you can exclude from scans the files
that have known digital signatures or high confidence
levels.
You can configure the Scan Performance Profiles
settings to do the following:
1

Configure to Full Scan to perform a complete scan
of your computer.
The complete scan includes a scan of all files on
your computer irrespective of the confidence level
or digital signature of the files.
Configure to Standard Trust to perform a scan that
excludes the files that are Norton Trusted.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Norton 360 scans the files that have a confidence
level other than Norton Trusted.
Configure to High Trust to perform a scan that
excludes the files that have known digital signatures
or high confidence levels.
Norton 360 does not scan the files that have
confidence level as Norton Trusted or User Trusted.
It also excludes the Good files with high confidence
level from the scan. It scans the files with
confidence levels as Poor Trust, Unproven Trust,
Bad Trust, and the files without a class 3 digital
signature.

You must configure the Scan Performance Profiles
settings before you run a scan or before a scan is
scheduled to run. Norton 360 scans your computer
according to the configuration you specified in the
Scan Performance Profiles settings.
To configure Scan Performance Profiles from the
Settings window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
On the Scans and Risk tab, in the Scan Performance
Profiles row, click on one of the settings. Your
options are:
1
Full Scan
1

Standard Trust

High Trust

3 Click Apply, and then click Close.
To configure Scan Performance Profiles from the Norton
Insight - Application Ratings window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Norton Insight.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

2 In the Norton Insight - Application Ratings
window, move the Scan Performance Profiles slider
to one of the settings. Your options are:
1
Full Scan
1

Standard Trust

High Trust

3 Click Close.

About Monthly Report
Monthly Report lets you view a summary of what
Norton 360 has done for you. Norton 360 displays the
monthly report every 30 days after you install your
product. After 30 days of installation, Norton 360
displays the Monthly Report automatically. If you do
not want Norton 360 to display the Monthly Report
automatically, you can select the Do not display
monthly reports automatically option in the Norton
Monthly Report window.
You can view the Monthly Report using the Check
Monthly Report option that is present in the My
Account window.
Norton 360 lets you turn off or turn on Monthly Report
from the Administrative Settings window. The Norton
Monthly Report window displays the Tip of the month
to recommend some of the product’s features and
services.
When your product expires after the trial period,
Monthly Report displays the activation status of your
product. However, when your product expires after the
subscription period, Monthly Report displays the
subscription status of your product.

100

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Norton 360 provides reports based on the following
categories:
PC Security

Lets you view the details of
the various attacks your PC
is protected from
For example, you can view
the total number of viruses
and spyware from which
you are protected.

Web

Lets you view the details of
Antiphishing activities
For example, you can view
the total number of known
authenticated sites that you
visited.

Backup & Tuneup

Lets you view the details of
Backup and PC Tuneup
activities. For example, you
can view the total number
of files that you backed up
on drive C of your
computer.
For example, you can view
the total number of files
that you backed up on drive
C of your computer.

Monthly Report lets you view the latest news on
Internet security and also provides information on how
to stay safe while you are online. You can click the Read
More option in the Norton Monthly Report window
to view more information on how to stay safe online.

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

101

Viewing the Monthly Report
The Monthly Report lets you view how Norton 360
protected you for the past 30 days. This report includes
different activities that Norton 360 performed to
protect your computer.
The Monthly Report provides information about the
following activities:
1

1
1

The total number of threats that Norton 360
detected on your computer.
The total number of phishing and authenticated
Web sites that you visited.
The total number of files that you backed up.
The total number of unwanted files and the obsolete
Windows registry entries that are removed.

If you do not want Norton 360 to display the Monthly
Report automatically, you can do one of the following:
1

Select the Do not display monthly reports
automatically option in the Norton Monthly
Report window.
Turn off the Monthly Report option in the
Administrative Settings window.

To view the Monthly Report
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Account.
2 In the My Account window, click Check Monthly
Report.
3 Click Close.

102

Monitoring your system's performance
About System Insight

Maintaining total
protection

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About total protection

About keeping your computer secure

About solving connection problems

About responding to emergencies

About monitoring protection features

About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

About total protection
Norton 360 offers total protection of your PC that
includes Antivirus and Spyware Protection, online
identity theft protection, backup, and PC tuneup
capabilities. It provides a complete protection against
a wide range of threats, leaving you free to work and
play confidently on your PC.
After you install Norton 360 and set up a backup
storage destination, it then does all the rest. You do
not have to do anything else to be protected. However,
Norton 360 also lets you customize your firewall
settings or adware protection, or set your own schedule
for automatic activities.

104

Maintaining total protection
About keeping your computer secure

Norton 360 is grouped into the following four
categories of protection:
PC Security

Blocks and removes viruses
and spyware from email and
downloaded sites, protects
against emerging threats,
scans, cleans email
attachments, and secures
connections and data
transmission between your
computer and the Internet.

Identity Protection

Helps to guard against
identity theft, verifies
authenticity of Web sites.

Backup

Backs up all your important
files and data to a variety of
storage locations.

PC Tuneup

Finds and fixes common
computer problems, cleans
up unwanted cookies and
files, and defragments the
hard disk to optimize PC
performance.

About keeping your computer secure
Norton 360 automatically protects your PC when you
install it and updates itself regularly to maintain
protection. However, you can increase the security of
your PC further by learning how to avoid threats
against your PC and your data.
To avoid email threats, do the following:
1
Open only those email attachments that come from
a trusted source and that you expect to receive.

Maintaining total protection
About keeping your computer secure

105

Delete all unwanted messages without opening
them.
Do not respond to email that you suspect is spam.
Delete it.
Be wary of any email that requests confidential
information, and confirm the authenticity of the
request before you reply.

To protect yourself from phishing attempts, do the
following:
1
When you visit a Web site, type the address directly
into your browser rather than clicking a link.
1
Provide personal information only on trusted sites.
Examples include the sites that have "https" in the
Web address or that have a lock icon at the bottom
of the browser window.
1
Do not provide personal information to any
unsolicited requests for information.
To avoid viruses, worms, and Trojan horses, do the
following:
1
Transfer files to your PC only from a well-known
source or a trusted source.
1
Do not send or receive files over instant messaging
connections.
1
Terminate an instant messaging connection if a
person on your buddy list sends strange messages,
files, or Web links.
To avoid spyware, do the following:
1
Do not approve suspicious error messages from
within your Web browser.
1
Be suspicious of "free deal" offers because spyware
may come as part of such a deal.
1
Carefully read the End User License Agreement for
the programs that you install. Also, do not install
a program if other programs are installed as part
of the required program.

106

Maintaining total protection
About solving connection problems

About solving connection problems
Norton 360 uses an Internet connection to support
several of its protection features. If you use a proxy
server to connect to the Internet, you must configure
the proxy settings of Norton 360. You can configure
Network Proxy Settings in the Administrative Settings
window.
If you cannot connect to the Internet after you install
Norton 360, you can use the Support features to help
you troubleshoot your connection problem.

About responding to emergencies
Norton 360 automatically downloads definition updates
regularly and secures your computer from latest
viruses and unknown threats. In addition, Norton 360
monitors your Internet activities to protect your
computer from the Internet-based threats that exploit
software vulnerabilities.
However, security issues can arise, and you need to
decide which action to take.
If you think that your computer is infected with a virus
or with destructive software, you can take the following
actions:
Quick Scan

Helps you to scan the possible
virus-infected areas of a
computer that the viruses and
other security risks often target
Because this scan does not scan
your entire computer, it takes
lesser time to run than a Full
System Scan.

Maintaining total protection
About responding to emergencies

Full System Scan

Checks all boot records, files,
and running programs to protect
your computer from viruses and
spyware
It also runs other tasks (such as
LiveUpdate, Registry Cleanup,
Disk Optimization, and Backup)
to provide a high level of
protection and improve the
performance of your computer.
Consequently, when you run a
Full System Scan with
administrator privileges, it scans
more files than when you run it
without administrator privileges.
This scan might take more time
than the other scans.

Custom Scan

Scans a specific file, folder,
drive, or removable drive that
you choose. You can also create
your own scan and schedule it
to run at a specific time.

Custom Task

Checks for vulnerabilities and
risks, and protects your
computer by running the
following checks:
1
LiveUpdate
1
Internet Explorer Temporary
Files
1
Windows Temporary Files
1
Internet Explorer History
1
Disk Optimization
1
Registry Cleanup
1
Backup

107

108

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

When you right-click a folder, the shortcut menu
displays Norton 360 and then Scan Now option. You
can use this command to scan any particular folder.
When you right-click a file, the shortcut menu displays
Norton 360 and then Insight Network Scan option.
You can use this command to scan a file using both
local definitions and definitions that are hosted in the
Cloud.

About monitoring protection features
Your Symantec product maintains records of all
protection-related actions that it takes and the
activities that it monitors. You can review the history
and the logs through Security History. You can view
summary and results of activities and scans. You can
also monitor other security tasks.

About Security History
Security History window lets you do the following:
1
View the summary of alerts and event messages.
1

1
1

View the results of scans that are run on your
computer.
View the items that you submitted to Symantec
Security Response Web site.
Manage Quarantine items.
Monitor the security tasks that your products
perform in the background.

Security History lets you monitor the security tasks
that your product performs in the background. In
addition, the alerts that you receive can be reviewed
at any time in Security History. If you cannot review
an alert when you receive it, you can review it later in
Security History.
The alerts, scan results, and other security items that
are related to various product features appear under
their respective categories in the Security History

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

109

window. For example, the security items that are
related to the Quarantine feature appear under the
Quarantine category. In addition, the Security History
window displays details of each item in the Details
pane.
Based on their functionalities, Security History broadly
organizes all categories into the following groups:
1

All Activity

Protection and Performance

Submissions and Errors

PC Tuneup

Informational

By default, the following information categories are
available in the Security History window:
1
Recent History
1

Full History

Scan Results

Resolved Security Risks

Unresolved Security Risks

Quarantine

SONAR Activity

Firewall – Network and Connections

Firewall – Activities

Intrusion Prevention

Download Insight

AntiSpam

Identity

Norton Product Tamper Protection

Performance Alert

Metered Network

Backup

Sites reported to Symantec

Norton Error Reporting

110

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Email Errors

Norton Community Watch

Registry Cleanup

File Cleanup

Disk Optimization

Silent Mode

LiveUpdate

You can view the security items based on the category
of events that you select and the search string that you
provide. Norton 360 restricts the number of search
results that appear on each page in the Security
History window. Therefore, Security History divides
the items that are returned for any search criteria and
displays them on separate pages. You can use the
pagination scroll at the bottom of the window to
navigate to different pages sequentially. In case you
want to view a specific page, you can use the Go to page
option to open the page. The maximum number of
items that appear per page is 100.
Based on the security status of an item in an
information category, you can take an appropriate
action to resolve a risk or a threat. The actions that
you can perform include the following:
1

Restore and exclude a quarantined item.

Remove an item from Security History.

Submit an item to Symantec for further analysis.

Trust or restrict devices on a selected network.

1
1

Remove the trusted or restricted status of devices
on the selected network.
Allow a selected program to access the Internet.
Configure Norton 360 to notify you when it blocks
a selected attack signature.

Norton 360 also lets you save the security events
history. You can view the security event information
whenever you want. If you want to analyze the security
events for a particular day, you can save the Security

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

111

History logs for that day. You can later import the file
into Security History and analyze the data.

Viewing items in Security History
Security History provides a record of all the activities
that Norton 360 performed on your computer.
You can view details about all the activities including:
1
Security History alerts and event messages
1

Results of different scans

Information that you submitted to Symantec
Security Response Web site
Quarantined items

Norton 360 firewall activities

Norton 360 PC Tuneup activities

Norton 360 backup and restore activities

Security tasks that Norton 360 performed in the
background

Based on their functionalities, all Security History
categories appear under the following groups in the
Show drop-down list:
1
All Activity
1

Protection and Performance

Submissions and Errors

PC Tuneup

Informational

The items that are related to the various product
features appear under their respective categories in
the Security History window. For example, the security
items that are related to the Quarantine feature appear
under Quarantine category in the Security History
window. In addition, the Security History window
displays details of each item in the Details pane.
To view items in Security History
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.

112

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Security History.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

113

3 In Security History window, in the Show drop-down
list, select the category of items that you want to
view. Your options are:
Recent History

The Recent History view in
the Security History window
displays the alerts that you
received during the last seven
days. It lists the history of
certain recent security
events.

Full History

The Full History view in the
Security History window
displays the complete
Security History.

Scan Results

You can scan your computer
to check if any virus, spyware,
malware, or security risk has
infected your computer.
The Scan Results view in the
Security History window
displays the details about the
scans that are run on your
computer.

114

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Resolved Security Risks

The security risks include the
suspicious programs that can
compromise the security of
your computer.
The Resolved Security Risks
view in the Security History
window displays a list of
security risks that Norton 360
has detected and then
repaired, quarantined, or
removed. The quarantined
items are listed in the
Quarantine view. You can
also view the quarantined
items in the Quarantine view.

Unresolved Security Risks

The security risks include the
suspicious programs that can
compromise the security of
your computer.
The Unresolved Security
Risks view in the Security
History window displays a list
of security risks that Norton
360 was not able to repair,
remove, or quarantine.
Certain threats require
system restart, logs for such
threats can be cleared only
after you restart your system.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Quarantine

The Security History
Quarantine provides a safe
location on your computer
where you can isolate items
while you decide an action to
take on them.
The Quarantine view in the
Security History window
displays all of the security
risks that are isolated in the
Security History Quarantine.

SONAR Activity

Symantec Online Network for
Advanced Response (SONAR)
identifies new threats based
on the suspicious behavior of
applications. SONAR detects
and protects your computer
against malicious code even
before virus definitions are
available through LiveUpdate.
The SONAR Activity view in
the Security History window
displays details about the
security risks that SONAR
detects. This category also
lists any activity that
modifies the configuration or
the settings of your
computer.
The More Details option for
this category provides details
about the resources that this
activity affects.

115

116

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Firewall - Network and
Connections

The firewall monitors the
communications between
your computer and other
computers on the Internet.
The Firewall - Network and
Connections category in the
Security History window
displays information about
the networks that your
computer connects to. It also
displays the actions that you
have taken to trust or to
restrict networks and
computers.
This category also displays a
history of all of the TCP/IP
network connections that
were made with your
computer. Network
connections are logged when
the connection is closed.
The Security History Advanced Details window for
this category lets you modify
trust or restrict settings for
computers and networks.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Firewall - Activities

The firewall monitors the
communications between
your computer and other
computers on the Internet.
The firewall maintains rules
to control Internet access to
and from your computer.
The Firewall - Activities view
in the Security History
window displays the rules
that firewall creates. The
rules that you create also
appear in this view.
The Security History Advanced Details window for
this category shows the
created Program rules. It also
lets you allow a blocked
program rule.

Intrusion Prevention

Intrusion Prevention scans all
the network traffic that
enters and exits your
computer for known threats.
The Intrusion Prevention
view in the Security History
window displays details
about recent Intrusion
Prevention activities.
The Security History Advanced Details window for
this category lets you control
whether or not to be notified
when Intrusion Prevention
detects an Intrusion
Prevention signature.

117

118

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Download Insight

Download Insight processes
any executable file that you
download for analysis of its
reputation level. It then
informs you about the
processing results based on
the Download Insight
settings.
The Download Insight view
in the Security History
window displays details of all
events that Download Insight
processes and notifies. This
view also contains
information about the actions
that you take based on the
reputation data of the events.

AntiSpam

Norton AntiSpam protects
your computer from exposure
to unsolicited email.
The AntiSpam view in the
Security History window
displays details about the
email messages that
AntiSpam has processed.

Identity

The various features of
Identity Safe help you
manage your identities and
provide additional security
while you perform online
transactions.
The Identity view in the
Security History window
displays the Antiphishing
definitions that Norton 360
downloads when you run
LiveUpdate to obtain the
latest virus definitions.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Norton Product Tamper
Protection

Norton Product Tamper
Protection lets you protect
your Norton product from any
attack or modification by
unknown, suspicious, or
malicious applications.
The Norton Product Tamper
Protection view in the
Security History window
displays details about
unauthorized attempts to
modify Symantec processes.
The tasks that your Symantec
product blocks also appear in
the list.

Performance Alert

The performance alert
feature lets you view,
monitor, and analyze the
impact of the system
activities on your computer.
The Performance Alert view
in the Security History
window provides details
about the impact of the
processes that run on your
computer. The details include
the process name, the
resources used, the extent of
resource utilization, and the
overall impact of the process
on your computer. In
addition, logs related to
performance alerts and the
programs that you have
excluded from performance
alerts also appear in the list.

119

120

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Metered Network

Metered Broadband Mode
lets you set up policies and
restrict the Internet usage of
Norton 360. You can define
the amount of network
bandwidth that Norton 360
can use.
The Metered Network view in
the Security History window
provides details about the
actions that you performed
to restrict the Internet usage
of Norton 360.

Backup

The Backup view displays the
list of the backup and restore
activities that you performed.

Sites reported to Symantec In some cases, you might
have submitted evaluation of
certain Web pages to
Symantec.
The Sites Reported to
Symantec view in the
Security History window
displays all the Web sites that
you reported to Symantec to
verify authenticity.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Email Errors

Email errors include any
failure that occurs when
Norton 360 tries to send,
download, or scan an email
message that you send or
receive.
The Email Errors view in the
Security History displays
details about any Email Error
alerts that you receive when
an Email error occurs. Details
include the Error ID and the
Error message. This view also
displays information about
subject, sender address, and
the recipient address that are
related to the email message
in the alert.

Norton Community Watch

The Norton Community
Watch feature lets you
submit any suspicious
security or suspicious
application data to Symantec
for analysis. Symantec
assesses the data to
determine the new threats.
The Norton Community
Watch view in the Security
History window displays a list
of files that you have
submitted to Symantec for
analysis. Files, at various
stages of submission, also
appear in the list.

121

122

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Registry Cleanup

The windows registry can
contain the entries that refer
to files that do not exist. Such
broken registry items can
slow down your computer.
Registry Cleanup scans your
computer and cleans any
broken registry entries that
it finds.
The Registry Cleanup view in
the Security History window
displays the list of the
Registry Cleanup activities
that been performed in your
computer.

File Cleanup

The File Cleanup feature
removes unwanted temporary
files including leftover
Internet browser files,
Internet search words, and
other temporary files.
The File Cleanup view in the
Security History window
shows the list of the File
Cleanup activities that were
performed on your computer.

Disk Optimization

Disk optimization is a process
in which the physical
locations of files are
streamlined. Files and
metadata are re-arranged to
improve data access time.
The disk optimization view in
the Security History window
shows the list of the disk
optimization activities that
were performed on your
computer.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Silent Mode

Silent Mode suppresses alerts
and notifications and
temporarily suspends most
of the background activities.
The Silent Mode view in the
Security History window
displays the summary of the
Silent Mode sessions.
The summary includes the
following information:
1
The type of Silent Mode
such as Silent Mode or
Quiet Mode
1
The type of program that
turns on Silent Mode such
as disk burning or TV
recording
1
The name of
User-Specified program
that turns on Silent Mode
1
Whether Silent Mode is
turned on or turned off

LiveUpdate

LiveUpdate obtains the latest
virus definition updates and
the program updates to all
the Symantec products that
you installed on your
computer. These updates
protect your computer from
newly discovered threats.
The LiveUpdate view in the
Security History window
shows the details of the
LiveUpdate activities on your
computer. The details include
the severity, the status, and
the duration of the
LiveUpdate sessions on your
computer.

123

124

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

4 Click a row to view details for that item.
If you want to view additional information about an
item, click the More Details option in the Details
pane or double-click the particular row. You can
view the advanced details about the item in the
Security History-Advanced Details window and
take actions as needed. For some categories, the
More Details option opens the File Insight window
that displays the details about the selected Security
History event. You must use the Options link in the
Security History window to select an action that
Norton 360 must perform on any item in these
categories. The Options link is also available in the
File Insight window for certain items.

About the Security History - Advanced Details window
The Security History - Advanced Details window lets
you view more information about the items that you
select in the Show drop-down list in the Security
History window. You can also perform any action that
is available for the selected item from this window.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

125

The following table lists the categories that provide
the advanced details about the Security History items:
Alert Summary

Displays the following
information about the item:
1
Severity

This category displays the
risk level of the selected
item. The various levels of
security risks are High,
Medium, Low, and Info.
Activity

This category displays the
activity that was performed
by Norton 360.
Date & Time

This category displays the
date and time of the activity.
Status

This category displays the
status of the action that has
been taken on the item.
Recommended Action
This category displays the
actions that you might need
to perform.

Advanced Details

Displays the detailed
information of the item
You can view the details such as
category, risk level, risk
category, submission date of the
risk, risk status, risk description,
and recommended actions for
the items.

126

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Actions

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Displays the actions that are
available for the selected item
The options in the Actions view
vary depending on the options
that are available in the Show
drop-down list in the Security
History window.
The following are some of the
Actions options:
1
Trust
This action allows access to
or from the selected
computer or all of the
unclassified computers on
the selected network.

This option is available in the
Security History - Firewall Network and Connections
view.
Restrict
This action blocks access to
or from the selected
computer or all of the
unclassified computers on
the selected network.

This option is available in the
Security History - Firewall Network and Connections
view.
Remove trust
Removes the trusted status
from the selected computer
or from all of the unclassified
computers on the selected
network.

This option is available in the
Security History - Firewall Network and Connections
view.
Remove restriction

127

128

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

This action removes the
restricted status from the
selected computer or from
all of the unclassified
computers on the selected
network.

This option is available in the
Security History - Firewall Network and Connections
view.
View Rule
This action shows the
firewall rule that is used to
control the Internet access
attempts by the selected
program in the Program
Control window of Norton
360.

This option is available in the
Security History Firewall-Activities view.
Allow
This action allows the
selected program to access
the Internet.

This option is available in the
Security History - Intrusion
Prevention view.
Stop Notifying Me
This action prevents Norton
360 from notifying you when
it blocks the selected attack
signature in the future.
This option is available in the
Security History - Intrusion
Prevention view.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

129

Notify Me
This action allows Norton
360 to notify you when it
blocks the selected attack
signature in the future.
This option is available in the
Security History - Intrusion
Prevention view.

Risk Management

Displays the links that provide
the information that is related
to the selected item
For some Security History items,
this view lets you access the
relevant settings pane of the
Norton 360 window.

About the File Insight window
The File Insight window provides details about any
File of Interest that is available on your computer. This
option of file analysis is available for the files that you
download, scan, or use to perform an activity.
You can access the File Insight window in different
ways. For example, you can use the various
notifications, alerts, scan and performance-related
windows, and the shortcut menu of the various files
that are present on your computer to open the window.
Security History provides a centralized location where
you can access the File Insight windows of the various
events that are related to Security Risks, Download
Insight, and Performance.

130

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

The File Insight window lets you view more details of
events that belong to some of the following categories
in the Security History window:
Resolved Security Risks Lets you view the detailed
information about the resolved
security risks in an organized
way.
The Resolved Security Risks
category includes the infected
files that Norton 360 repairs,
removes, or quarantines. This
category mostly includes the
medium-level or the high-level
risks that are either quarantined
or blocked.
The File Insight window provides
details about the risk level, the
origin, and the activity report of
the resolved security risks on
your system.
Unresolved Security
Risks

Lets you view the detailed
information about the
unresolved security risks in an
organized way.
The Unresolved Security Risks
category includes the infected
files for which Norton 360 was
not able to take any action. This
category mostly includes the
low-level risks that require your
attention for a suitable action.
The File Insight window provides
details about the risk level, the
origin, and the activity report of
the unresolved security risks on
your system.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Quarantine

131

Lets you view the detailed
information about quarantined
security risks in an organized
way.
The Quarantine category
includes the infected files that
are isolated from the rest of your
computer while they await your
attention for a suitable action.
The File Insight window provides
details about the risk level, the
origin, and the activity report of
quarantined security risks on
your system.

Download Insight

Lets you view the reputation
details of a file that you
download.
You can use these details to
determine the safety level of the
file and then decide the action
that you want to perform.

Performance Alert

Lets you view the performance
details of any File of Interest that
is available on your computer.
The information includes the
general details, the origin and
lineage information, the
resource usage, and the actions
that the file has performed on
your system.

The File Insight window provides various details about
the Security History item. These details are classified
in different tabs in the File Insight window.

132

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

You can select a tab to view more details about it. The
File Insight window provides details about a file in the
following tabs:
Details

Displays the information such as
the confidence level, community
usage of a file, how long ago the
file was released and how stable
the file is.
Stability ratings of a file
w
may vary depending upon your
operating system.
You can view details such as the
signature and the date on which
the file was created. You can
determine if a file is a startup
file and the date on which the
file was last used.

Origin

Provides the lineage details of a
file.
You can view the file name and
the URL of the source from
where the file was downloaded.
The lineage details of a file are
available only if you downloaded
or created the file after you
installed Norton 360.
If the historical details of
w
a file are not available, Norton
360 disables this Origin section.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

Activity

133

Provides the details about the
suspicious actions performed by
the file on your computer. It also
provides information about the
resource usage of a process and
the effect of the process on the
overall CPU utilization of your
computer.

Based on the severity of the security risks and the risk
type, Norton 360 might display one or more of the
following options in the File Insight window:
Locate

Lets you locate the file on
your computer.
This option is available at the
top of the window.

Copy to Clipboard

Lets you copy the data from
the File Insight window to the
clipboard.
After you copy the content to
the Clipboard, you can open
a document, paste the data,
and save the document.

Options

Lets you access the Threat
Detected window and view
more details and perform
actions.

Learn More

Lets you access the online
tutorial page to get more
information about the file.

134

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

About the Threat Detected window
The ThreatDetected window appears whenever Norton
360 detects a security risk on your computer. You can
use this window to view details about the risk and select
an action for the risk. Sometimes, you may want to
access the Threat Detected window for the same risk
again. In that case, the window can be opened at any
time from Security History. Security History is the
centralized location where you can access the Threat
Detected windows of risks that belong to some of the
following categories:
Resolved Security Risks This category includes the
security risks or the infected
files that Norton 360 has
detected and then repaired,
quarantined, or removed.
Unresolved Security
Risks

This category includes the
security risks or the infected
files that Norton 360 was not
able to repair, remove, or
quarantine.

Quarantine

This category includes the
security risk items that are
isolated from the rest of your
computer while they await your
attention for a suitable action.

The action options in the Threat Detected window for
a risk vary depending on the risk type and its severity
level. The following are some of the options that are
available in this window:
Restore

Returns the security risk that is
quarantined to the original
location on your computer

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

135

Returns the selected Quarantine
item to its original location
without repairing it and excludes
the item from being detected in
the future scans
Remove this file

Removes the security risk from
your computer and quarantines
it

Exclude this program

Excludes the security risk from
future scan

Remove from history

Removes the selected security
risk item from the Security
History log

Get help

Takes you to the Symantec
Security Response Web site

Submit to Symantec

Sends the security risk to
Symantec

Searching in Security History
You can search the items that are listed in Security
History. You can use the Quick Search option to find
items using a keyword or the name of a security risk.
If you want to view all of the Security History items
that pertain to a particular security risk, you can filter
the items using Quick Search. For example, if you want
to view all of the alerts that Auto-Protect has generated,
you can type Auto-Protect and filter the list.
You can clear the search results and return to the
current Security History list by clicking the black cross
(x) icon in the Quick Search box.
The Quick Search option works on the current view
only. If you want your search to include all of the items

136

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

in Security History, you must select the Full History
view.
To search in Security History
1 In the Security History window, in the Quick
Search text box, type the name of the item that you
want to search.
2 Click Go.

Exporting or Importing Security History information
Norton 360 lets you export the Security History events
to a file. You can export and save the Security History
events and view them at your leisure.
For example, you can analyze the security events on a
particular day. You can use the Quick Search option
to obtain a list of all of the items that are related to a
particular security risk. You can then use the Export
option to save the list in the Security History log. You
can later import the log file and analyze the data.
Security History stores the information in a separate
file. When the file size reaches its maximum size limit,
information that is related to new events overwrites
the information that is related to older events. You can
export the log periodically, if you want to keep the
entire Security History information.
You can save your log file in one of the following file
formats:
1
Security History Log Files (.mcf)
The .mcf file format is the Security History Log Files
format and is proprietary to Symantec.
When you use this file type option, you can view
the file only in the Security History window.
1
Text Files (.txt)
The data is saved in a comma-separated text format.
When you use this file type option, you can open
and view the file externally without using Security
History.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

137

You can import only the log files that have .mcf file
extension. When you import a log file, the exported list
of Security History information in the log file appears.
This list replaces the current security events list. You
can select an option in the Show drop-down list to view
the option-specific details that are saved in the log file.
To revert to the current Security History list you must
click the Close file: file_name.mcf link.
To export Security History information
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Security History.
3 In the Security History window, in the Show
drop-down list, select an option.
4 Click Export.
5 In the Save As dialog box that appears, navigate to
a location and specify the name for the file.
The category name in the Show drop-down list
appears as the default file name. You can provide a
file name of your choice.
6 In the Save as type box, select the format in which
you want to save your log file.
7 Click Save.
To import Security History information
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Security History.
3 In the Security History window, click Import.
4 In the Open dialog box that appears, browse to the
folder that has the file you want to import.

138

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

5 Select the .mcf file and click Open.
You can only open log files of .mcf format in the
Security History window. You can open and view
log files of .txt file externally without using Security
History.
In the import mode, you cannot make modifications
to the information. For example, you cannot clear
the logs. You can revert to the current Security
History list by closing the file.

Managing items in the Quarantine
The Security History Quarantine provides a safe
location on your computer where you can isolate items
while you decide on an action to take on them.
Quarantined items are isolated from the rest of your
computer so that they cannot spread or reinfect your
computer. In some cases, you may have an item that
you think is infected, but is not identified as a risk by
the Norton 360 scans. You can manually place such
items in the Quarantine.
You cannot open quarantined items accidentally and
spread the virus, but you can evaluate the quarantined
items for possible submission to Symantec.
The Security History Quarantine includes the following
groups of items:
Security risks

Includes the items such
as spyware and adware
that are generally low risk
and that another program
requires to function
properly.
You can restore these
items if necessary.

Security threats

Includes viruses and
other high-risk items.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

139

Once an item has been quarantined, you have several
options. All of the actions that you take on quarantined
items must be performed in the Security History
Quarantine.
To perform an action on a quarantined item
1 In the Security History window, in the Quarantine
view, select the item on which you want to perform
the action.
2 In the Details pane, click Restore & Options.
You can use the More Details link to view more
details about the item before you select an action
for it. The link opens the File Insight window that
contains more information about the risk.

140

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

3 In the Threat Detected window, select the action
that you want to perform. Some of the options are:
Restore

Returns the security risk that
is quarantined to the original
location on your computer
This option is available only
for the detected viral threats.

Restore & exclude this file

Returns the selected
Quarantine item to its
original location without
repairing it and excludes the
item from being detected in
the future scans
This option is available for
the detected viral and
non-viral threats.

Remove from history

Removes the selected item
from the Security History log

Submit to Symantec

Sends the selected item to
Symantec for evaluation of
the security risk
In some cases, Norton 360
might not identify an item as
a security threat, but you
might suspect that the item
is infected. In such cases, you
can use this option to submit
the item to Symantec for
further analysis.

You can also navigate to this window by using the
Options link in the File Insight window for some
risks.
4 Follow the on-screen instructions.

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

141

Adding an item to the Quarantine
Security History Quarantine provides a safe location
on your computer in which you can isolate items while
you decide on an action to take on each item.
The Quarantine view in the Security History window
displays a list of quarantined items. You can view the
name and the risk status of each quarantined item.
You can manually add an item to the Security History
Quarantine. You can use the Add to Quarantine option
in the Quarantine view in the Security History window
to quarantine the items that you suspect are infected.
This action has no effect on the items that are already
quarantined.

You cannot add a known Good File to Quarantine.
To add an item to the Quarantine
1 In the Security History window, in the Quarantine
view, click Add to Quarantine.
2 In the Manual Quarantine dialog box, in the
Description text box, type a short name for the item
that you want to add.
This text appears in the Quarantine, so you should
use a recognizable description.
3 Click Browse.
4 In the Select File to Quarantine dialog box, browse
to the item that you want to add, select it, and then
click Open.
5 Click Add.
6 Click Close.

Restoring an item from the Quarantine
Some programs rely on other programs that are
classified as security risks to function. The program
may not function if a particular security file is removed.
All of the removed security risks are automatically
backed up in the Security History Quarantine. This
way, Norton 360 lets you restore any risk to regain the

142

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

functionality of a program that requires the risk
program to run.
For example, a shareware or freeware program that
you download may use adware to keep its price low. In
this case, you can allow the security risk program to
remain on your computer or restore it if Spyware
Protection has removed it.
Some quarantined items are successfully disinfected
after Norton 360 rescans them. You can also restore
such items.

If you restore an item to a directory other than its
original location, it may not function properly.
Therefore, it is recommended that you reinstall the
program.
To restore an item from the Quarantine
1 In the Security History window, in the Quarantine
view, select the item that you want to restore.
2 In the Details pane, click Restore & Options.
3 In the Threat Detected window, click Restore &
exclude this file.
This option returns the selected Quarantine item
to its original location without repairing it and
excludes the item from being detected in the future
scans.
4 In the Quarantine Restore window, click Yes.
In case of non-viral threats, you can use the option
that is available in this window to exclude the
security risk. Norton 360 does not detect the
security risks that you exclude in the future scans.
5 In the Browse for Folder dialog, select the folder or
drive where you want to restore the file and then
click OK.
6 Click Close.

Removing an item from the Quarantine
You can configure Norton 360 to remove a security risk
from your computer. You can use the Restore option

Maintaining total protection
About monitoring protection features

143

to remove the security risk and places it in the Security
History Quarantine. Some programs may rely on the
security risk item that you quarantine to function. In
this case, you can restore the security risk to regain
the functionality of a program that requires the risk
program to run.

The Restore option is only available for the security
risks that are manually quarantined.
To remove an item from the Quarantine
1 In the Security History window, in the Quarantine
view, select the item that you want to remove.
2 Click Restore & Options.
3 In the Threat Detected window, click Restore.
This option is available for the security risks that
are manually quarantined.
4 In the Quarantine Restore window, click Yes.
5 Click Close.

Manually submitting an item to Symantec
When a virus or other risk is detected, it is
automatically submitted to Symantec Security
Response Web site for analysis. If you have turned off
the option to submit risks automatically, you can
manually submit them from the Security History
Quarantine. You must have an Internet connection to
submit an item.
When you submit files to Symantec automatically or
manually, you contribute to the effectiveness of your
Symantec product. For example, you can submit an
item that has not been detected during scanning that
you believe may be a security risk. Symantec Security
Response analyzes the file. If it is identified as a
security risk, it is added to a future definition update.
Personally identifiable information is never included
in submissions.
In some cases it is necessary for Symantec Security
Response to block submissions of a particular type or

144

Maintaining total protection
About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

volume. These items appear as Not Submitted in
Security History.
To manually submit an item to Symantec
1 In the Security History window, in the Quarantine
view, select the item that you want to submit to
Symantec.
2 In the Details pane, click Restore & Options.
3 In the Threat Detected window, click Submit to
Symantec.
4 In the dialog box that appears, click OK.

About viewing details of system
vulnerabilities
The Intrusion Prevention feature of Norton 360
provides a proactive solution to prevent the threats
that might exploit the vulnerabilities of the programs
or the operating system of your computer. Norton 360
now provides the Vulnerability Protection feature
that enables you to view details of the protection
feature against possible attacks on these
vulnerabilities. Vulnerability Protection displays an
extensive list of the programs on your computer that
contain vulnerabilities. In addition, it provides details
about the vulnerability and the solution that Intrusion
Prevention provides to identify any attack on the
vulnerability. You can use Vulnerability Protection
to view the correlation between the vulnerabilities that
your computer is protected against and the programs
that may contain these vulnerabilities.

About Vulnerability Protection
Vulnerability Protection is a component of Intrusion
Prevention System. Vulnerability Protection provides
information about the susceptibility of the programs
that may be on your computer against malicious

Maintaining total protection
About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

145

attacks. It also provides information about the known
attacks that they are protected from.
Vulnerabilities are flaws in your programs or your
operating system that can create weaknesses in overall
security of your system. Improper computer
configurations or security configurations also create
vulnerabilities. External attackers exploit these
vulnerabilities and perform malicious actions on your
computer. Examples of such malicious attacks are
active desktop monitoring, keylogging, and hacking.
Such attacks can slow down the performance of your
computer, cause program failure, or expose your
personal data and confidential information to the
hackers.
Norton 360 provides the signature-based solutions to
protect your computer from the most common Internet
attacks. Attack signatures contain the information that
identifies an attacker’s attempt to exploit a known
vulnerability in your operating system or your
computer programs. The Intrusion Prevention feature
of Norton 360 uses an extensive list of attack signatures
to detect and block suspicious network activity.
Vulnerability Protection lets you view the correlation
between the vulnerabilities that your computer is
protected against and the programs that may contain
these vulnerabilities. For example, if Internet Explorer
does not handle certain HTTP responses, it can result
in a vulnerability that can be exploited. In this case,
Vulnerability Protection lists Internet Explorer as a
vulnerable program. It also provides details about the
signatures that Intrusion Prevention uses to detect any
attempt to exploit this vulnerability.

Viewing the list of vulnerable programs
The Vulnerability Protection window lets you view
the extensive list of programs with the known
vulnerabilities that Norton 360 protects you against.
For each program, you can view details such as the
name of the program, its vendor, and the number of

146

Maintaining total protection
About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

vulnerabilities that the program contains. You can also
view more details about the vulnerabilities by clicking
on the program name.
To view the list of vulnerable programs
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Vulnerability Protection.
3 After you finish viewing the list, click Close.

Viewing details about a vulnerable application
The Vulnerability Protection window displays the list
of the programs on your computer that are susceptible
to malicious attacks. In addition, you can view details
of the vulnerabilities that a program contains. The
Program Vulnerability Details window displays the
names of the attack signatures that Intrusion
Prevention uses to detect any attempts to exploit the
vulnerabilities in the program.
You can click an attack signature to get additional
information about the signature in the Symantec
Security Response Web site.
The Intrusion Signatures window of Intrusion
Prevention lets you view a list of attack signatures.
Intrusion Prevention relies on this list of attack
signatures to detect and block suspicious activity. You
can uncheck a signature from the list, if you do not
want Norton 360 to monitor the signature. The
Program Vulnerability Details list does not include
any signature that you disable in the Intrusion
Signatures window. By default, all the signatures in
the Intrusion Signatures window are turned on. Unless
you have a good reason to disable a signature, you
should leave the signatures turned on. If you disable a
signature, your computer may be vulnerable to attack.
To view details about a vulnerable application
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.

Maintaining total protection
About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

147

2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Vulnerability Protection.
3 In the Vulnerability Protection window, in the
Program column, click the program name for which
you want to view the details.
4 In the Program Vulnerability Details window, view
the signature details of the program.
5 If you want to view additional information about
the signature, then click the signature name.
6 After you finish viewing the vulnerability details,
in the Program Vulnerability Details window, click
Close.
7 In the Vulnerability Protection window, click Close.

148

Maintaining total protection
About viewing details of system vulnerabilities

Scanning your
computer

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About the Norton 360 scans

About Computer Scan

About Insight Network scan

About Reputation Scan

About Scan Facebook Wall

About SONAR Protection

About scanning Office documents

About Silent Mode

About boot time protection

Running a scan at the command prompt

About the Norton 360 scans
Norton 360 scans secure your computer from all types
of viruses and unknown threats using the latest virus
definitions. It also scans all the Internet activities that
are performed on your computer to protect your
computer from the Internet-based threats that exploit
software vulnerabilities.

150

Scanning your computer
About the Norton 360 scans

Norton 360 automatically performs different types of
scans to secure your computer from latest threats. It
also lets you run different types of scans manually to
secure your computer.
By using Norton 360, you can run the following types
of scans:
Computer Scan

Computer Scan uses the latest
virus definitions that are
available locally in the computer.
If you suspect that your
computer is infected, you can
run three types of computer
scans manually to prevent virus
infections on your computer. The
three types of scans that are
available under Computer Scan
are Quick Scan, Full System
Scan, and Custom Scan.

Insight Network Scan

Insight Network Scan uses the
virus definitions that are
available locally and hosted in
the Cloud. Insight Network Scan
detects the files that are
suspicious or vulnerable on your
computer using the
reputation-based threat
detection. Norton 360 performs
an Insight Network Scan only
when the Insight Protection
option is turned on. By default,
the Insight Protection option is
turned on.
You can see this Insight
Protection option under Scans
and Risks tab in the Antivirus
settings window.

Scanning your computer
About the Norton 360 scans

Reputation Scan

Reputation Scan displays the
reputation information of the
files on your computer. It
displays the reputation
information such as trust level,
prevalence, stability rating, and
resource usage. Reputation
Scan displays the detailed
reputation information of the
good files and the number of bad
files that have been detected or
removed.
Reputation Scan also internally
performs Computer Scan and
Insight Network Scan to detect
the threats. The different types
of scans that are available under
Reputation Scan are Quick Scan,
Full System Scan, and Custom
Scan.
Norton 360 Reputation
w
Scan is applicable only for the
executable files and the installer
files.

151

152

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

Scan Facebook Wall

Scan Facebook Wall lets you
scan the links and URLs that are
available on your Facebook
profile.
When you click the Scan
Facebook Wall option, Norton
360 takes you to the Facebook
login Web page. After you log in
to your Facebook profile, Norton
Safe Web asks you to grant
permission to access your
Facebook wall. To do so, use the
grant us permission to access
your stream option available on
the Facebook Web page, and
then follow the on-screen
instructions. After you grant
permission, Norton safe Web
scans all the available links on
your Facebook wall each time
you use Scan Facebook Wall
option. It then displays the
security status of the scanned
URLs.

Norton 360 keeps your computer secure from latest
threats by automatically running Full System Scan
when your computer is in the idle state.

About Computer Scan
Norton 360 automatically downloads latest virus
definition regularly and secures your computer from
all types of viruses and unknown threats. When Norton
360 performs a Computer Scan, it uses the latest virus
definitions that Symantec provides.
The threat detections that are based on the local
definition are specified with a specific name. For
example, if a Trojan horse is detected, the scan results

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

153

of the Computer Scan displays the threat as Trojan.Foo.
You can click the Run Scans option available in the
Tasks window to access the different types of computer
scans.
If you suspect that your computer is infected, you can
run three types of computer scans manually to prevent
virus infections on your computer.
You can run the following types of computer scans:
Quick Scan

Scans the important locations of
your computer that the viruses
and other security threats often
target.
Quick Scan takes less time to
scan than a Full System Scan
because this scan does not scan
your entire computer.

Full System Scan

Scans your computer for all
types of viruses and security
threats.
Full System Scan thoroughly
examines your entire computer
for viruses, spyware, and
different security vulnerabilities.
It also runs LiveUpdate, Virus
and Spyware Scan , disk
optimization, and backup. In
addition, it cleans up the
Internet Explorer temporary files
and Windows temporary files.
Norton 360 automatically runs
a Full System Scan when your
computer is in idle state.

Custom Scan

Scans a specific file, folder,
drive, or removable drive that
you choose.

154

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

Custom Task

Runs LiveUpdate, backup, and
disk optimization tasks.
Runs LiveUpdate, backs up your
data, frees disk space, and
optimizes your disk volume.

Computer Scan provides details about the scanned
items. You can view the details such as total number
of files scanned, security risks detected, security risks
resolved, and the total items that require attention. It
also provides you the different ways to resolve any
items that were not automatically resolved during the
scan. You can also view the severity of the risk, the
name of the risk, and the status of the risk about the
resolved items.

Running a Quick Scan
A Quick Scan helps you to scan the possible
virus-infected areas of a computer that the viruses and
other security risks often targets. Because this scan
does not scan your entire computer, it takes less time
to run than a Full System Scan.
When Norton 360 performs Quick Scan for the first
time, it automatically runs LiveUpdate, and cleans up
the Internet Explorer temporary files and Windows
temporary files.
When the Insight Protection option is turned on,
Norton 360 simultaneously performs a traditional
Quick Scan and an Insight Network Quick Scan. By
default, the Insight Protection option is turned on.
During idle time, Norton 360 runs a Quick Scan when
there is a definition update.
To run a Quick Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scan, click
Quick Scan.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

155

3 Click Go.
You can use the following options:
Pause

Suspends the scan temporarily.
Click Resume to continue the
scan.

Skip

Skips the current scan.

Cancel

Terminates a Quick Scan.

4 On the Results Summary window, do one of the
following:
1
If no items require attention, click Finish.
1

If there are items require attention, review the
risks in the Threats Detected window.

Running a Full System Scan
A Full System Scan thoroughly examines your entire
computer for viruses, spyware, and different security
vulnerabilities. A Full System Scan runs LiveUpdate,
virus and spyware scan, disk optimization, and backup.
A Full System Scan helps you to do the following:
1
Obtain latest protection and program updates.
1
1

Scan your computer for threats.
Optimize disks to improve the performance of your
computer.
Back up your data.
You can back up your files regularly to protect the
valuable information on your computer.

To run a Full System Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scan, click
Full System Scan.

156

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

3 Click Go.
4 After the scan is complete, in the Scans window,
click Close.

Scanning selected drives, folders, or files
Occasionally, you might want to scan a particular file,
removable drives, any of your computer's drives, or
any folders or files on your computer. For example,
when you work with removable media and suspect a
virus, you can scan that particular disk. Also, if you
have received a compressed file in an email message
and you suspect a virus, you can scan that individual
element.
To scan individual elements
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

157

4 In the Scans window, do one of the following:
1
To scan specific drives, click Run next to Drive
Scan, select the drives that you want to scan,
and then click Scan.
1
To scan specific folders, click Run next to Folder
Scan, select the folders that you want to scan,
and then click Scan.
1
To scan specific files, click Run next to File Scan,
select the files that you want to scan, and then
click Add.
You can also press Ctrl, and select multiple files
to scan.
You can use the following options to suspend a
scan:
Pause

Suspends a custom scan
temporarily.
Click Resume to continue the
scan.

Stop

Terminates the scan.
Click Yes to confirm.

5 In the Results Summary window, do one of the
following:
1
If no items require attention, click Finish.
1

If any items require attention, review them on
the Threats Detected window.

About the Results Summary window
Norton 360 displays the ResultSummary window when
you run a manual scan. At the end of a scan, the Results
Summary window provides the summary of the scan
results.
If your most recent scan was a Quick Scan, this window
shows the results of a fast scan of the areas of your

158

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

computer. Viruses, spyware, and other risks often
target these areas.
If your most recent scan was a Full System Scan, this
window shows the results of a comprehensive scan of
your entire computer.
The Result Summary window displays the following
information:
1
Total items scanned
1

Total security risks detected

Total security risks resolved

Total items that require your attention

About the Threats Detected window
Norton 360 displays the Threats Detected window
when it detects threats. At the end of a scan, the
Threats Detected window provides you different ways
to resolve any items that were not automatically
resolved during the scan.
The ThreatsDetected window provides the information
such as the severity of the risk, the name of the risk,
and the status of the risk. It also provides the action
that you can take to resolve the item. The Threats
Detected window provides you the different options
such as Fix, Manual Fix, Exclude, Get Help, and
Rescan to resolve the item.
It also provides the Ignore option only once during the
first-time detection of low-risk items.
Ignore option is available once until you do not change
the default settings for the Low Risks option under
Computer Scan.
The options in the ThreatsDetected window vary based
on the types of files that Norton 360 identified as
infected during the scan.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

159

About custom scans
You can create a custom scan if you regularly scan a
particular segment of your computer. This custom scan
lets you scan the segment frequently without having
to specify it every time. You can also schedule the
custom scan to run automatically on specific dates and
times or at periodic intervals. You can schedule a scan
according to your preferences. If the scheduled scan
begins when you use your computer, you can run the
scan in the background instead of stopping your work.
You can delete the scan when it is no longer necessary.
For example, if you work on a project for which you
need to swap files frequently with others. In this case,
you might want to create a folder into which you copy
and scan those files before using them. When the
project is done, you can delete the custom scan for that
folder.

Creating a custom scan
Instead of running the default scans that are listed in
the Scans pane, you can create your own scans that
meet your specific requirements. For example, you can
create a scan that checks a folder in which you store
all the downloaded files.
You can create a custom scan in the Scans window.
When you create custom scans, you can also schedule
them to run automatically on specific dates and times
or at periodic intervals.
To create a custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, click Create Scan.

160

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

5 In the New Scan window, in the Scan Name box,
type a name for the scan.
You cannot specify a scan name that is already in
use.
6 On the Scan Items tab, add the items that you want
to scan. See “Selecting the scan items” on page 160.
7 On the Scan Schedule tab, set the frequency and
time at which you want to perform the scan. See
“Scheduling a scan” on page 164.
8 On the Scan Options tab, configure the scan options
as required. See “Configuring the scan options”
on page 161.
9 Click OK.

Selecting the scan items
When you configure a custom scan, you must select
the items that you want to include in the scan. You can
include individual files, folders, or drives. You can
include multiple drives, folders, and files to add to the
scan. You can also exclude items from the scan.

When you select a drive, all the items in the drive
including the files and folders are automatically added
to the scan. When you select a folder, all of the files in
folder are added to the scan.
To select the scan items
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, do one of the following:
1
To add items for a new scan, click Create Scan.
You must provide a name for the scan in the
Scan Name box.
1
To add items for an existing scan, in the Edit
Scan column, click the edit icon for the scan that
you want to modify.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

161

5 In the window that appears, on the Scan Items tab,
do the following:
1
To add drives, click Add Drives, in the Scan
Drives dialog box, select the drives to be
scanned, and click Add.
1
To add folders, click Add Folders, in the Scan
Folders dialog box, select the folders to be
scanned, and click Add.
1
To add files, click Add Files, in the Files to Scan
dialog box, select the files to be scanned, and
then click Add.
If you need to remove an item from the list, select
the item, and then click Remove.
6 Click OK.

Configuring the scan options
Norton 360 lets you configure scan options for each
scan that you customize. By default, the scan options
reflect the current Computer Scans settings in the
Settings window. The changes that you make are
applicable to the current scan only.
In addition to the custom scans that you create, you
can configure the scan options for the default scans.
You can configure scan options for Full System Scan,
Quick Scan, Drive Scan, Folder Scan, and File Scan.
To configure the scan options
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to the scan that you want to
schedule.
5 In the Edit Scan window, on the Scan Options tab,
configure the scan options as required.
6 Click OK.

162

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

Editing a custom scan
You can edit a custom scan that you created. You can
include additional files or folders to the scan or remove
the files and folders that you do not want to scan. You
can also change the name of the scan.
You can edit a custom scan in the Scans window.
To edit a custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to the custom scan that you want
to modify.
5 In the Edit Scan window, on the Scan Items tab,
select the items that you want to scan. See
“Selecting the scan items” on page 160.
6 On the Scan Schedule tab, set the frequency and
time at which you want to perform the scan. See
“Scheduling a scan” on page 164.
7 On the Scan Options tab, configure the scan options
as required. See “Configuring the scan options”
on page 161.
8 Click OK.

Running a custom scan
When you run a custom scan, you do not have to
redefine what you want to scan.
You can run a custom scan from the Scans window.
To run a custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

163

3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, click Run next to the custom
scan that you want to run.
You can use the following options to suspend a
custom scan:
Pause

Suspends a custom scan
temporarily.
Click Resume to continue the
scan.

Stop

Terminates a custom scan.
Click Yes to confirm.

5 In the Results Summary window, do one of the
following:
1
If no items require attention, click Finish.
1

If any items require attention, review the risks
on the Threats Detected window.

Deleting a custom scan
You can delete custom scans if they are no longer
needed.
You can delete a custom scan in the Scans window.
To delete a custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Delete column, click
the delete icon next to the custom scan that you
want to delete.
5 Click Yes to confirm that you want to delete the
scan.

164

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

About scheduling scans
Norton 360 automatically detects the idle state of your
computer and runs a Full System Scan. However, you
can schedule a Full System Scan according to your
preferences. You can also set up a schedule for a Quick
Scan and custom virus scans that you create.
You can schedule scans to run automatically on specific
dates and times or at periodic intervals. If the scheduled
scan begins when you use your computer, you can run
the scan in the background instead of stopping your
work. Norton 360 lets you schedule the Full System
Scan, Quick Scan, and custom virus scans. However,
you cannot schedule the Drive Scan, Folder Scan, and
File Scan.
You can also set up Norton 360 to turn off your
computer or move it to sleep mode or hibernate mode
automatically when the scheduled scan is complete.

Scheduling a scan
You have complete flexibility in scheduling custom
scans. When you select how frequently you want a scan
to run (daily, weekly, or monthly), you are presented
with additional options. For example, you can request
a monthly scan, and then schedule it to occur on
multiple days instead.
In addition to the custom scans that you create, Norton
360 lets you schedule the Full System Scan and Quick
Scan.
You can also schedule the scan to run in specific time
intervals (hours or days). You can schedule a custom
scan in the Scans window.

Norton 360 lets you select multiple dates if you
schedule a monthly scan.
To schedule a custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

165

2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to the custom scan that you want
to schedule.
5 In the Edit Scan window, on the Scan Schedule tab,
do one of the following:
1
If you do not want to run the scan at any
particular time, but want to keep the scan
options and scan items saved, select Do not
schedule this scan.
1
To run the scan at specific time intervals, select
Run at specific time interval.
1
To run the scan at specific time every day, select
Daily.
1
To run the scan on a specific day on a week,
select Weekly.
1
To run the scan on a specific day on a month,
select Monthly.
These frequency options include the additional
options that you can use to refine the schedule. Set
the additional options as required.
6 Under Run the scan, do the following:
1
To run the scan only at idle time, check Only at
idle time.
1
To run the scan only when your computer is
connected with external power source, check
Only on AC power.
1
To prevent your computer from going to a Sleep
or Standby mode, check Prevent standby.

166

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

7 Under After scan completion:, select the state at
which your computer should be after the scan is
complete. Your options are:
1
Stay On
1

Turn Off

Sleep

Hibernate

8 Click OK.

Scheduling a Full System Scan
Norton 360 automatically detects the idle state of your
computer and runs a Full System Scan. Full System
Scan protects your computer against infection without
compromising the performance of your computer. You
can schedule a Full System Scan on specific dates and
times or at periodic intervals.
You can schedule a Full System Scan in the Scans
window.
To schedule a Full System Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to Full System Scan.
5 In the Edit Scan window, under When do you want
the scan to run?, set the frequency and time at
which you want the scan to run.
Most of the frequency options include the additional
options that you can use to refine the schedule. Set
the additional options as required.
6 Click OK.

Scanning your computer
About Computer Scan

167

Scheduling a Quick Scan
Quick Scan scans the important locations of your
computer that the viruses and other security threats
often target. When you perform a Quick Scan, Norton
360 scans only the running processes and the loaded
programs. Quick Scan takes less time to scan than a
Full System Scan because this scan does not scan your
entire computer.
Norton 360 lets you schedule a Quick Scan. You can
schedule a Quick Scan in the Scans window.
To schedule a Quick Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to Quick Scan.
5 In the Edit Scan window, under When do you want
the scan to run?, set the frequency and time at
which you want the scan to run.
Most of the frequency options include the additional
options that you can use to refine the schedule. Set
the additional options as required.
6 Click OK.

Editing a scheduled scan
You can change the schedule of any scheduled custom
scan, Quick Scan, or Full System Scan from the Scans
window.
To edit a scheduled scan from Norton 360 Scans dialog
box
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scans, click
Custom Scan.

168

Scanning your computer
About Insight Network scan

3 Click Go.
4 In the Scans window, in the Edit Scan column, click
the edit icon next to the scan that you want to edit.
5 In the Edit Scan window, on the Scan Schedule tab,
change the schedule as required.
Most of the frequency options include the additional
options that you can use to refine the schedule. Set
the additional options as required.
6 Click OK.

About Insight Network scan
The Insight Network scan uses the Cloud technology
wherein a remote server on the Web contains the latest
virus definitions. Norton 360 scans your computer for
the latest security threats. When Norton 360 performs
the Insight Network scan, it uses the virus definitions
that are available locally and in the Cloud. Norton 360
provides additional protection by using the most recent
definitions in the Cloud, apart from the definitions that
are available locally on your computer.
Norton 360 performs an Insight Network scan only
when the Insight Protection option is turned on. By
default, the Insight Protection option is turned on.
You can see this Insight Protection option under Scans
and Risks tab in the Antivirus settings window.
When the Insight Protection option is turned on,
Norton 360 performs a traditional scan and an Insight
Network scan simultaneously. The traditional scan
uses the definitions from the local system, and the
Insight Network scan uses the definitions that are
hosted in the Cloud.
Threat detection based on the Cloud definitions is
identical to the threat detection that is based on the
local definitions. However, the Cloud definitions are
specified with additional data about the threats that it
detects which indicates that it has been obtained from
the Internet. Definitions in the Cloud provide a generic

Scanning your computer
About Insight Network scan

169

name for the risk detected, but the local definitions
provide the specific name for the risk detected. For
example, if a Trojan horse is detected, the scan results
of the Insight Network might display Cloud.Trojan.
However, the scan results of the local definition might
display Trojan.Foo.
If the traditional scan completes while the Insight
Network scan is still running, you can view the Insight
Network Scan progress status.
The Insight Network scan supports Quick Scan, Insight
Network context-menu scan, Instant Messenger Scan,
and Download Insight scan. It does not support Email
Scan, Full System Scan, and Auto-Protect scan.
If the Insight Protection option is turned on, you can
manually run the following types of Insight Network
scans:
1
Insight Network Quick Scan
Norton 360 simultaneously performs a traditional
Quick Scan and an Insight Network Quick Scan to
scan the areas of your computer that the viruses
often target. Norton 360 also performs an Insight
Network Quick Scan simultaneously with an Idle
Quick Scan.

The Insight Network scan does not support a Quick
Scan that runs as a part of an Idle Full System Scan.
1

Insight Network context-menu scan
When you right-click a file, the shortcut menu
displays Norton 360 and then Insight Network
Scan. You can use this command to scan a file using
both local definitions and definitions that are
hosted in the Cloud.
This Insight Network Scan command is available
only for single file.

Turning off or turning on Insight Protection
Insight Protection option lets Norton 360 perform an
Insight Network scan on your computer

170

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

When the Insight Protection option is turned on,
Norton 360 performs a traditional scan and an Insight
Network scan simultaneously. The traditional scan
uses the definitions from the local system, and the
Insight Network scan uses the definitions that are
hosted in the Cloud. Norton 360 performs only a
traditional scan if the Insight Protection option is
turned off.
Norton 360 performs an Insight Network scan only
when the Insight Protection option is turned on. By
default, the Insight Protection option is turned on.
The Insight Network scan supports only Insight
Network Quick Scan, and Insight Network
context-menu scan. Insight Network scan does not
support a Quick Scan that runs as a part of an Idle Full
System Scan. It also does not support Full System Scan,
Email Scan, single file Office document scan, and
Auto-Protect scan.
To turn off or turn on the Insight Protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Antivirus settings window, click the Scans
and Risks tab.
4 In the Insight Protection row, do one of the
following:
1
To turn off Insight Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on Insight Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
5 In the Settings window, click Apply.

About Reputation Scan
Reputation Scan provides information on the
trust-worthiness of all programs and running processes
on your computer. It helps you detect the files that are

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

171

suspicious or vulnerable on your computer using the
reputation-based threat detection. Norton 360 lets you
run different types of Reputation Scan and detect
suspicious programs on your computer.
Reputation Scan filters the files on the basis of certain
filtering criteria and performs an Insight Network
Scan on the filtered files. Reputation Scan filters the
files as reputation files. It filters .exe files, .scr files,
.sys files, .dll files, .drv files, .ocx files, .loc files, and
.msi files and analyzes these files.
When you perform a Reputation Quick Scan or Full
System Scan, Norton 360 considers the Files of Interest
that are available on your computer.
After it has filtered the reputation files, Norton 360
performs an Insight Network Scan. When Norton 360
performs an Insight Network Scan, it also performs a
Computer Scan. Norton 360 uses the Computer Scan
to perform the signature-based threat detection. It
compares the signature of the filtered reputation files
against the known threat signatures to identify threats
on your computer. If a security threat is detected,
Norton 360 automatically removes the threat from
your computer.
Norton 360 uses the Insight Network Scan to detect
suspicious or vulnerable files on your computer using
the reputation-based threat detection. The Insight
Network Scan uses the Cloud technology wherein a
remote Symantec server on the Web stores the latest
reputation information. It checks the Cloud for the
reputation information on the filtered files.
Norton 360 obtains specific information such as file
name and hash key about the filtered reputation files
and sends this information to the Cloud. The Cloud
analyzes the file information and provides a trust level
for each file. The Symantec server sends back the
reputation information to your computer. If any of the
filtered files is suspicious or vulnerable, Norton 360
assigns Bad or Poor trust level. Apart from reputation

172

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

information, Norton 360 also checks for the latest virus
definitions on the Cloud.

Your computer must be connected to the Internet to
access the latest reputation information and virus
definitions from the Cloud. If your computer is not
connected to the Internet, Norton 360 uses the
reputation information that is available locally.
When you perform a Reputation Scan, Norton 360
considers only the following categories of files:
Executable files

This category includes
Windows executable files
(.exe) and script files (.scr).

System files

This category includes
Windows System files (.sys),
dynamic link library files
(.dll), and device driver files
(.drv).

Developer files

This category includes
ActiveX control files (.ocx).

Miscellaneous files

This category includes
Windows Installer Package
files (.msi) and resource-only
DLL files (.loc).

Norton 360 lets you scan specific areas of your
computer based on the type of Reputation Scan that

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

173

you select. You can manually run the following types
of Reputation Scan:
Quick Scan

Scans the important locations
of your computer that the
viruses and other security
threats often target.
When you perform a Quick
Scan, Norton 360 considers
the Files of Interest that
related to loaded programs
and the running processes.

Full System Scan

Scans all the Files of Interest
that are available on your
computer.
When you perform a Full
System Scan, Norton 360
searches for Files of Interest
on all the locations on your
computer. The locations
include all drives, running
processes, loaded programs,
and startup files.

Custom Scan

Scans a specific file, folder,
drive, or removable drive.
When you perform a custom
scan, Norton 360 considers
only the filtered reputation
files.

Symantec rates a file based on the statistical evaluation
that is done on the file using the Norton Community

174

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

Watch data and Symantec’s analysis. Symantec assigns
the following confidence levels to reputation files:
Trusted

Symantec has a high
indication that the file is
trusted.

Good

Symantec has a high
indication that the file is
trusted.

Unproven

Symantec does not have
enough information about
the file to assign a trust level
to the file.
The file is neither safe nor
unsafe.

Poor

Symantec has a few
indications that the file is not
trusted.
This file is suspicious and can
harm your computer.

Bad

Symantec has a high
indication that the file is not
trusted.
This file is suspicious and can
harm your computer.

When the Reputation Scan is complete, you can view
the summary of the scan results in the Norton
Reputation Scan window. You can view the reputation
information such as the file name, trust level, age of
the file, stability rating, and community usage for each
file. The trust level determines whether a file is safe
or unsafe. If a file has Poor or Bad trust level, Norton
360 lets you quarantine the file.

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

175

Running a Reputation Full System Scan
When you perform a Full System Scan, Norton 360
scans all the Files of Interest that are available on your
computer. This fileset includes the files that relate to
the running processes, startup files, and loaded
programs.
To run a Reputation Full System Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Reputation Scan, click
Full System Scan.
3 Click Go.
In the Reputation Scan window, you can analyze
the trust level, prevalence, resource usage, and
stability of the scanned items.
4 If there is a file with Poor or Bad trust level, under
the Trust Level column, click the red cross (x) icon.
5 In the Quarantine File window, click Quarantine
this file.
6 In the Manual Quarantine window, click Add.
7 Click Close.
8 In the Norton Reputation Scan window, click Close.

Running a Reputation Quick Scan
When you perform a Quick Scan, Norton 360 scans
only the running processes and the loaded programs.
Reputation Quick Scan does not scan your entire
computer and it takes lesser time to run than a
Reputation Full System Scan.
To run a Reputation Quick Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Reputation Scan, click
Quick Scan.

176

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

3 Click Go.
In the Norton Reputation Scan window, you can
analyze the trust level, prevalence, resource usage,
and stability of the scanned items.
4 If there is a file with Poor or Bad trust level, under
the Trust Level column, click the red cross (x) icon.
5 In the Quarantine File window, click Quarantine
this file.
6 In the Manual Quarantine window, click Add.
7 Click Close.
8 In the Norton Reputation Scan window, click Close.

Running a Reputation custom scan
Norton 360 lets you scan specific areas on your
computer by using the Reputation custom scan. You
can scan any of your computer's drives, removable
drives, folders or files. For example, if you want to
check the trust level of a specific file, you can scan the
particular file.
To run a Reputation custom scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Reputation Scan, click
Custom Scan.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Reputation Custom Scan window, do one of
the following:
1
Click Drive Scan, select the drive that you want
to scan, and then click Scan.
1
Click Folder Scan, select the folder that you want
to scan, and then click OK.
1
Click File Scan, select the file that you want to
scan, and then click Open.
In the Reputation Scan window, you can analyze
the trust level, prevalence, resource usage, and
stability of the scanned items.

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

177

5 If there is a file with Poor or Bad trust level, under
the Trust Level column, click the red cross (x) icon.
6 In the Quarantine File window, click Quarantine
this file.
7 In the Manual Quarantine window, click Add.
8 Click Close.
9 In the Norton Reputation Scan window, click Close.

About the Reputation Scan results
Norton 360 lets you run different Reputation Scans to
detect any suspicious programs or vulnerable programs
on your computer. Norton 360 lets you manually run
the following types of Reputation Scan:
1

Reputation Quick Scan

Reputation Full System Scan

Reputation custom scan

When you run a Reputation Quick Scan, Norton 360
considers the Files of Interest which include running
processes and loaded programs. When you run a
Reputation Full System Scan, Norton 360 considers all
the Files of Interest that are available on your
computer. When you run a Reputation custom scan,
Norton 360 lets you select the drive, folder, or file that
you want to scan.
Reputation Scan filters the files on the basis of certain
filtering criteria and performs an Insight Network
Scan on the filtered files. Reputation Scan filters .exe
files, .scr files, .sys files, .dll files, .drv files, .ocx files,
and .msi files and analyzes these files.
Norton 360 displays the reputation information of the
scanned files in the Norton Reputation Scan window.
Norton 360 consolidates the reputation information
of your most recent scan and presents the reputation
information using different graphical formats.
The top of the Norton Reputation Scan window
displays the following statistics:

178

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

Stability ratings vary depending upon your
operating system.
1

The Trust Level graph displays the average trust
level of files on your computer. It also displays the
average trust level of the files that Symantec
analyzes within the Norton Community.
The Prevalence graph displays the average high
user prevalence of files on your computer. It also
displays the average high user prevalence of the
files that Symantec analyzes within the Norton
Community.
The Stability graph displays the average reliable
files on your computer. It also displays the average
reliable files that Symantec analyzes within the
Norton Community.

The Norton Network graph displays the details
about the known good files and bad files.
You can view the number of trusted files that are
on your computer. You can also view the total
number of files that Symantec analyzes within the
Norton Community.

Your computer must be connected to the Internet to
view these details. Norton 360 connects to the
Symantec servers to collect the reputation information.
The bottom of the Norton Reputation Scan window
displays the reputation information of each scanned
item. For each scanned item, you can view the following
details:
File Name

Indicates the file name and
file type.
You can click a file name to
view additional details about
the file in the File Insight
window.

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

Trust Level

Indicates the trust level that
is assigned to a file.
Symantec analyzes specific
information about a file such
as the digital signature and
the hash value to determine
the trust level of a file.
Symantec rates a file based
on the statistical evaluation
that is done on the file using
the Norton Community Watch
data and Symantec’s
analysis.
Symantec assigns the
following trust levels to
reputation files:
1

Trusted: Symantec has a
high indication that the
file is trusted.
Good: Symantec has a
high indication that the
file is trusted.
Unproven: Symantec does
not have enough
information about the file
to assign a trust level to
the file.
Poor: Symantec has a few
indications that the file is
not trusted.
Bad: Symantec has a high
indication that the file is
not trusted.

If you have a file that has
Poor or Bad trust level,
Norton 360 displays a red
cross (x) icon next to the trust
level. You can click on the red
cross (x) icon and quarantine
the suspicious file.

179

180

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

Prevalence

Indicates the community
usage level of the file.
The search results are
grouped in to the following
categories:
1

Very Few Users: Shows
the files that have very
low user prevalence.
Few Users: Shows the
files that have average
user prevalence.
Many Users: Shows the
files that have very high
user prevalence.

You can also use the
community usage of a file to
determine the legitimacy of
the file. Symantec uses a
stringent statistical method
to evaluate the
trustworthiness of a file and
to classify the file as a Good
file.

Scanning your computer
About Reputation Scan

Resource Usage

Indicates the system resource
usage level of the file.
The usage levels are as
follows:
1

Low: Indicates that the
file consumes minimum
system resources.
Moderate: Indicates that
the file consumes
moderate system
resources.
High: Indicates that the
file consumes maximum
system resources.
Unknown: Indicates that
the file has performed no
action in your computer.

181

182

Scanning your computer
About Scan Facebook Wall

Stability

Indicates the stability rating
of the file.
The stability rating depends
on how frequently the
program crashes. The
different stability ratings are
as follows:
1

Reliable: Indicates that
the program is reliable.
Stable: Indicates that the
program is comparatively
stable. However, it
crashes sometimes.
Slightly Unstable:
Indicates that the
program is slightly
unstable.
Unstable: Indicates that
the program is unstable.
Very Unstable: Indicates
that the program
frequently crashes.
Unknown: Indicates that
the crash history of the
program is not known.

Stability ratings vary
w
depending upon your
operating system.

About Scan Facebook Wall
Norton Safe Web protects your computer while you
use Facebook. It scans each URL that is available on
your Facebook Wall and displays the Norton rating
icons for the scanned URLs.
You can also check if a URL is safe or unsafe and then
share the URL with your friends on Facebook. Norton
Safe Web scans the URL that you post on Facebook and

Scanning your computer
About Scan Facebook Wall

183

gives you the safety status for the URL. This way, you
are not only protected from unsafe sites but you also
let other Facebook users know the security status of
any Web site.
However, Norton Safe Web requires your permission
to scan the URLs that are available on your Facebook
Wall. When you log in to Facebook, Norton Safe Web
asks for your permission to access your Facebook Wall.
You can choose to allow or deny permission to let
Norton Safe Web access your Facebook Wall.
The auto-scan feature in Norton Safe Web application
page helps you protect your Facebook Wall. Norton
Safe Web scans the News Feed on your Facebook Wall
periodically and protects you from malicious links.
When Norton Safe Web detects a malicious link, it
notifies you with a post on your Facebook Wall. To
activate Norton Auto-Scan, go to your Norton Safe Web
page on Facebook and click Enable Auto-Scan.
To remove the malicious link from your Facebook Wall,
go to your profile and remove the malicious link. If
your friend has posted the malicious link, you can use
the WARN YOUR FRIENDS option in the message to
alert your Facebook friend. You can also click See
Norton Safe Web Report to view Norton ratings and
other details about this malicious link. When no
malicious activity is detected on your Facebook Wall,
Norton Safe Web posts a message notifying that your
Facebook Wall is safe. Norton Safe Web posts this
message on your Facebook Wall once in every 30 days.
If you later decide to remove Norton Safe Web from
your Facebook profile, you can use the Application
Settings option of Facebook.

184

Scanning your computer
About Scan Facebook Wall

The following are the safety states that Norton Safe
Web provides after it scans the links on your Facebook
Wall:
Safe

Indicates that the site is safe to
visit and Norton Trusted.
The sites with this rating do not
harm your computer and so you
can visit this site.

Warning

Indicates that the site has
security risks.
The sites with this rating may
install malicious software on
your computer. Symantec
recommends that you do not
visit this site.

Untested

Indicates that Norton Safe Web
has not yet tested this site and
it does not have sufficient
information about this site.

Caution

Indicates that the site may have
security threats. Symantec
recommends you to be cautious
while you visit such Web sites.

Scanning your Facebook Wall
The Norton Safe Web feature scans your Facebook Wall
and analyzes the security levels of all the available
links on your Facebook Wall. It then displays the
security status of the scanned URLs. However, Norton
Safe Web requires your permission to scan your
Facebook Wall.

Scanning your computer
About SONAR Protection

185

To scan your Facebook Wall
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Scan Facebook Wall,
click Scan Facebook Wall.
3 Click Go.
4 In the Facebook login Web page, log in to your
Facebook profile.
5 In the Request for permission page, click Allow.
6 In the Web page that appears, click Please grant us
permission to access your News Feed and Wall.
7 Follow the on-screen instructions to let Norton Safe
Web access your Facebook Wall.

About SONAR Protection
Symantec Online Network for Advanced Response
(SONAR) provides real-time protection against threats
and proactively detects unknown security risks on your
computer. SONAR identifies emerging threats based
on the behavior of applications. SONAR identifies
threats quicker than the traditional signature-based
threat detection techniques. SONAR detects and
protects you against malicious code even before virus
definitions are available through LiveUpdate.
SONAR monitors your computer for malicious activities
through heuristic detections.
SONAR automatically blocks and removes
high-certainty threats. Norton 360 notifies you when
high-certainty threats are detected and removed.
SONAR provides you the greatest control when
low-certainty threats are detected. You can also
suppress the SONAR notifications by disabling the
Show SONAR Block Notifications option.
The View Details link in the notification alert lets you
view the summary of the resolved high-certainty
threats. You can also view the details under Resolved

186

Scanning your computer
About SONAR Protection

Security Risks category in the Security History
window.

Turning off or turning on SONAR Protection
SONAR protects you against malicious code even before
virus definitions are available through LiveUpdate. By
default, SONAR Protection is turned on to proactively
detect unknown security risks on your computer.
When you turn off SONAR Protection, you are
prompted with a protection alert. This protection alert
lets you specify the amount of time for which you want
SONAR Protection to be turned off.

When Auto-Protect is turned off, SONAR Protection is
also disabled. In this case, your computer is not
protected against emerging threats.
To turn off or turn on SONAR Protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 On the Automatic Protection tab, under Real Time
Protection, in the SONAR Protection row, do one
of the following:
1
To turn off SONAR Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on SONAR Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.

About Real Time Exclusions
Symantec Online Network for Advanced Response
(SONAR) provides real-time protection against threats
and proactively detects unknown security risks on your
computer. SONAR identifies emerging threats based
on the behavior of applications. SONAR identifies
threats quickly compared to the traditional
signature-based threat detection techniques. SONAR

Scanning your computer
About SONAR Protection

187

detects and protects you from malicious programs even
before virus definitions are available through
LiveUpdate.
SONAR monitors your computer for malicious activities
using heuristic detections. It automatically blocks and
removes high-certainty threats. Norton 360 notifies
you when high-certainty threats are detected and
removed.
However, you can configure Norton 360 to exclude
certain programs from the Norton 360 Auto-Protect
scans and SONAR scans. You should exclude programs
only if you are confident that they are not infected.
You can exclude the programs from the Auto-Protect
scans and SONAR scans by adding them to the Real
Time Exclusions window. When you add a program to
the Real Time Exclusions window, Norton 360 ignores
the file when it performs Auto-Protect scan and SONAR
scan. This option also excludes subfolders within a
folder.

Exclude a program from Norton 360 scans only if you
are confident that the program is safe. For example, if
another program relies on a security risk program to
function, you might decide to keep the program on
your computer.
To add programs to the Real Time Exclusions window,
go to the Norton 360 main window, and then click
Settings > Antivirus > Scans and Risks > Items to
Exclude from Auto-Protect, SONAR and Download
Intelligence Detection > Configure.

Excluding security threats from scanning
You can use Scan Exclusions window and Real Time
Exclusions window to exclude viruses and other
high-risk security threats from scanning.
To exclude high-risk security threats from scanning
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.

188

Scanning your computer
About SONAR Protection

3 In the Antivirus settings window, click the Scans
and Risks tab.
4 Under Exclusions / Low Risks, do one of the
following:
1
In the Items to Exclude from Scans row, click
Configure.
1
In the Items to Exclude from Auto-Protect,
SONAR and Download Intelligence Detection
row, click Configure.
5 In the window that appears, click Add.
6 In the Add Item dialog box, click the browse icon.
7 In the dialog box that appears, select the item that
you want to exclude from the scan.
8 Click OK.
9 In the Add Item dialog box, click OK.
10 In the window that appears, click Apply, and then
click OK.

About Signature Exclusions
Norton 360 lets you select specific known security risks
and exclude them from Norton 360 scans. Exclude a
risk from Norton 360 scans only if you have a specific
need. For example, if another program relies on a
security risk program to function, you might decide to
keep the program on your computer. You might also
decide not to be notified about the program in future
scans.

When you exclude a known security risk from Norton
360 scans, the protection level of your computer
reduces. You should exclude items only if you are
confident that they are not infected.
To exclude a security risk from scans, you need to add
the specific security risk to the Signature Exclusions
window. The Signature Exclusions window contains
the list of all security risks that can be excluded from
Norton 360 scans. For each security risk, you can view

Scanning your computer
About scanning Office documents

189

the risk details and the effect of the risk on your
computer.
To add security risks to the Signature Exclusions
window, go to the Norton 360 main window, and then
click Settings > Antivirus > Scans and Risks >
Exclusions / Low Risks > Signatures to Exclude from
All Detections > Configure.

Adding items to the Signature Exclusions
To exclude a security risk from scans, you must add
the specific security risk to the Signature Exclusions
window. You can select a known risk by name and add
it to the list.

When you exclude a known security risk from Norton
360 scans, the protection level of your computer
reduces. You should exclude items only if you are
confident that they are not infected.
To add a signature to the Signature Exclusions
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Antivirus settings window, click the Scans
and Risks tab.
4 Under Exclusions / Low Risks, in the Signatures to
Exclude from All Detections row, click Configure.
5 In the Signature Exclusions window, click Add.
6 In the Security Risks window, click on a security
risk that you want to exclude and then click Add.
7 In the Signature Exclusions window, click Apply,
and then click OK.
8 In the Settings window, click Close.

About scanning Office documents
Norton 360 protects all Office documents that you
receive through email messages, through Internet

190

Scanning your computer
About scanning Office documents

download, and through inserted floppy disks or other
removable media. By automatically scanning all Office
files, Norton 360 maintains a higher level of security.
Norton 360 scans the Office document when you open
them.
You can use the Microsoft Office Automatic Scan
option in the Settings window to scan documents of
the following Microsoft Office applications:
winword.exe

Microsoft Word

excel.exe

Microsoft Excel

powerpnt.exe

Microsoft PowerPoint

visio.exe

Microsoft Visio

msaccess.exe

Microsoft Access

winproj.exe

Microsoft Project

Norton 360 scans the Office documents and protect
against threats, including virus macros and infected
embedded objects.
By default, Microsoft Office Automatic Scan option,
under Computer Scans, in the Antivirus settings
window is turned off. Turn on this option to scan
Microsoft Office files automatically.

Turning on or turning off Microsoft Office Automatic
Scan
Norton 360 maintains a higher level of security by
automatically scanning all Office files. You can turn
on the Microsoft Office Automatic Scan option to
protect your computer against the virus macros and
embedded objects.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

191

To Turn on or turn off Microsoft Office Automatic Scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Antivirus settings window, click the Scans
and Risks tab.
4 In the Microsoft Office Automatic Scan row, do one
of the following:
1
To turn on Microsoft Office Automatic Scan,
move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.
1
To turn off Microsoft Office Automatic Scan,
move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
5 In the Settings window, click Apply, and then click
Close.

About Silent Mode
Norton 360 provides many solutions and features to
handle viruses and other security threats. Norton 360
displays alerts and notifications to inform you how
viruses and other security threats are detected and
resolved. When you perform important tasks on your
computer, you likely prefer not to receive any alert
messages. Norton 360 suppresses alerts and
notifications and temporarily suspends most of the
background activities based on the Silent Mode
Settings that are turned on.
Norton 360 provides the following options under Silent
Mode Settings:
Silent Mode

Norton 360 allows you to
manually turn on for a specified
duration using Silent Mode
option.

192

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

Full Screen Detection

Norton 360 turns on this option
automatically when it detects a
full-screen application and turns
off when you stop using the
full-screen application.

Quiet Mode

Norton 360 turns on this option
automatically when it detects a
disk burning task or a Media
Center TV recording task. Norton
360 also turns on Quiet Mode
automatically when you run a
program that you included in the
Quiet Mode Programs list.
Norton 360 turns off Quiet Mode
when the disk burning session
or TV program recording session
is complete. Norton 360 also
turns off Quiet Mode when it
stops detecting running
instances of the programs that
you included in the Quiet Mode
Programs list.

The Norton 360 icon displays the turn-on status of
Silent Mode in the notification area, at the far right of
the taskbar. The icon changes to a crescent-patterned
icon when Silent Mode is turned on. Norton 360 also
notifies you after Silent Mode is turned off.
You can view the summary of the Silent Mode sessions
under the Recent History, Full History, and Silent
Mode categories in the drop-down list of the Show
option in the Security History window.
The summary includes the following information:
1
The turn-on or turn-off status of Silent Mode
1

Usage of Silent Mode Settings, such as Silent Mode
or Quiet Mode
The type of program that turns on Silent Mode,
such as disk burning or TV recording

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

193

The name of a user-specified program that turns
on Silent Mode
The time and date when Silent Mode is turned on
or turned off
The severity displays the risk level of the selected
item

About the Silent Mode that you turn on manually
Norton 360 lets you manually turn on Silent Mode for
a specified duration. When Silent Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suppresses alerts and suspends background
activities for the duration that you specify. You can
verify the turn-on status of Silent Mode in the
notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. The
Norton 360 icon in the notification area changes to a
crescent-patterned icon to display the turn-on status
of Silent Mode. Turning on Silent Mode manually
before you perform your tasks helps you prevent alerts,
notifications, or background activities interrupting
you for the specified duration.
You can turn on Silent Mode for a period of one hour,
two hours, four hours, six hours, or one day. After the
specified duration, Norton 360 turns off Silent Mode.
You can also manually turn off Silent Mode at any time.
Norton 360 notifies you after Silent Mode is turned off.
The activities that are suspended when Silent Mode is
turned on, run after Silent Mode is turned off.

Turning on or turning off Silent Mode manually
You can manually turn on Silent Mode for a specified
duration before you perform any important task on
your computer. You can turn on Silent Mode for a
period of one hour, two hours, four hours, six hours,
or one day. The Norton 360 icon displays the turn-on
status of Silent Mode in the notification area, at the
far right of the taskbar. Norton 360 notifies you after
Silent Mode is turned off. After Silent Mode is turned
off, Norton 360 also displays alerts if it detected any

194

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

security activities that occurred during the Silent Mode
session.
You can turn on or turn off Silent Mode from the
Administrative Settings window, Quick Controls in
the Settings window, or from the Norton Tasks
window. You can also turn on or turn off Silent Mode
by using the Norton 360 icon in the notification area.
To turn on Silent Mode from the Administrative Settings
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Silent Mode Settings, in the Silent Mode
row, move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 In the Turn on Silent Mode dialog box, in the Select
the duration drop-down list, select how long you
want to turn on Silent Mode, and then click OK.
6 Click Close.
To turn off Silent Mode from the Administrative Settings
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Silent Mode Settings, in the Silent Mode
row, move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn on Silent Mode from the Norton Tasks window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, click Norton Tasks.
3 In the Norton Tasks window, under Silent Mode,
move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

195

4 In the Turn on Silent Mode dialog box, in the Select
the duration drop-down list, select how long you
want to turn on Silent Mode, and then click OK.
5 Click Close in the Norton Tasks window.
To turn off Silent Mode from the Norton Tasks window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Performance.
2 In the Performance window, click Norton Tasks.
3 In the Norton Tasks window, under Silent Mode,
move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
4 Click Close in the Norton Tasks window.
To turn on Silent Mode from the notification area
1 In the notification area on the Windows taskbar,
right-click the Norton 360 icon, and then click Turn
on Silent Mode.
2 In the Turn on Silent Mode dialog box, in the Select
the duration drop-down list, select how long you
want to turn on Silent Mode, and then click OK.
To turn off Silent Mode from the notification area
4

In the notification area on the Windows taskbar,
right-click the Norton 360 icon, and then click Turn
off Silent Mode.

To turn off or turn on Silent Mode from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls, do
one of the following:
1
To turn off Silent Mode, uncheck Silent Mode.
1

To turn on Silent Mode, check Silent Mode, and
select the duration for which you want Silent
Mode to be turned on from the Turn on Silent
Mode dialog box, and click OK.

About the Silent Mode that turns on automatically
When you watch a movie, play games, or make a
presentation, you run the application in the full-screen

196

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

mode. Norton 360 detects the application that you run
in the full-screen mode and automatically enables
Silent Mode. When Silent Mode is enabled, Norton 360
suppresses most of the alerts and suspends background
activities. Only those activities run that are involved
in protecting your computer from viruses and other
security threats. Minimum background activities also
ensure high performance of your computer. The
activities that are suspended run after you finish using
the application in the full-screen mode.
Silent Mode also helps you maintain an uninterrupted
Media Center Extender session. A Media Center
Extender session is an extended session of Media Center
to an entertainment device, such as a television. The
alerts and notifications that appear during a Media
Center Extender session disconnect the session between
the host computer and the entertainment device.
Norton 360 identifies a Media Center Extender session
as an active full-screen application and turns on Silent
Mode. When Silent Mode is enabled, Norton 360
suppresses alerts and notifications and suspends
background activities to provide uninterrupted sessions
for Silent Mode options such as Full Screen Detection
or Media Center applications.

Turning off or turning on Full Screen Detection
You can use the Full Screen Detection option in the
Settings window to turn on or turn off Silent Mode
automatically when Norton 360 detects a full-screen
application. By default, the Full Screen Detection
option remains turned on after you install Norton 360.
To turn off Full Screen Detection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Full Screen Detection row, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

197

5 Click Close.
To turn on Full Screen Detection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Full Screen Detection row, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.

About Quiet Mode
Norton 360 automatically enables Quiet Mode when
you perform tasks that require higher utilization of
your system resources. When Quiet Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suspends the background activities and
lets the task use the maximum resources for better
performance.
You can choose to set Norton 360 to automatically
enable Quiet Mode when you do the following tasks:
1
IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn
1

Media Center TV Recording

User-Specified Programs

198

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

The following table explains about the various options:
IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn

When you use a Media Center
application to burn a CD or a
DVD, Norton 360 automatically
enables Quiet Mode, if the IMAPI
2.0 Disk Burn option is turned
on. By default, the IMAPI 2.0
Disk Burn option is turned on.
When Quiet Mode is enabled,
Norton 360 suspends
background activities to improve
the performance of your
disk-burning session. However,
Norton 360 continues to display
alerts and notifications during
the session.
Norton 360 supports the
following Media Center
disk-burner applications to turn
on Quiet Mode:
1
IMAPI 2.0
1
J. River MEDIA CENTER
(version 13.0.125 and later)
Norton 360 turns on Quiet Mode
as soon as you start burning a
CD or a DVD using a Media
Center application. Norton 360
turns off Quiet Mode after the
disk-burning session is
complete. You cannot turn off
Quiet Mode during the
disk-burning session by turning
off the IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn
option in the Settings window.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

Media Center TV
Recording

When you use a Media Center
application to record a TV
program, Norton 360
automatically enables Quiet
Mode, if the Media Center TV
Recording option is turned on.
By default, the Media Center TV
Recording option is turned on.
When Quiet Mode is enabled,
Norton 360 suspends
background activities to improve
the performance of your TV
program recording session.
However, Norton 360 continues
to display alerts and
notifications during the session.
Norton 360 supports the
following Media Center
applications to turn on Quiet
Mode:
1
Windows Media Center

For Windows Media Center
to enable Quiet Mode during
TV program session, you
might need to restart your
computer after you install
Norton 360.
J. River MEDIA CENTER
(version 13.0.125 and later)

Norton 360 turns on Quiet Mode
as soon as you start recording a
TV program. After Quiet Mode is
turned on, it turns off after the
recording session is complete.
You cannot turn off Quiet Mode
during the TV program recording
session by turning off the Media
Center TV Recording option in
the Settings window.

199

200

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

User-Specified Programs Norton 360 automatically turns
on Quiet Mode when it detects a
TV program recording session or
a disk-burning session. In
addition, you can manually add
the programs for which you want
Norton 360 to turn on Quiet
Mode to the Quiet Mode
Programs list. When Norton 360
detects a running instance of a
program that you added in the
list, it automatically turns on
Quiet Mode. When Quiet Mode
is turned on, Norton 360
suspends the background
activities but does not suppress
alerts and notifications.
You can also add or remove a
running program to the Quiet
Mode Programs list.

Turning off or turning on the Quiet Mode options
You can turn off or turn on the Quiet Mode options,
such as IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn and Media Center TV
Recording in the Settings window. By default, the Quiet
Mode options are turned on. If you perform a task for
an option that you turned on, Norton 360 detects the
task and automatically turns on Silent Mode. For
example, you turn on the IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn option
and start burning a disk using a Media Center
application. In this case, Norton 360 detects the
disk-burning session and turns on Quiet Mode.
Norton 360 turns on Quiet Mode as soon as you start
recording a TV program or burning a CD or a DVD.
Once Quiet Mode is turned on, it turns off only after
the TV program recording session or disk-burning
session is complete. You cannot turn off Quiet Mode
during the sessions by using the options in the Settings
window.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

201

To turn off or turn on IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Silent Mode Settings, under Quiet Mode on
Detection of, do one of the following:
1
To turn off detection of a disk burning session,
in the IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on detection of a disk burning session,
in the IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn row, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn off or turn on Media Center TV Recording
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Silent Mode Settings, under Quiet Mode on
Detection of, do one of the following:
1
To turn off detection of a TV program recording
session, in the Media Center TV Recording row,
move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
1
To turn on detection of a TV program recording
session, in the Media Center TV Recording row,
move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.

About User-Specified Programs
Norton 360 automatically turns on Quiet Mode when
it detects a TV program recording session or a
disk-burning session. In addition, you can manually
add the programs for which you want Norton 360 to

202

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

turn on Quiet Mode to the Quiet Mode Programs list.
When Norton 360 detects a running instance of a
program that you added in the list, it automatically
turns on Quiet Mode. When Quiet Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suspends the background activities but
does not suppress alerts and notifications.
You can also add a running program to the Quiet Mode
Programs list. However, when you add a running
program, Norton 360 does not detect the current
running instance of the program to turn on Quiet Mode.
Norton 360 turns on Quiet Mode the next time when
you execute the program.
You can also remove a running program from the Quiet
Mode Programs list. However, if Quiet Mode is turned
on, it turns off only after the running instances of all
the programs in the list are complete. You cannot turn
off Quiet Mode by removing a program from the list
when it runs.
You can view the details of the programs that you add
to the Quiet Mode Programs list or remove from the
list in the Security History window.

Adding programs to User-Specified Programs
You can manually add the programs for which you want
Norton 360 to turn on Quiet Mode to the Quiet Mode
Programs list. When you execute the program that you
added to the list, Norton 360 detects the program and
turns on Quiet Mode.
You can also add a running program to the Quiet Mode
Programs list. However, when you add a running
program, Norton 360 does not detect the current
running instance of the program to turn on Quiet Mode.
Norton 360 turns on Quiet Mode the next time when
you execute the program.
You can only add the programs that have .exe file
extension to the Quiet Mode Programs list.

Scanning your computer
About Silent Mode

203

To add a program
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Silent Mode Settings, under Quiet Mode on
Detection of, in the User-Specified Programs row,
click Configure.
4 In the Quiet Mode Programs window, click Add.
5 In the Add Program dialog box, navigate to the
location of the file that you want to add to the Quiet
Mode Programs list.
6 Select the file, and then click Open.
7 In the Quiet Mode Programs window, click OK.

Removing programs from User-Specified
Programs
You can remove a program from the Quiet Mode
Programs list. After you remove a program, Norton
360 does not turn on Quiet Mode the next time when
it detects a running instance of the program.
You can also remove a running program from the Quiet
Mode Programs list. However, if Quiet Mode is turned
on, it turns off only after the running instances of all
the programs in the list are complete. You cannot turn
off Quiet Mode by removing a program from the list
when it runs.
To remove a program
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Silent Mode Settings section, under Quiet
Mode on Detection of, in the User-Specified
Programs row, click Configure.
4 In the Quiet Mode Programs window, select the
program that you want to delete, and then click
Remove.

204

Scanning your computer
About boot time protection

5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
6 In the Quiet Mode Programs window, click Apply
and then click OK.

About boot time protection
The boot time protection feature provides enhanced
security level from the time you start your computer.
It ensures better security by running all the necessary
components that are required for computer protection
as soon as you start your computer.
To protect your computer during boot time, you must
configure the Boot Time Protection option. To access
the Boot Time Protection option, go to the Norton 360
main window, and then click Settings > Antivirus >
Automatic Protection.
You can use the following options to configure Boot
Time Protection:
1

Aggressive
Provides maximum protection during your
computer start time.
This option ensures complete protection during the
boot time as Auto-Protect starts functioning as soon
as you start your computer.
Normal
Provides enhanced protection during your computer
start time without compromising your computer's
boot performance.
When you select this option, the drivers and
plug-ins start functioning during the computer start
time before their specified time delay. This option
ensures better boot performance along with good
security levels.
Off
Turns off boot time protection.
If you turn off the Boot Time Protection option,
the protection level of your computer reduces.

Scanning your computer
Running a scan at the command prompt

205

Configuring boot time protection
The boot time protection feature provides enhanced
security level from the time you start your computer.
As soon as you start your computer, Norton 360 starts
Auto-Protect and all required drivers and plug-ins start
functioning. This feature ensures higher level of
security from the moment you turn on your computer.
To configure boot time protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Antivirus.
3 In the Boot Time Protection row, click on one of the
settings. Your options are:
1
Aggressive
1

Normal

Off

4 Click Apply, and then click Close.

Running a scan at the command prompt
You can scan with Norton 360 from the command
prompt without opening the Norton 360 main window.
You type the path and name of the file that you want
to scan or customize the scan by adding a specific
command. The following commands are available:
/?

NAVW32 launches help
and terminates.

Scans all drives

Scans the local drives

/S[+|-]

Enables (+) or disables
(-) subfolders scanning

206

Scanning your computer
Running a scan at the command prompt

/B[+|-]

Enables (+) or disables
(-) boot record
scanning and master
boot record scanning
(for example, NAVW32
C: /B+ or NAVW32 C:
/B-)

/BOOT

Scans only the boot
records

/QUICK

Runs a Quick Scan

/SE[+|-]

Enables (+) or disables
(-) a Quick Scan

/ST[+|-]

Enables (+) or disables
(-) scanning of stealth
items

[folder_path]\*[?]

Scans the files that
matches specified wild
card

[drive|folder|file]

Scans the specified
drive, folder, or file

/SESCAN

Performs Quick Scan in
the background.
Norton 360
w
displays the scans
window only when a
threat is detected.

Scanning your computer
Running a scan at the command prompt

207

To run a scan from the command prompt
1 At the command prompt, type the path in which
Norton 360 is located and the executable's file name.
The following examples show the syntax of a scan
command:
1

"\Program Files\Norton
360\Engine\version\NAVW32"
/command_name

Where version represents the version number
of Norton 360 and command_name represents
the command.
1

"\Program Files\Norton
360\Engine\version\NAVW32"
[path]file_name

Where version represents the version number
of Norton 360 and [path] file_name represents
the location, name, and extension of the file.
2 Press Enter.

208

Scanning your computer
Running a scan at the command prompt

Responding to
security issues

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

What to do if a security risk is found

What to do if a security risk is found
Your product provides many solutions and features for
handling viruses and other security threats that it
detects.
When Norton 360 detects a security risk on your
computer, you must take appropriate action on the
risk. Norton 360 notifies you when it detects a security
risk. You can view details about the risk in the window
that appears and select an action that you want Norton
360 to perform on the risk.
By default, Norton 360 removes the security risk from
your computer and quarantines it. However, you can
restore the file from the Quarantine to its original
location and exclude it from future scans.

Exclude a program from Norton 360 scans only if you
are confident that the program is safe. For example, if
another program relies on a security risk program to
function, you might decide to keep the program on
your computer.
In some cases, Norton 360 requires your attention to
manually resolve the detected security risk. You can
access the Symantec Security Response Web site and
refer the manual removal instructions.

210

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

In some cases, Norton 360 might not identify an item
as a security threat, but you might suspect that the
item is infected. In such cases, you can submit the item
to Symantec for further analysis.
In addition, your product provides solutions for
security risks, such as spyware and adware.

About detecting viruses, spyware, and other risks
Viruses and other security threats can be detected
during a manual or customized scan. Auto-Protect
detects these threats when you perform an action with
an infected file. Threats can also appear during an
instant messenger session, when you send an email
message, or during a manual or customized scan.
Security risks, such as spyware and adware, can also
be detected when these activities are performed.
The files that can potentially infect your system when
your computer first starts up are scanned first.
These files include the following:
1
Files that are associated with the processes that are
currently running in memory
1
Files with startup folder entries
1

Files with system start INI file entries

Files with system start batch file entries

Files that the system start registry keys refers

If an infected file is detected during this portion of the
manual scan, it is repaired or removed. Any
unnecessary references are also removed from your
computer. Before attempting to repair, quarantine, or
delete any infected file that has a process running in
memory, your product attempts to terminate the
process. You are alerted and prompted to close all
unnecessary programs before the process is terminated.
You can view information about detected viruses and
other security threats in Security History.

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

211

Security History also includes information about
spyware, adware, and other security risks.

Reviewing Auto-Protect notifications
Auto-Protect scans files for viruses, worms, and Trojan
horses when you perform an action with them, such
as moving them, copying them, or opening them.
It also scans for spyware, adware, and other security
risks.
If Auto-Protect detects suspicious activity, it logs a
notification in Security History that tells you that a
risk was found and resolved.
If Auto-Protect detect one or more viruses it either
repairs or deletes the viruses and notifies you. The
notification provides information on which file was
repaired or deleted and which virus, Trojan horse, or
worm infected the file. No further action is necessary.
To review Auto-Protect notifications
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Security History.

212

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

3 In the Show drop-down list, select the category for
which you want to review Auto-Protect alerts.
Your options are:
Recent History

Review Auto-Protect
notifications that you
received in the last seven
days.

Full History

Review all of the
Auto-Protect notifications
that you have received.

Resolved Security Risks

Review all of the resolved
security threats.
The Resolved Security
Risks category includes
the infected files that
Norton 360 repairs,
removes, or quarantines.

Unresolved Security Risks

Review the list of
unresolved security risks.
The Unresolved Security
Risks category includes
the infected files for
which Norton 360 was
not able to take any
action. This category
mostly includes the
low-level risks that
require your attention for
a suitable action.

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

213

4 In the right pane, click the Options link.
The option name appears as Restore & Options for
few items.
If one or more security risks such as spyware are
found, you can take action on these items, if
required.

214

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

5 In the Threat Detected window, select the
appropriate action on the risk.
The following are some of the options that are
available in the Threat Detected window:
Restore & Exclude this file

Returns the selected
Quarantine item to its
original location and
excludes the item from
being detected in the
future scans.
This option is available
for the detected viral and
non-viral threats.

Exclude this program

Excludes the security risk
from future scan.
Norton 360 adds the
security risk to the
appropriate exclusions
list.

Manual Fix (recommended)

Lets you resolve the risk
using a manual fix tool.
If you resolve a threat
manually, you must
remove the threat
information from the
Security History window.

Remove this file (may cause
browser to close)
(recommended)

Removes the security risk
from your computer and
quarantines it.
This option is available
for the security risks that
require your attention.

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

Remove this file (may cause
browser to close)

Removes the selected
security risk from the
computer and
quarantines it.
This option is available
for the security risks that
require your attention for
manual removal.
This option is also
available for the security
risks that are manually
quarantined.

Remove from history

Removes the selected
security risk item from
the Security History log.

Get help (recommended)

Takes you to the
Symantec Security
Response Web site.
This option is available
for the security risks that
require your attention for
manual removal. You can
refer the Symantec
Security Response Web
site for manual removal
instructions or other
information about the
risk.

215

216

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

Submit to Symantec

Sends the security risk to
Symantec.
In some cases, Norton
360 might not identify an
item as a security threat,
but you might suspect
that the item is infected.
In such cases, you can
use this option to submit
the item to Symantec for
further analysis.

About responding to risks detected during a scan
At the end of a scan, the Results Summary window
provides the summary of the scan results. You can use
the Threats Detected window to resolve any items that
were not automatically resolved during the scan.
You can use the Show drop-down list that is available
in the Security History window to resolve any items
that were not automatically resolved during the scan.
The Recommended Action section in the Security
History window displays the action that you should
take to resolve the security threat.
If you have run a Full System Scan, Norton 360 displays
the Scans window at the end of the scan. The Scans
window lists each activity and status of the scan results.

About actions when Norton 360 cannot repair a file
One of the common reasons that Norton 360 cannot
automatically repair or delete an infected file is that
you do not have the current definition updates. Run
LiveUpdate, and then scan again.
Before running LiveUpdate to receive protection
updates, ensure that Quick Scan is turned on (it is
turned on by default). After LiveUpdate retrieves the
latest definition updates, Quick Scan automatically

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

217

checks for the infections that have processes running
in memory. It also checks for the infections that the
start-up files and folders refer.
If that does not work, read the information on the
Security History - Advanced Details window to
identify the types of files that cannot be repaired. You
can take one of the following actions, depending on the
file type:
Infected files

You can view the file type of
the detected risk. This
information helps you to
decide the action that can be
taken depending on the file
type.
For example, you can view the
infected files with the
following file name
extensions (any file can be
infected):
1
.exe
1
.doc
1
.dot
1
.xls

Hard disk master boot record, Replace using your operating
boot record, or system files system disks.
(such as IO.SYS or
MSDOS.SYS) and floppy disk
boot record and system files

218

Responding to security issues
What to do if a security risk is found

Understanding
alerts and
messages

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About Norton 360 alerts and messages

About managing messages and alerts

Types of risks

Types of threats

Types of viruses

About Norton 360 alerts and messages
Most of the time, Norton 360 quietly protects your
computer from viruses and other risks and threats so
that you can use your PC with confidence. The green
badge on the Norton 360 status icon in the lower-right
corner of your computer screen indicates that your
protection is up to date. You can use your computer
with confidence. If the badge color changes to orange
or red, it means you should open Norton 360 to learn
about the problems that Norton 360 has encountered.

About managing messages and alerts
Norton 360 displays messages in several ways and in
several locations.

220

Understanding alerts and messages
About managing messages and alerts

You might see messages in the following locations:
Notification area on your
Windows desktop

Several types of Norton 360
messages appear in the
notification area, at the far
right of the taskbar. For
example, your PC was turned
off, or it has not been
connected to the Internet for
a while. In this case, you see
a message that your
protection may not be up to
date.
A different alert appears if a
security setting was turned
off. This message warns you
that your PC might not be
secure and helps you to turn
on the setting.
In most cases you can click
the alert to open Norton 360
and fix the problems.

Norton 360 main window
overall status

Alerts and other messages
appear at the middle of the
main window. The color of
the message indicates its
urgency. If the message color
is green, your computer is
protected. If the message
color is orange or red, you
must take appropriate action
to ensure that you stay
protected.

Understanding alerts and messages
Types of risks

Norton 360 protection
categories and details

Norton 360 displays
individual status areas for
each protection feature, such
as PC Security, Identity,
Backup, and PC Tuneup. The
status areas show how many
issues need to be resolved for
each feature. You can use
View Details under each
status area for more
information about those
issues. You can use the Fix
Now option to fix all the
issues that need to be
resolved to secure your
computer.

Norton 360 gadget in the
Windows sidebar

In Windows Vista and
Windows 7, Norton 360
displays the security status
of your computer in the
Norton 360 gadget in the
Windows sidebar.

221

Types of risks
A risk is anything that can be exploited to harm your
PC and its data, or that can be used to steal your data.
Norton 360 protects your system from a variety of
risks.
Risks fall into several categories:
Malicious software

These programs are
deliberately designed to
cause damage to your PC.
They include threats such as
viruses, worms, and Trojan
horses. Malicious software is
sometimes called malware.

222

Understanding alerts and messages
Types of threats

Spyware

These programs conceal
themselves on your PC. They
monitor what you do, or look
through the information that
is stored on your PC, and
send the information back to
their creators.

Vulnerabilities

These risks consist of flaws
in legitimate software that
can be exploited, either to
cause damage, block data, or
steal information.
Vulnerabilities are usually
exploited through network
connections.

Types of threats
Threats consist of the software that has been
deliberately designed to destroy, modify, disclose, or
block your data.
Threats fall into the following categories:
Viruses

Viruses are the small
programs that attach
themselves to other programs
and replicate themselves.

Worms

Worms are like viruses in that
they copy themselves from
PC to PC, but they do not
attach themselves to other
programs.

Understanding alerts and messages
Types of viruses

Trojan horses

223

These destructive programs
claim to be some other type
of program, but they cause
damage when they run.

Norton 360 scans your PC for viruses, worms, Trojan
horses, and other software that is intentionally
destructive. It also monitors your Internet connection
to protect you from the Internet-based threats that
exploit software vulnerabilities.

Types of viruses
A virus is a small program that is designed to alter the
way your PC operates, without your knowledge or
permission.
To be a virus, a program must do the following:
1
Run on its own, without you having to take any
action
1
Make copies of itself so that it can spread to other
PCs
Although not all viruses are intended to cause damage,
even harmless viruses can affect the performance and
stability of your PC. Norton 360 attempts to remove
all viruses from your PC.
Viruses fall into the following recognized categories:
File infectors

These viruses infect program
files. When infected files run,
they can attach the viruses
that they carry to other
program files. Norton 360
scans all program files on
your PC to find and eliminate
file infectors.

224

Understanding alerts and messages
Types of viruses

Boot viruses

These viruses attach
themselves to the system
areas of your PC and become
active as soon as your PC
starts. They can attach
themselves to disks or other
storage devices that is
connected to your PC. Norton
360 scans the system areas
of your PC to find and remove
boot viruses.

Multipartite viruses

These viruses use the
techniques of both boot and
file infector viruses. Norton
360 scans for such viruses
and eliminates them.

Macro viruses

These viruses attach
themselves to the data files
that contain executable
components, such as some
spreadsheet, presentation,
and word-processing files.
These viruses that are spread
when a program runs the
executable portion of a data
file. Norton 360 scans data
files for macro viruses and
removes them.

Norton 360 scans your PC for both known viruses and
unknown viruses.
Known viruses are automatically detected and repaired.
Unknown viruses are detected by analyzing each
executable file for various characteristics common to
viruses. In addition, Norton 360 automatically updates
itself over the Internet to expand and refine its list of
known viruses.

Doing routine
tasks

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

Turning on or turning off automatic tasks

About custom task

About scheduling automatic tasks

About scheduling backups

Specifying Idle Time Out duration

Turning on or turning off automatic tasks
Norton 360 runs automatic tasks as it quietly works to
protect your PC. These automatic tasks include
scanning for viruses, monitoring your Internet
connection, updating backups, and downloading
protection updates. These activities run in the
background when your PC is turned on.
If any item needs your attention, Norton 360 displays
a message that tells you the current status or asks you
to do something. If you do not see any messages, then
Norton 360 is doing its job and your PC is protected.
You can open Norton 360 at any time to see the status
of your PC at a glance or to view protection details.
When a background activity is in progress, Norton 360
notifies you with a message in the notification area
that is located at the far-right of the task bar. You can

226

Doing routine tasks
About custom task

see the results of the latest Norton 360 activities the
next time you open the Norton 360 main window. To
see a current report of Norton 360 activities, you can
view the summary in the Monthly Report window.
To turn on or turn off automatic tasks
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Tasks Scheduling.
3 In the Task Scheduling window, on the Automatic
Tasks tab, do the following:
1
Check the feature that you want to run
automatically.
Check the Tasks check box to check all the
features at once.
1
Uncheck the feature that you do not want to run
automatically.
Uncheck the Tasks check box to uncheck all the
features at once.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

About custom task
Norton 360 lets you choose your own combination of
tasks for a one-time scan. You can run LiveUpdate,
back up your data, remove temporary files, free disk
space by cleaning up disk clutter, and optimize your
disks.
You can select and run the following tasks:
LiveUpdate

Downloads the latest
protection and program
updates.

Doing routine tasks
About custom task

227

Internet Explorer Temporary Deletes the temporary files
Files
that are left behind on your
PC's hard disk after Internet
browsing.
Windows Temporary Files

Deletes the unnecessary files
that are left in Windows
Temporary folders after a
program has been installed
or updated.

Internet Explorer History

Deletes the unnecessary Web
page history that is left
behind in your Internet
browser's history folder.

Disk Optimization

Defragments your hard disk
and free space.

Registry Cleanup

Deletes the inaccurate entries
and obsolete entries in the
Windows registry that can
cause errors.

Backup

Runs backup.
The files to be backed up and
the backup location are the
ones you specified when you
configured your backup
settings.

Running custom tasks
Norton 360 automatically checks your system and
chooses the best settings to keep your system secure.
However, you can run some specific tasks. You can
choose the specific tasks that you want to run by using
the options available in the Custom Tasks window.

228

Doing routine tasks
About scheduling automatic tasks

Norton 360 lets you choose your own combination of
tasks for a one-time scan. You can run LiveUpdate,
back up your data, free disk space by cleaning up disk
clutter, and optimize your disks.
To run custom tasks
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Security,
and then click Run Scans.
2 In the Scans window, under Computer Scan, click
Custom Task, and then click Go.
3 In the Custom Tasks window, check the tasks that
you want to run.
To select all the tasks, check the Tasks option.
4 Click Go.

About scheduling automatic tasks
You can use the Task Scheduling settings to specify
how often Norton 360 scans your system for security
and performance issues. You can also access backup
scheduling options from Task Scheduling settings.

Scheduling security and performance scans
Use the Task Scheduling settings to have Norton 360
examine your system automatically for security and
performance issues. You can specify when and how
often Norton 360 performs those examinations.
You have the following options for scheduling security
and performance scans:
Automatic (Recommended) Examine your PC for security
and performance issues
whenever your PC is idle.
This setting provides the
maximum protection.

Doing routine tasks
About scheduling automatic tasks

Weekly

229

Examine your PC one or more
times each week for security
and performance issues.
You can pick the days of the
week and the time of day on
which the scan performs.

Monthly

Examine your PC once each
month for security and
performance issues.
You can pick the day of the
month and the time of day on
which the scan performs.

Manual Schedule

Do not perform a scheduled
security or performance scan
of your PC.
If you choose this option, you
should perform manual
security and performance
scans of your PC periodically
to maintain protection.

Your computer's performance is maximized if you
schedule your critical operations to occur when your
computer is idle. When you schedule your scans weekly
or monthly and check the Run only at idle time option,
Norton 360 scans your computer when it is idle.
Symantec recommends that you check Run only at idle
time to experience better performance of your
computer.
To schedule security and performance scans
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click Tasks Scheduling.

230

Doing routine tasks
About scheduling backups

3 On the Scheduling tab, under Schedule, select an
option.
When you click Weekly or Monthly, you must select
the time and day to run the automatic tasks. You
also have the option of specifying that the automatic
tasks must run only when the PC is idle.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

About scheduling backups
You can configure backup scheduling on the When tab
in the Manage Backup Sets window to specify when
and how often should Norton 360 back up your files.
You have the following backup scheduling options:
Automatic (Recommended) Backs up the changed files
whenever your PC is idle
This setting provides the best
backup protection.
Weekly

Backs up the changed files
one or more times each week
You can pick the days of the
week and the time of day on
which Norton 360 should
perform backups.

Monthly

Backs up the changed files
once each month
You can pick the day of the
month and the time of day on
which Norton 360 should
perform backups.

Doing routine tasks
Specifying Idle Time Out duration

Manual Schedule

231

Does not perform any
scheduled backups of
changed files
If you choose this option, you
should manually back up your
changed files regularly.

Your computer's performance is maximized if you
schedule your critical operations to occur when your
computer is idle. When you schedule backup weekly
or monthly and check Run only at idle time, Norton
360 backs up your files when your computer is idle.
Symantec recommends that you check Run only at idle
time to experience better performance of your
computer.

Specifying Idle Time Out duration
You can set the duration after which Norton 360 should
identify your computer as idle. You can select a value
(in minutes) between 1 minute and 30 minutes. When
you do not use your computer for the specified
duration, Norton 360 identifies your computer as idle.
Norton 360 then runs the activities that are scheduled
to run at idle time.
To specify Idle Time Out duration from the Settings
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the Idle Time Out row, in the drop-down list,
select the duration that you want to specify.
You might need to scroll the window to view the
option.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.

232

Doing routine tasks
Specifying Idle Time Out duration

Keeping secure on
the Internet

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About the Smart Firewall

About Intrusion Prevention

About Download Insight

About Norton AntiSpam

About configuring POP3 and SMTP ports

About Metered Broadband Mode

About the Smart Firewall
The Smart Firewall monitors the communications
between your computer and other computers on the
Internet. It also protects your computer from such
common security problems as the following:
Improper connection attempts

Warns you of connection
attempts from other
computers and of
attempts by programs on
your computer to connect
to other computers

234

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Port scans

Cloaks the inactive ports
on your computer thereby
providing protection
against attacks through
hacking techniques such
as port scanning

Intrusions

Monitors the network
traffic to or from your
computer for suspicious
behavior and stops any
attack before they
threaten your system

A firewall blocks hackers and other unauthorized
traffic, while it allows authorized traffic to pass.
Turning off Smart Firewall reduces your system
protection. Always ensure that the Smart Firewall is
turned on.

Turning off or turning on Smart Firewall
Smart Firewall monitors communications between
your computer and the other computers on the
Internet. It also protects your computer from common
security problems.
If you must turn off the Smart Firewall, you should
turn it off temporarily to ensure that it is turned on
again automatically. To ensure that your computer
remains protected, you can turn on the Smart Firewall
manually before the time that you specify concludes.
When the Smart Firewall is turned off, your computer
is not protected from Internet threats and security
risks.
To turn off Smart Firewall
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

235

3 On the General Settings tab, in the Smart Firewall
row, move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
4 Click Apply.
5 In the Security Request window, in the Select the
duration drop-down list, select the duration for
which you want to turn off Smart Firewall.
6 Click OK.
7 Click Close.
To turn on Smart Firewall
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the General Settings tab, in the Smart Firewall
row, move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn off Smart Firewall from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls,
uncheck Smart Firewall.
To turn on Smart Firewall from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls,
check Smart Firewall.
To turn off Smart Firewall from the notification area
1 In the notification area on the taskbar, right-click
the Norton 360 icon, and then click Disable Smart
Firewall.
2 In the Security Request window, in the Select the
duration drop-down list, select the duration for
which you want to turn off Smart Firewall.
3 Click OK.

236

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

To turn on Smart Firewall from the notification area
4

In the notification area on the taskbar, right-click
the Norton 360 icon, and then click Enable Smart
Firewall.

About firewall rules
A firewall is a security system that uses rules to block
or allow connections and data transmission between
your computer and the Internet. Firewall rules control
how the Smart Firewall protects your computer from
malicious programs and unauthorized access. The
firewall automatically checks all traffic that comes in
or out of your computer against these rules.
The Smart Firewall uses two kinds of firewall rules:
Program rules

Control network access for
programs on your computer.

Traffic rules

Control all the incoming and the
outgoing network traffic.

About the order in which firewall rules are processed
The Smart Firewall processes Traffic rules before it
processes Program rules. For example, when there is
a Program rule that allows Internet Explorer to access
Internet using port 80 with TCP protocol and a Traffic
rule that blocks TCP communication through port 80
for all applications. The Internet Explorer application
cannot access the Internet as Norton 360 gives
precedence to Traffic rules over the Program rules.
For example, you have a Program rule for the Symantec
pcAnywhere application that blocks the use of the
application with any other computer. You add another
rule for the same application that allows its use with
a specific computer. You then move the new rule before
the original rule in the program rule list. Norton 360
processes the new rule first and lets you use Symantec

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

pcAnywhere with that specific computer. It then
processes the original rule and prevents its use with
any other computer.

About Traffic rules
Norton 360 includes a number of predefined Traffic
rules. These rules provide network functionality and
protection from known Internet risks. Examples of
default Traffic rules include the following:
Default Allow Specific Inbound
ICMP

Permit all types of
outbound and safe types
of inbound ICMP (Internet
Default Allow Specific Outbound
Control Message
ICMP
Protocol) messaging.
ICMP messages provide
status and control
information.

237

238

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Default Allow Inbound NetBIOS Permit the use of the
Name (Shared Networks)
NetBIOS name service
and the NetBIOS
Default Allow Inbound NetBIOS
datagram service that the
(Shared Networks)
Microsoft Network uses
in file and printer sharing.
NetBIOS is an acronym
for Network Basic
Input/Output System.
NetBIOS provides name
service, session service,
and datagram service.
Name service provides
resolution of names,
Session service manages
sessions for
connection-oriented
services, and Datagram
service distributes
datagrams for
connection-oriented
services.
Default Allow Inbound Bootp
Default Allow Outbound Bootp

Permit the use of the
Bootp service.
Bootp is short for
Bootstrap Protocol, which
enables a computer to
discover its own IP
address.

The Traffic Rules tab displays a list of predefined
traffic rules. Some of the default Traffic rules are
read-only and are locked. You cannot modify these
rules.
The rules appear in the order of their priority levels.
Rules that appear higher in the list override the rules
that appear lower in the list.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

239

You can add a new Traffic rule on this tab. You can also
do the following activities:
Modify a Traffic rule

You can change the settings of
a Traffic rule that does not
function the way you want.
However, you cannot modify
some of the default rules that
are read-only.
See “Modifying Traffic rules and
Program rules” on page 254.

Turn off a Traffic rule

You can disable a Traffic rule.
However, you cannot turn off
some of the default rules that
are read-only.
See “Turning off a Traffic rule
temporarily” on page 256.

Change the priority of a
Traffic rule

You can change the priority of a
Traffic rule by changing where it
appears in the list.
Only advanced users or
w
novice users at the direction of
technical support, should
perform this action.
See “Changing the order of
firewall rules” on page 255.

About Program rules
Program rules control network access for the programs
that are on your computer. You can use the Firewall
settings to create and modify rules for programs.
On the Program Rules tab, you can do the following:
1
Add a program.
1

Rename a program.

240

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Modify the rules for a program.

Add a rule for a program.

Modify the access settings of a program rule.

Modify the priority of rules for a program by
changing the sequence of rules in the list.
Remove a program rule.

Remove a program.

You can create Program rules in the following ways:
Automatically customize Internet Lets the firewall
access settings
automatically configure
access for programs the
first time that users run
them. This method is the
easiest way to create
firewall rules.
Use Firewall settings

Manages the list of
programs that can access
the Internet.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Respond to alerts

241

Lets the firewall notify
you when a program
attempts to access the
Internet. You can then
allow or block Internet
access for the program.
In some instances, such
as when you watch a
movie, you might prefer
not to be alerted with any
messages. In such cases,
you can turn on
Automatic Program
Control. Norton 360 does
not prompt you with any
firewall alerts in this
state.
The firewall notifies you
only if you have changed
the General Settings
options of Smart Firewall
from their default,
recommended settings.

Adding a program to Firewall settings
You can add programs to Firewall settings to control
their ability to access the Internet. Manually configured
Firewall settings for programs override any settings
that Automatic Program Control makes. However,
Symantec recommends you to retain the settings that
Automatic Program Control makes as and when you
run your programs.

Firewall settings for programs are not migrated from
previous versions of Norton 360. If you want to restore
any programs that you manually added in the previous
version, you must add them again in the current
version.

242

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

To add a program to Firewall settings
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, click Add.
4 In the Select a program dialog box, browse to the
executable file for the program that you want to
add.
5 Click Open.
6 In the Security Request - Program Control window,
in the What do you want to do? drop-down list,
select the access level that you want this program
to have. Your options are:
Allow

Allow all access attempts
by this program.

Block

Deny all access attempts
by this program.

Manually configure Internet
access (Recommended)

Create the rules that
control how this program
accesses the Internet.
You can set the following
criteria for a rule:
1
1
1
1
1
1

Action
Connections
Computers
Communications
Advanced
Description

If you select this option,
you must follow the
instructions in the wizard
that appears and
configure the rule.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

243

7 Click OK.

Customizing a program
After you use Norton 360 for a while, you might need
to change the access settings for certain programs.
To customize a program
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, in the Program column,
select the program that you want to change.
4 In the drop-down list next to the program that you
want to change, select the access level that you want
this program to have. Your options are:
Allow

Allow all access attempts
by this program.

Block

Deny all access attempts
by this program.

Custom

Create the rules that
control how this program
accesses the Internet.

The Auto option is the default option that is
assigned automatically to a program when
Automatic Program Control is turned on.
5 Click Apply.

Removing a program
You can remove programs from Firewall settings if
necessary.
The firewall settings for the programs are not migrated
from previous versions of Norton 360. If you removed
any programs in the previous version and do not want

244

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

them in the current version, you must remove them
again.
To remove a program from Firewall settings
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, in the Program column,
select the program that you want to remove.
4 Click Remove.
5 In the Confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
The confirmation dialog box appears only when the
Automatic Program Control option is turned off.
6 Click Apply.

Adding Traffic rules and Program rules
Firewall settings automatically create most of the
firewall rules that you need. You can add custom rules
if necessary.

Only experienced users should create their own firewall
rules.
You can add the following types of firewall rules:
1
Traffic rules
1

Program rules

To add a Traffic rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Traffic Rules tab, click Add.
4 Follow the instructions in the Add Rule wizard.
To add a Program rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

245

3 On the Program Rules tab, in the Program column,
select the program to which you want to add a rule.
4 Click Modify.
You can also use the Access drop-down list next to
the program to modify the access level for the
program. Accordingly, Smart Firewall modifies or
creates the relevant rule for the program.
5 In the Rules window, click Add.
6 Follow the instructions in the Add Rule wizard.
7 In the Rules window, click OK.

Using the Add Rule Wizard
The Add Rule Wizard leads you through the steps that
are necessary to create firewall rules.
To use the Add Rule Wizard
1 Open the Add Rule Wizard by creating a Traffic
rule or a Program rule.

246

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

2 In the first panel of the Add Rule Wizard, select the
action that you want for this rule. Your options are:
Allow

Allow communication of
this type.
For example, consider a
Traffic rule with the
following criteria: all
inbound connections
from Internet address
192.168.1.1 through port
8080. When you select
Allow, Smart Firewall
allows all connections
that satisfy the criteria of
this Traffic rule.

Block

Prevent communication
of this type.
For example, consider a
Traffic rule with the
following criteria: all
inbound connections
from Internet address
192.168.1.1 through port
8080. When you select
Block, Smart Firewall
blocks all connections
that satisfy the criteria of
this Traffic rule.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Monitor

247

248

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Update the Firewall –
Activities category in the
event log each time that
communication of this
type takes place. This
option lets you monitor
how often this firewall
rule is used. Norton 360
notifies you every time
that the traffic matching
the monitor rule criteria
passes through your
computer. You can use
the links in these
notifications to view the
logs. You can view the
event log under Firewall
– Activities category in
the Security History
window.
Norton 360 creates
separate action rules to
allow or block the
programs that have only
a Monitor rule associated
with them. The Monitor
rule must be of higher
order than the action rule
for successful log entry of
the network event that is
related to the program.
The monitor rule only logs
the traffic events in the
Security History window.
You need to create
another Allow or Block
rule to handle the
network traffic.
You can monitor and
allow or block the traffic
by enabling the Create a

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Security History log
entry option in the Add
Rule Wizard or the
Modify Rule Wizard.

3 Click Next.
4 Select the type of connection for the rule. Your
options are:
Connections to other computers The rule applies to
outbound connections
from your computer to
another computer.
Connections from other
computers

The rule applies to
inbound connections
from another computer to
your computer.

Connections to and from other The rule applies to
computers
inbound and to outbound
connections.

249

250

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

5 Click Next, and then select the computers that apply
to the rule. Your options are:
Any computer

The rule applies to all
computers.

Any computer in the local
subnet

This rule applies only to
computers in the local
subnet.
An organization’s network
is divided into subnets to
facilitate efficient
Internet communications.
A subnet represents all of
the computers in the
same LAN.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

Only the computers and sites
listed below

The rule applies only to
the computers, sites, or
domains that you specify.
You can specify the
names and addresses of
computers that apply to
the rule. The details of
the specified computers
appear in the list. You can
also remove computers
from the list.
When you select this
option, the Add option
becomes available. When
you click Add, Norton 360
displays the Networking
dialog box in which you
can specify individual
computers, a range of
computers, or specify all
computers on a subnet or
network.
You can use the Add
option or the Remove
option to add or remove
a computer.

251

252

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

6 Click Next, and then select the protocols for the
rule. Your options are:
TCP

The rule applies to TCP
(Transmission Control
Protocol)
communications.

UDP

The rule applies to UDP
(User Datagram Protocol)
communications.

TCP and UDP

The rule applies to TCP
and to UDP
communications.

ICMP

The rule applies to ICMP
(Internet Control Message
Protocol)
communications.
This option is available
only when you add a
Traffic rule, modify a
Traffic rule, or modify a
Program rule that handles
ICMP traffic.

ICMPv6

The rule applies to
ICMPv6 (Internet Control
Message Protocol for
Internet Protocol version
6) communications.
This option is available
only when you add a
Traffic rule, modify a
Traffic rule, or modify a
Program rule that handles
ICMPv6 traffic.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

All

The rule applies to all
supported protocols.
When you select this
option, you cannot
specify the types of
communications or ports
that apply to the rule.

7 Select the ports for the rule. Your options are:
All types of communication (all The rule applies to
ports, local and remote)
communications that use
any port.
Only communications that
The rule applies to the
match all types and ports listed ports that you specify.
below
You can specify the ports
by selecting from the
listed ports or by adding
specific ports or port
ranges.
If you select ICMP
w
or ICMPv6 protocol, you
can specify the
commands. To do so,
select a command from
the list of known
commands or add specific
commands or command
ranges.
When you select this
option, the Add option
becomes available. You
can use the Add option or
the Remove option to
specify or remove a port
or a command.

253

254

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

8 Click Next.
9 Check Create a Security History log entry if you
want Norton 360 to create an entry in the firewall
event log.
Norton 360 creates an entry when a network
communication event matches this rule. You can
view the event log in the Security History window
under Firewall – Activities. If you selected the
Monitor option in the Action window, then the
Create a Security History log entry option is
automatically checked. You cannot uncheck the box
to turn off this option as it is the default setting.
10 Check Apply this rule if you want to apply this rule
to IPv6 NAT Traversal traffic.
11 Click Next, and then, in the text box, type a name
for this rule.
12 Click Next, and then review the new rule settings.
13 Click Finish.
14 When you have finished adding rules, click OK.

Modifying Traffic rules and Program rules
You can change an existing firewall rule if it does not
function the way that you want. You can use the Modify
option to change the settings of an existing firewall
rule. When you change a rule, the firewall uses the new
criteria of the modified rule to control network traffic.
You cannot modify some of the default rules that are
read-only. However, you can view the settings of these
rules by using the View option.
To modify a Traffic rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Traffic Rules tab, select the rule that you
want to change.
4 Click Modify.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

255

5 In the Modify Rule window, make the necessary
changes to modify any aspect of the rule.
6 When you have finished changing the rule, click
OK.
To modify a Program rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, select the program that
you want to change.
4 Click Modify.
You can also use the Access drop-down list next to
the program to modify the access level for the
program. Accordingly, Smart Firewall modifies or
creates the relevant rule for the program.
5 In the Rules window, select the rule that you want
to change.
6 Click Modify.
7 In the Modify Rule window, make the necessary
changes to modify to change any aspect of the rule.
8 When you have finished changing the rule, click
OK.
9 In the Rules window, click OK.

Changing the order of firewall rules
Each list of firewall rules is processed from the top
down. You can adjust how the firewall rules are
processed by changing their order.

Do not change the order of the default Traffic rules
unless you are an advanced user. Changing the order
of default Traffic rules can affect firewall functionality
and reduce the security of your computer.
To change the order of Traffic rules
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.

256

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

3 On the Traffic Rules tab, select the rule that you
want to move.
4 Do one of the following:
1
To move this rule before the rule above it, click
Move Up.
1
To move this rule after the rule below it, click
Move Down.
5 When you are done moving the rules, click Apply.
To change the order of Program rules
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, select the program that
contains the rule that you want to move.
4 Click Modify.
5 In the Rules window, select the rule that you want
to move.
6 Do one of the following:
1
To move this rule before the rule above it, click
Move Up.
1
To move this rule after the rule below it, click
Move Down.
7 When you are done moving the rules, click OK.
8 In the Firewall settings window, click Apply.

Turning off a Traffic rule temporarily
You can temporarily turn off a Traffic rule if you want
to allow specific access to a computer or a program.
You must remember to turn on the rule again when
you are done working with the program or computer
that required the change.

You cannot turn off some of the default firewall rules
that appear in the list. You can only view the settings
of these rules by using the View option.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

257

To turn off a Traffic rule temporarily
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Traffic Rules tab, uncheck the box next to
the rule that you want to turn off.
4 Click Apply.

Allowing a blocked program
Sometimes the Norton 360 firewall blocks certain
programs from accessing the Internet. Such programs
might include certain streaming-media programs,
network games, or custom business applications that
are provided by your employer. If you know that the
program's Internet activity is not a threat to your
security, you can unblock the program's Internet
access.
To allow a blocked program
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, select the program that
you want to allow access to the Internet.
4 In the Access drop-down list for the program entry,
click Allow.
5 Click Apply.
To allow a blocked program from the Security History
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under General Tasks, click
Check Security History.
3 In the Security History window, in the Show
drop-down list, select Firewall - Activities.
4 Select the firewall activity that is associated with
the blocked program.
5 Click More Details.

258

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

6 In the Security History - Advanced Details window,
under Actions, click Allow.

Removing a firewall rule
You can remove some of the firewall rules if necessary.
However, you cannot modify some of the default Traffic
rules that appear in the list. You can view the settings
of these rules by using the View option.

Do not remove a default firewall rule unless you are an
advanced user. Removing a default firewall rule can
affect firewall functionality and reduce the security of
your computer.
To remove a Traffic rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Traffic Rules tab, select the rule that you
want to remove.
4 Click Remove.
5 In the Confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
To remove a Program rule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Program Rules tab, in the Program column,
select the program that contains the rule that you
want to remove.
4 Click Modify.
To remove all the program rules that are associated
with the program, click Remove.
5 In the Rules window, select the rule that you want
to remove.
6 Click Remove.
7 In the Confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
8 Click OK.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About the Smart Firewall

259

About Norton Firewall Diagnosis
There may be times when firewall may block the
network traffic that you want to allow based on its
configuration settings. In such cases, you may have
issues in accessing the Internet, the Network, or
another computer to perform tasks such as sharing
resources.
When you experience network connection problems,
Norton Firewall acts quickly in identifying the cause
of failure and provides its diagnosis. Norton 360
displays the Firewall Diagnostics Wizard when you
encounter network connection problems.

Norton Firewall Diagnosis is available only in Windows
7.
The Wizard contains the problem diagnosis report that
is unique for different cases of network blocks. For
instance, a network block can occur in any of the
following cases:
1
The one click option to stop all network traffic is
active
1
The uncommon protocol that is handling the traffic
is blocked
1
The currently active firewall rule is conditioned to
block the traffic that you want to allow
1
The traffic has violated the process policy of the
firewall
1
The traffic has violated the traffic policy of the
firewall
1
The traffic comes from the restricted zone of
networks or computers
1
The traffic matches an Intrusion Prevention attack
signature
You can use the Firewall Diagnostics Wizard as a guide
to troubleshoot the network connection problem by
yourself.

260

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

For each case of network block, the Wizard contains
the firewall’s analysis of the cause and the possible
solutions to fix the block.
Norton 360 recommends that you use the Firewall
Diagnostics Wizard to remove any type of block. The
solutions in the Wizard let you analyze the issue and
take a suitable action to resolve the problem.
Using the Wizard to troubleshoot the problem has the
following advantages:
1
It automatically tries to fix the problem by itself
1

It lets you modify the settings that are related to
the block
It lets you view the log details related to the network
block event
It provides you the option to turn off firewall as the
last means to resolve the issue

About Intrusion Prevention
Intrusion Prevention scans all the network traffic that
enters and exits your computer and compares this
information against a set of attack signatures. Attack
signatures contain the information that identifies an
attacker's attempt to exploit a known operating system
or program vulnerability. Intrusion Prevention protects
your computer against most common Internet attacks.
For more information about the attacks that Intrusion
Prevention blocks, go to the following URL:
http://www.symantec.com/business/
security_response/attacksignatures
If the information matches an attack signature,
Intrusion Prevention automatically discards the packet
and breaks the connection with the computer that sent
the data. This action protects your computer from being
affected in any way.
Intrusion Prevention scanning of every request from
all the devices that access your computer increases the

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

261

scan time which slows down the network speed of your
computer. You can reduce the scan time and improve
the network speed of your computer by excluding the
trusted devices from Intrusion Prevention scanning.
If you are sure that a device on your network is safe,
you use the Edit Device Trust Level window to change
the trust level of the device to Full Trust. You can then
select the Exclude from IPS scanning option to exclude
these trusted devices from Intrusion Prevention scan.
Intrusion Prevention relies on an extensive list of
attack signatures to detect and block suspicious
network activity. Norton 360 runs LiveUpdate
automatically to keep your list of attack signatures up
to date. If you do not use Automatic LiveUpdate, you
should manually run LiveUpdate once a week.

Turning off or turning on Intrusion Prevention
notifications
You can choose whether you want to receive
notifications when Intrusion Prevention blocks
suspected attacks. Whether or not you receive
notifications, Intrusion Prevention activities are
recorded in Security History. The Security History
entries include information about the attacking
computer and information about the attack.
You can choose whether you want to receive
notifications when Intrusion Prevention blocks
suspected attacks based on a particular signature.
To turn off or turn on Intrusion Prevention notifications
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.

262

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Notifications row, do
one of the following:
1
Move the On/Off switch to the right to the Off
position.
1
Move the On/Off switch to the left to the On
position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
To turn off or turn on an individual Intrusion Prevention
notification
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion Signatures
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion Signatures window, click an attack
signature, and then click Properties.
5 In the Signature Properties window, uncheck or
check Notify me when this signature is detected.
6 Click OK.
7 In the Intrusion Signatures window, click OK.
8 In the Settings window, click Apply.

Excluding or including attack signatures in monitoring
In some cases, benign network activity may appear
similar to an attack signature. You may receive
repeated notifications about possible attacks. If you
know that the attacks that trigger these notifications
are safe, you can create exclusion for the attack
signature that matches the benign activity.
Each exclusion that you create leaves your computer
vulnerable to attacks.
If you have excluded the attack signatures that you
want to monitor again, you can include them in the list
of active signatures.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

263

To exclude attack signatures from being monitored
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion Signatures
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion Signatures window, uncheck the
attack signatures that you want to exclude.
5 Click OK.
To include the attack signatures that were previously
excluded
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion Signatures
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion Signatures window, check the
attack signatures that you want to include.
5 Click OK.

Turning off or turning on AutoBlock
When an attack is detected from a computer, the attack
is automatically blocked to ensure that your computer
is safe. If a different attack signature is detected from
the same computer, Norton 360 activates AutoBlock.
The AutoBlock feature blocks all traffic between your
computer and the attacking computer for a specific
time period. During this period, AutoBlock also blocks
the traffic that does not match an attack signature.

You can specify the period for which you want Norton
360 to block the connections from attacking computers.
By default Norton 360 blocks all traffic between your
computer and the attacking computer for a period of
30 minutes.

264

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

AutoBlock stops traffic between your computer and a
specific computer. If you want to stop all traffic to and
from your computer, you can use the Block All
Network Traffic option.
If AutoBlock blocks a computer or computers that you
need to access, you can turn off AutoBlock.
To turn off or turn on AutoBlock
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion AutoBlock
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion AutoBlock window, under
AutoBlock, do one of the following:
1
To turn off Intrusion AutoBlock, click Off.
1

To turn on Intrusion AutoBlock, click On
(Recommended), and then in the AutoBlock
attacking computers for drop-down list, select
how long you want to turn on AutoBlock.

5 Click OK.

Unblocking AutoBlocked computers
In some cases, benign network activity can appear to
be similar to an attack and AutoBlock blocks the
network activity automatically to ensure that your
computer is safe. The list of computers that AutoBlock
has currently blocked may include the computer that
you should be able to communicate with.
If a computer that you need to access appears on the
list of blocked computers, you can unblock it. You may
want to reset your AutoBlock list if you have changed
your protection settings. To reset the AutoBlock list,
you can unblock all of the computers that are on the
list at one time.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

265

To unblock AutoBlocked computers
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion AutoBlock
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion AutoBlock window, under
Computers currently blocked by AutoBlock, do
one of the following:
1
To unblock one computer, select its IP address,
and then click Unblock.
1
To unblock all computers on the AutoBlock list,
click Unblock All.
5 Click OK.

Permanently blocking a computer that has been blocked by
AutoBlock
You can permanently block a computer that has been
blocked by AutoBlock. The permanently blocked
computer is removed from the AutoBlock list and added
as a Restricted computer in the Network Security Map
of Home Networking.
To permanently block a computer that has been blocked
by AutoBlock
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Intrusion Prevention, in the Intrusion AutoBlock
row, click Configure.
4 In the Intrusion AutoBlock window, under
Computers currently blocked by AutoBlock, click
the computer that you want to block permanently.
5 Under the Action column, select Restrict.
6 Click OK.

266

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

Turning off and turning on Browser Protection
You can choose whether you want to protect your Web
browser by allowing Norton 360 to block unknown
programs from accessing your computer.
By default, the Browser Protection option is turned
on. In this case, Norton 360 proactively blocks new or
unknown malware programs before they attack your
computer. By protecting your Web browser, Norton
360 secures your sensitive information and prevents
the attackers from controlling your system remotely.
This feature checks for browser vulnerabilities in
Internet Explorer 6.0 or later, Chrome 10.0 or later, or
Firefox 3.6 or later browsers.

Always keep the Browser Protection setting turned on
to protect your Web browser against attacks by
malicious Web sites.
To turn off or turn on Browser Protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Intrusion and Browser Protection tab, in
the Browser Protection row, do one of the following:
1
To turn off Browser Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on Browser Protection, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply.
5 If you turned off Browser Protection, in the
Protection Alert dialog box, in the Select the
duration drop-down list, select how long you want
to turn off Browser Protection.
6 Click OK.

About Intrusion Prevention exclusion list
The Intrusion Prevention System in Norton 360 scans
all the network traffic that enters and exits your

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

267

computer. When a device on your network requests
access to your computer, Intrusion Prevention scans
this request to ensure that it is not a virus attack. If
the information matches an attack signature, Intrusion
Prevention blocks the traffic from the suspicious device
and protects your computer. Scanning every request
from all the devices that access your computer
increases the scan time which slows down the network
speed of your computer.
If you are sure that a device on your network is safe,
you can change the trust level of the device to Full
Trust. You can configure the trust level of a device
using the Network Security Map. You can exclude these
trusted devices from Intrusion Prevention scan.
Excluding Full Trust devices from the Intrusion
Prevention scan saves the scan time and improves the
network speed of your computer. When you exclude a
device that is set to Full Trust, Norton 360 does not
scan any information that is received from this device.
The Full Trust devices that are excluded from Intrusion
Prevention scan are added to Intrusion Prevention
exclusion list.
When a device on your network attempts to infect your
computer, AutoBlock stops all access requests from
this device. If you add this device to the Intrusion
Prevention exclusion list, Norton 360 removes the
device from the exclusion list.

Ensure that the IP address of the devices that are added
to Intrusion Prevention exclusion list never changes.
If you find that any of the devices that you excluded
from the Intrusion Prevention scan is infected, you can
purge the saved exclusion list. When you purge the
exclusion list, Norton 360 removes all the trusted
devices from the exclusion list.

268

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Intrusion Prevention

Removing all devices from Intrusion Prevention
exclusion list
If you are sure that a device on your network is safe,
you can change the trust level of the device to Full
Trust. These trusted devices can be excluded from
Intrusion Prevention scan. Excluding Full Trust devices
from Intrusion Prevention scan saves the scan time
and improves the network speed of your computer.
When you exclude a Full Trust device from Intrusion
Prevention scan, Norton 360 does not scan any
information that is received from this device. The Full
Trust devices that are excluded from Intrusion
Prevention scan are added to Intrusion Prevention
exclusion list.
If you find that any of the devices that you excluded
from Intrusion Prevention scan is infected, you can
purge the saved exclusion list and remove all the
devices.
You can purge the saved exclusion list under the
following circumstances:
1

Any of the devices that you excluded from Intrusion
Prevention scan is infected.
Any of the devices that you excluded from Intrusion
Prevention scan attempts to infect your computer.
Your home network is infected.

When a device on your network attempts to infect your
computer, AutoBlock stops all the access requests from
this device. If you add this device to the Intrusion
Prevention exclusion list, Norton 360 removes the
device from the exclusion list.
When you remove all the devices from the saved
exclusion list, Intrusion Prevention scans every request
from all the devices that access your computer.
To remove all the devices from the Intrusion Prevention
exclusion list
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

269

2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 Click the Intrusion and Browser Protection tab.
4 Under Intrusion Prevention, in the Exclusion List
row, click Purge.
5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
6 In the Firewall settings window, click Apply.

About Download Insight
Download Insight provides information about the
reputation of any executable file that you download
from the supported portals. The reputation details
indicate whether the downloaded file is safe to install.
You can use these details to decide the action that you
want to take on the file.
Some of the supported portals are:
1
Internet Explorer (Browser)
1

Opera (Browser)

Firefox (Browser)

Chrome (Browser)

AOL (Browser)

Safari (Browser)

Yahoo (Browser)

MSN Explorer (Browser, E-mail & Chat)

QQ (Chat)

ICQ (Chat)

Skype (Chat)

MSN Messenger (Chat)

Yahoo Messenger (Chat)

Limewire (P2P)

BitTorrent (P2P)

Thunder (P2P)

Vuze (P2P)

270

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

Bitcomet (P2P)

uTorrent (P2P)

Outlook (E-mail)

Thunderbird (E-mail)

Windows Mail (E-mail)

Outlook Express (E-mail)

FileZilla (File Manager)

UseNext (Download Manager)

FDM (Download Manager)

Adobe Acrobat Reader (PDF viewer)

Based on the type of portal you use to download your
file, Norton 360 does one of the following:
1

Analyzes the file based on its reputation details
when the download is complete.
Analyzes the file based on its reputation details
when the file is accessed.

Download Insight uses the file analysis results to
provide you the reputation details of the file. The basic
reputation levels of the files are good, bad, unproven,
and poor. Based on the reputation levels, the files can
be broadly classified as follows:
Safe

Includes the files that are either
Norton trusted or User trusted.
Safe files have good reputation
levels. These files do not harm
your computer. By default,
Auto-Protect allows the
execution of the safe files.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

Unsafe

271

Includes the files that Norton
360 identifies as a security risk
or a threat.
Unsafe files are characterized by
bad or poor reputation levels
and Norton 360 removes them
from your computer.

Unknown

Includes the files that are
neither safe nor unsafe.
Unknown files have unproven
reputation. These files might
harm your computer. In the case
of an unknown file, Download
Insight notifies you that it is
unsure of the reputation level of
the file. You can use the View
Details link in the notifications
to view more details of the file.
For unknown files, Norton 360
lets you decide the action that
you want to perform on the file.
For example, you can run a file,
stop the file from running, or
remove the file from your
computer.

By default, Download Insight lets you install safe files.
For files of unknown reputation levels, Download
Insight prompts you to select an action that you want
to perform on the file. In case of an unsafe file,
Download Insight informs you that Norton 360 has
detected the file as a threat and has removed the file.
Based on the reputation details that the Download
Insight notifications provide for the files that need
attention, you can take an action on the file. The
DownloadInsight window provides the various options
that let you select an action. The options that appear
in the window vary depending on the reputation level

272

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

of the downloaded file. The following are some of the
options that are available in this window:
Run this program

Lets you install the executable
program.

Cancel run

Lets you cancel the installation
of the executable program.

Remove this file from my Lets you remove the file from
system
your computer.

Security History logs details of all events that
Download Insight processes and notifies. It also
contains information about the safety level of the file
and the action that you take on the file, if any. You can
view these details in the Download Insight category
in Security History.
When you turn off Auto-Protect, Norton 360
automatically turns off Download Insight. In this case,
your computer is not adequately protected from
Internet threats and security risks. Therefore, ensure
that you always keep Auto-Protect turned on to protect
your computer from security risks.
When Silent Mode is turned on, Norton 360 suppresses
the Download Insight notifications.

Turning off or turning on Download Intelligence
Download Insight protects your computer against any
unsafe file that you may run or execute after you
download it using a supported Web browser. By default,
the Download Intelligence option is turned on. In this
case, Download Insight notifies you about the
reputation levels of any executable file that you
download. The reputation details that Download Insight
provides indicate whether the downloaded file is safe
to install.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

273

There may be times when you want to turn off
Download Insight. For example, if you want to
download an unsafe file. In this case, you must turn off
Download Insight so that Norton 360 lets you download
the file and does not remove it from your computer.
You can use the Download Intelligence option to turn
off or turn on Download Insight.
To turn off Download Intelligence
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Intrusion and Browser Protection tab, in
the Download Intelligence row, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 In the Security Request dialog box, in the Select
the duration drop-down list, select how long you
want to turn off Download Insight, and then click
OK.
6 In the Settings window, click Apply, and then click
Close.
To turn on Download Intelligence
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the Intrusion and Browser Protection tab, in
the Download Intelligence row, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply, and then click
Close.

Configuring the Download Insight Notifications option
You can use the Download Insight Notifications option
to choose when you want Download Insight to display
notifications.

274

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

By default, the Download Insight Notifications option
is set to On. Based on the type of portal you use to
download your file, Norton 360 does one of the
following:
1

Notifies you each time when you download an
executable file.
Notifies you only when you download a file that is
infected with a local virus identification. If the file
that you download is infected with a cloud virus
identification, Norton 360 removes the file from
your computer and notifies you with the threat
details.

When the Download Insight Notifications option is
set to Risks Only, Download Insight notifies only when
you download an infected or a suspicious executable
file.
Setting the Download Insight Notifications to Risks
Only does not turn off analysis of all the other
executable files that you download. Whether or not
you receive notifications of all files, Security History
keeps a record of all the Download Insight activities.
You can review the summary of the Download Insight
alerts and notifications in Security History.
To configure the Download Insight Notifications option
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

275

3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Download Intelligence, in the Download Insight
Notifications row, do one of the following:
1
To receive Download Insight notifications only
for the infected or the suspicious executable files
that you download, move the Download Insight
Notifications switch to the right to the Risks
Only position.
1
To receive Download Insight notifications for
all files that you download, move the Download
Insight Notifications switch to the left to the
On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply, and then click
Close.

Configuring the Download Insight Full Report option
The Download Insight Full Report option lets you
specify when and for what type of file you want to be
prompted to select a suitable action. For example, you
can specify the type of downloaded files for which
Download Insight asks you to decide what to do with
the file and how frequently these prompts for a suitable
action must appear.

276

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

You can use the following options to configure
Download Insight Full Report:
Always

When you set the Download
Insight Full Report option to
Always, Download Insight
prompts you for a suitable action
in case of safe and unknown
files. In this case, the Download
Insight window appears
whenever you try to launch any
downloaded file that has a safe
or an unknown reputation score.
In this window, you can view
details about the file and the
options that let you select a
suitable action for the file.
In the case of unsafe files,
Norton 360 identifies them as
threats and removes them.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

Unproven Only

When you set the Download
Insight Full Report option to
Unproven Only, Download
Insight prompts you to select a
suitable action for unknown files
only. In this case, the Download
Insight window appears
whenever you try to launch any
downloaded file that has an
unknown reputation score. In
this window, you can view
details about the file and the
options that let you select a
suitable action for the file.
By default, the Download Insight
Full Report option is set to
Unproven Only. In this case,
Norton 360 allows the execution
of the safe files without
prompting you for a suitable
action. In the case of unsafe
files, Norton 360 identifies them
as threat and removes them.

277

278

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Download Insight

Never

When you set the Download
Insight Full Report option to
Never, Download Insight does
not prompt you to select a
suitable action for any type of
file that you download. In this
case, the Download Insight
window does not appear
whenever you try to launch any
downloaded file.
In case of unsafe files, Norton
360 identifies them as threat
and removes them.
The alert messages that you
suppress and the activity details
can be reviewed at any time in
Security History.

To configure the Download Insight Full Report option
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Firewall.
3 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Download Intelligence, in the Download Insight
Full Report row, do one of the following:
1
If you want Download Insight to prompt you for
a suitable action in case of safe and unknown
files, move the Download Insight Full Report
switch to the Always position.
1
If you want Download Insight to prompts you to
select a suitable action for unknown files only,
move the Download Insight Full Report switch
to the Unproven Only position.
1
If you do not want Download Insight to prompt
you to select a suitable action for any type of file,
move the Download Insight Full Report switch
to the Never position.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

279

4 In the Settings window, click Apply, and then click
Close.

Turning on or turning off Alert on Poor Stability
When you turn on the Alert on Poor Stability option,
Download Insight prompts you to select a suitable
action when you try to download an unstable file.
When you set the Download Insight Full Report option
to Never, Download Insight does one of the following:
1

Does not prompt you to select a suitable action for
any type of file that you download if the Alert on
Poor Stability option is turned off. The Download
Insight window does not appear whenever you try
to open any downloaded file.
Prompts you to select a suitable action when you
try to download an unstable file if the Alert on Poor
Stability option is turned on. Norton 360 identifies
unsafe files as security threat and removes them.

By default, the Alert on Poor Stability option is turned
off.
To turn on or turn off Alert on Poor Stability
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 On the IntrusionandBrowserProtection tab, under
Download Intelligence, in the Alert on Poor
Stability row, do one of the following:
1
To turn on Alert on Poor Stability, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
1
To turn off Alert on Poor Stability, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
3 Click Apply, and then click Close.

About Norton AntiSpam
Norton AntiSpam lets you categorize the email
messages that you receive in your email programs into
spam email and legitimate email. It filters legitimate

280

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

email into the Inbox folder and spam email into the
Junk folder or the Norton AntiSpam folder.
Norton AntiSpam uses Symantec enterprise-class,
spam-filtering technology to classify the spam email
messages from legitimate email messages. Norton
AntiSpam uses a real-time filter delivery mechanism
and filters email messages using various local filters
at different levels. The local filters classify the email
messages as spam or legitimate. If the local filters
classify the email message as legitimate, Norton
AntiSpam collects information such as signature and
URL hashes of the email message. Norton AntiSpam
then sends this information to the Symantec Web
server for additional analysis.
When the email message is classified as spam, Norton
AntiSpam changes the subject of the email message
and sends it to your email client. The email client
identifies the change in the subject of the email
message and moves it to the Junk folder or the Norton
AntiSpam folder.
The Norton AntiSpam local filters use Whitelist
technique, Blacklist technique, and patented filtering
technology to classify email messages as spam or
legitimate. For these filters to work efficiently, Norton
AntiSpam requires antispam definition updates at
regular intervals through LiveUpdate. These updates
contain signature information of spam and legitimate
email messages. The updates also contain any new rule
that Symantec creates to filter spam email messages.
Norton AntiSpam uses predefined email rules and the
user-defined Allowed List and Blocked List, to expedite
the scanning of email. It accepts email messages from
the list of allowed email senders and blocks email
messages from the list of blocked email senders.
Norton AntiSpam also automatically imports the lists
of addresses from supported email programs during
the initial integration. It helps you keep your list of
allowed and blocked email senders in sync with your
current address books. When Norton AntiSpam imports

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

281

the addresses from your Outlook address book or
Windows address book, it also imports the addresses
that are available in the Safe Sender and the Blocked
Sender lists.

Turning off Norton AntiSpam increases your exposure
to receive unsolicited email messages. Always ensure
that Norton AntiSpam is turned on. It secures your
email client from unwanted online content.
You can review all the antispam statistics under the
AntiSpam category in the Security History window.

About spam filtering features
With the increase in usage of email, many users receive
a number of unwanted and unsolicited commercial
email messages that are known as spam. Not only does
spam make it difficult to identify valid email messages,
but some spam contains offensive messages and
images.
Norton 360 provides several powerful features to
reduce your exposure to unwanted online content.
Integration with
email programs

Adds several options to the toolbar in
supported email programs.
See “About your email program
toolbar” on page 284.

282

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

Allowed and Blocked
Lists

Uses a user-defined address list
to expedite the scanning of email.
Accepts all email messages from
senders in the Allowed List.
Treats all email messages from
senders in the Blocked List as
spam.
Allows and blocks email messages
from entire domains as well as
individual email addresses.

See “About Norton AntiSpam settings”
on page 515.
Automatic import of Automatically imports lists of
addresses
addresses from supported email
programs to keep your list of allowed
email senders and blocked email
senders in sync.
See “Identifying authorized senders”
on page 287.
Web Query

Lets you query the Symantec Web
servers to filter the spam email
messages which the local filters fail
to classify as spam.
See “About Web Query” on page 292.

Automated update of Updates the copies of Symantec spam
spam definitions
definition files automatically.

Configuring Client Integration
The Client Integration tab lists the supported email
programs, or clients, that are installed on your
computer and their associated address books. When
you select an email program, Norton 360 adds a Norton
AntiSpam drop-down list or a few options to the
toolbar of the supported email program. You can use

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

283

the Norton AntiSpam drop-down list or the options to
classify the email messages as spam or legitimate. You
can also use these options to empty the spam folder
and to open the Settings window to configure the
Norton AntiSpam settings. If your email program does
not have a Junk folder, it also adds a Norton AntiSpam
folder in the folders area. You can use the Norton
AntiSpam folder to sort and store spam messages.
However, if your email client has a Norton AntiSpam
folder from the previous version of Norton 360, Norton
AntiSpam uses the Norton AntiSpam folder and not
the Junk folder.

The following email clients do not support client
integration:
1

Outlook 2010 64-bit

Thunderbird

Windows Mail

When you classify an email message as spam or
legitimate, Norton AntiSpam lets you send the
misclassified email message as feedback to Symantec.
You can use the Feedback option to send the
misclassified email message to Symantec for analysis.
You can also import the list of addresses that are
present in the supported email program into the Norton
AntiSpam Allowed List and Blocked List. Norton
AntiSpam automatically adds the new email addresses
from the address book of your supported email program
once in a day when your computer is idle. However, if
you want to manually import addresses, use the Import
option in the Allowed List window.
When you open your email client, the welcome screen
appears. If you do not want the welcome screen to
appear in the future, check the Don't show this again
option before you click Close. Norton 360 notifies the
successful integration of Norton AntiSpam with your
email client.
Norton AntiSpam also automatically imports the lists
of addresses from the supported email programs during

284

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

the initial client integration. It helps you keep your list
of allowed and blocked email senders in sync with your
current address books. When Norton AntiSpam imports
the addresses from your Outlook address book or
Windows address book, it also imports the addresses
that are available in the Safe Sender and the Blocked
Sender lists.
Norton 360 supports Norton AntiSpam integration
with the following email programs:
1
Microsoft Outlook 2002/2003/2007/2010
1

Outlook Express 6.0 or later

Norton 360 supports only the 32-bit version of
Microsoft Outlook 2010.

After successful integration, Outlook Express restarts
automatically.
To configure Client Integration
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Client Integration tab, turn on or turn off
the programs with which you want Norton
AntiSpam to integrate.
4 Select one or more address books to be imported
automatically into your Allowed List.
5 Click Apply to save the changes.

About your email program toolbar
Norton AntiSpam adds a drop-down list or a few
options to the toolbar of supported email programs.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

You can use the following options:
This is
Spam

Marks the selected email as spam and moves
the email message into the Junk folder or the
Norton AntiSpam folder.
When you reclassify an email message as spam,
Norton 360 provides you the option to send the
misclassified email message as feedback to
Symantec. This option appears only if the
Feedback option on the Client Integration tab,
in the AntiSpam settings window, is set as Ask
Me.
When you reclassify an email message as spam,
Norton 360 displays a message whether or not
to add the sender's email address to the Blocked
List. This message appears depending on the
option that you select in the drop-down list
present at the bottom of the Blocked List
window.

This is
Marks the selected email as allowed (not spam)
not Spam and moves the email message into the Inbox.
When you reclassify an email message as
legitimate, Norton 360 provides you the option
to send the misclassified email message as
feedback to Symantec. This option appears only
if the Feedback option on the Client Integration
tab, in the AntiSpam settings window, is set as
Ask Me.
When you reclassify an email message as
legitimate, Norton 360 displays a message
whether or not to add the sender's email address
to the Allowed List. This message appears
depending on the option that you select in the
drop-down list present at the bottom of the
Allowed List window.
Empty
Spam
Folder

Removes all email that has been placed in the
Junk folder or the Norton AntiSpam folder.

285

286

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

Open
Displays the Norton AntiSpam settings section
Norton
of the Norton 360 Settings window
AntiSpam

Setting Address Book Exclusions
When you add an email address to the Address Book
Exclusions list, Norton AntiSpam does not import the
address into the Allowed List and Blocked List. If you
delete an email address from the Allowed List or
Blocked List, Norton AntiSpam automatically adds the
address to the Address Book Exclusions list. However,
when you delete an email address that you manually
added to the Allowed List or Blocked List, Norton
AntiSpam does not add the address to the Address Book
Exclusions list.
You cannot add a domain name to the Address Book
Exclusions list. When you delete a domain name from
the Allowed List or Blocked List, Norton AntiSpam does
not add the domain name to the Address Book
Exclusions list.

You can specify Address Book Exclusions before you
import the address book. Add all email addresses to
the Address Book Exclusions list that you do not want
to import from the address book of your email program.
To add entries to the Address Book Exclusions list
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Address Book Exclusions
row, click Configure.
4 In the Address Book Exclusions window, click Add.
5 In the Add Email Address dialog box, type the email
address.
Optionally, type the name that corresponds to the
email address for easy identification.
6 Click OK to close the Add Email Address dialog box.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

287

7 Click OK to save and close the Address Book
Exclusions window.
To edit or delete entries in the Address Book Exclusions
list
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Address Book Exclusions
row, click Configure.
4 In the Address Book Exclusions window, select the
item with which you want to work.
5 Do one of the following:
1
To edit an entry, click Edit to open the Edit
Email Address window, edit the details, and then
click OK.
1
To delete an entry, click Remove.
6 Click OK to save and close the Address Book
Exclusions window.

Identifying authorized senders
If you are sure that an email address or domain is safe
and do not want Norton AntiSpam to block them, you
can add them to the Allowed List
When your computer is idle, Norton AntiSpam
automatically imports the address book entries and
Safe Sender List entries once in a day.
If you have added a new supported email program, you
can import its address book manually to your Allowed
List immediately or at any time. You can also add
names and domains to the Allowed List individually.

Before you import the address book, you can specify
your Address Book Exclusions. Norton AntiSpam does
not import the email addresses that you add to the
Address Book Exclusions list.
To import an address book
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.

288

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Allowed List row, click
Configure.
4 In the Allowed List window, click Import.
5 In the Allowed List window, click Apply.
6 Click OK.
To add entries to your Allowed List
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Allowed List row, click
Configure.
4 In the Allowed List window, click Add.
5 In the Add Email Address dialog box, in the
Address Type drop-down list, select the address
type.
You can select one the following options.
1
Email
1

Domain

6 Do one of the following:
1
To add an email address, type the email address
that you want to allow, and optionally, the name
of the sender.
1
To add a domain name, type the address of the
domain (for example, symantec.com), and
optionally, the name of the domain.
7 Click OK.
8 In the Allowed List window, click Apply.
9 Click OK
To edit or delete entries in the Allowed List
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

289

3 On the Filter tab, in the Allowed List row, click
Configure.
4 In the Allowed List window, select the item that
you want to edit or delete.
5 Do one of the following:
1
To edit an entry, click Edit to open the Edit
Email Address dialog box, edit the details, and
click OK.
1
To delete an entry, click Remove.
When you delete an entry that was imported,
Norton AntiSpam automatically adds it to the
Address Book Exclusions list.
6 In the Allowed List window, click Apply.
7 Click OK.

Identifying senders of spam
If you do not want to receive any email messages from
a specific address or domain, you can add it to the
Blocked List. Norton AntiSpam marks all email
messages from this address or domain as spam.

Norton AntiSpam also automatically imports the lists
of addresses that are available in the Blocked Sender
lists of your email program into the Blocked List during
the initial client integration or address book import.
Norton AntiSpam lets you type invalid email addresses
to the Blocked List.

Always add suspicious email addresses and domains
to the Blocked List, so that you do not receive
unsolicited email messages from such addresses or
domains.
To import addresses to the Blocked List
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Allowed List row, click
Configure.

290

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

4 In the Allowed List window, click Import.
5 In the Allowed List window, click Apply.
6 Click OK.
To add entries to the Blocked List
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Blocked List row, click
Configure.
4 In the Blocked List window, click Add.
5 In the Add Email Address dialog box, in the
Address Type drop-down list, select the address
type.
You can select one of the following:
1
Email
1

Domain

6 Do one of the following:
1
To add an email address, type the email address
that you want to block, and the name of the
sender.
1
To add a domain, enter the address of the domain
(for example, symantec.com), and the name of
the domain.
7 Click OK.
8 In the Blocked List window, click Apply.
9 Click OK.
To edit or delete entries in the Blocked List
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Blocked List row, click
Configure.
4 In the Blocked List window, select the item with
which you want to work.

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

291

5 Do one of the following:
1
To edit an entry, click Edit to open the Edit
Email Address dialog box, edit the details, and
then click OK.
1
To delete an entry, click Remove.
When you delete an entry that was imported,
Norton AntiSpam automatically adds it to the
Address Book Exclusions list.
6 In the Blocked List window, click Apply.
7 Click OK.

Setting the Feedback option
Email messages in the email client might sometimes
get wrongly classified as spam or legitimate. The
Feedback option lets you send the misclassified email
message as feedback to Symantec for analysis.

The Feedback option is available only when Microsoft
Outlook or Outlook Express is installed on your
computer.
To set the Feedback option
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.

292

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

3 On the Client Integration tab, in the Feedback row,
select any one from the following three options:
On

Automatically sends the
misclassified email message to
Symantec when you classify an
email message as spam or
legitimate

Ask Me

Prompts you before Norton
AntiSpam sends the
misclassified email message to
Symantec when you classify an
email message as spam or
legitimate

Off

Does not send the misclassified
email message to Symantec

4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

About Web Query
With the increase in usage of email, many users receive
a number of unwanted and unsolicited commercial
email messages that are known as spam. Not only does
spam make it difficult to identify valid email messages,
but some spam contains offensive messages and
images. The Web Query is a feature of Norton AntiSpam
that Norton 360 uses to classify the email messages
more effectively.
An effective spam filtration is possible when each email
message that you receive is scanned through different
filters. With only one or two levels of email filters, a
high percentage of legitimate emails are misclassified
as spam or spam is misclassified as legitimate. To avoid
such misclassification, Norton AntiSpam employs
different filters. Each email filter uses a unique

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Norton AntiSpam

293

approach to filter spam email messages from legitimate
email messages.
The email messages that you receive in your email
program undergo scanning through different local
filters of Norton AntiSpam. The local filters use
Whitelist technique, Blacklist technique, and patented
filtering technology to classify email messages as
legitimate or spam. If the local filters classify an email
message as spam, Norton AntiSpam changes the subject
of the email message. Norton AntiSpam then sends the
email message to your email client. If the local filters
fail to classify the email message as spam, Norton
AntiSpam collects information such as signature and
URL hashes of the email message. Norton AntiSpam
then sends this information to the Web Query filter
for additional analysis.
The Web Query filter analyzes the signature and URL
hashes of the email message and then sends the
analysis report to Norton AntiSpam. If the email
message is identified as spam, Norton AntiSpam alters
the subject of the email message and sends it to your
email program. Based on predefined email rules, the
email program then moves the email message to the
Junk folder or the Norton AntiSpam folder.

Symantec recommends that you keep the Web Query
option turned on. Turning off the Web Query option
increases your exposure to the spam email messages
that contain phishing or spam URLs.

Turning off or turning on Web Query
Norton AntiSpam uses local filters to identify spam
email messages. The email messages that the local
filters do not identify as spam are then scanned
additionally through the Web Query filter. Web Query
filter analyzes the signature and URL hashes of the
email messages to classify them as legitimate email or
spam email.
If the email message is identified as spam, then Norton
AntiSpam alters the subject of the email message.

294

Keeping secure on the Internet
About configuring POP3 and SMTP ports

Norton AntiSpam then sends the email message to your
email program. Based on predefined email rules, the
email program then moves the email message to the
Junk folder or the Norton AntiSpam folder.

Symantec recommends you to keep the Web Query
option turned on. Turning off the Web Query option
increases your exposure to the spam email messages
that contain phishing or spam URLs.
To turn off the Web Query filter
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Web Query row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn on the Web Query filter
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Web Query row, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click OK

About configuring POP3 and SMTP ports
Norton 360 automatically configures your email
program to protect it from viruses and other security
threats. Norton 360 supports all email accounts that
use non-SSL POP3 and SMTP communication protocols.
Norton 360 also scans all incoming and outgoing email
messages.
Norton 360 lets you manually configure your POP3 and
SMTP email ports for email protection. Typically, your
Internet service provider (ISP) provides you the port

Keeping secure on the Internet
About configuring POP3 and SMTP ports

295

numbers for your email program. If the SMTP and POP3
port numbers for your email program are different
from the default port numbers, you must configure
Norton 360.
To ensure email protection, Symantec recommends
that you check the POP3 and SMTP port numbers for
your email program. If they are not the default ports,
add them to the Protected Ports window. To configure
the Protected Ports option, go to the Norton 360 main
window, and then click Settings > AntiSpam > Filter
> Protected Ports > Configure.
If you do not want Norton 360 to protect a port, you
can remove the port from the Protected Ports window.

You cannot remove the default SMTP port 25 and POP3
port 110. Norton 360 automatically protects these
default ports.

Adding POP3 and SMTP ports to Protected Ports
Norton 360 supports all email programs that use POP3
and SMTP communication protocols with default ports.
However, if your email program is not configured with
the default ports, you can manually configure your
POP3 and SMTP email ports.
To ensure email protection, the POP3 and SMTP port
numbers must be protected. If the POP3 and SMTP port
numbers are not the default ports, Symantec
recommends that you add the port numbers to the
Protected Ports window.
To add POP3 and SMTP ports to Protected Ports
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Protected Ports row, click
Configure.
4 In the Protected Ports window, click Add.

296

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Metered Broadband Mode

5 In the Add Port to protect window, in the Port Type
drop-down list, do one of the following:
1
To add the incoming email port, click POP3.
1

To add the outgoing email port, click SMTP.

6 In the Port box, type the port number.
The port number must be between 1 and 65535.
7 Click OK.
8 In the Protected Ports window, click Apply, and
then click OK.
9 In the Settings window, click Close.

Removing an email port from Protected Ports
If you do not want Norton 360 to protect a port, you
can remove the port from the Protected Ports window.

Norton 360 automatically protects the default SMTP
port 25 and the default POP3 port 110. You cannot
remove these default ports.
To remove an email port from Protected Ports
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click AntiSpam.
3 On the Filter tab, in the Protected Ports row, click
Configure.
4 In the Protected Ports window, click the port that
you want to remove, and then click Remove.
5 Click Apply and then click OK.
6 In the Settings window, click Close.

About Metered Broadband Mode
The Metered Broadband Mode feature lets you set up
policies to restrict the Internet usage of Norton 360.
You can define the amount of network bandwidth that
Norton 360 can use.
You can choose a communication policy that suits your
Internet connection. If you have unlimited Internet

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Metered Broadband Mode

297

plan, you can set up No Limit policy so that Norton 360
connects to Symantec servers to ensure complete
protection. However, if you think that Norton 360 uses
too much of your Internet connection, you can restrict
the Internet usage of Norton 360. Metered Broadband
Mode helps you manage the data transfer between
Norton 360 and your adapter.
To connect to the Internet, Norton 360 accesses the
gateway through an adapter. The adapter is present
either on your computer or on a connecting device. The
connecting device can be a 3G phone, an Internet data
card, or a wireless network card. Metered Broadband
Mode lets you set up a policy for each adapter that
Norton 360 uses to connect to the Internet.
You can set up one of the following policies for each of
the adapter that Norton 360 uses to connect to the
Internet:
1

No Limit
Lets Norton 360 use the network bandwidth that is
required to ensure complete protection. Symantec
recommends that you apply this policy.
Critical Updates Only
Lets Norton 360 access the Internet only to receive
critical product updates or virus definitions. If you
have a limited Internet connection, you can select
the Critical Updates Only option to ensure
protection from different security threats.
No Traffic
Lets you block Norton 360 from connecting to the
Internet. If you choose this policy, Norton 360
cannot receive critical virus definitions and
program updates, which can lead to potential
dangers and virus attacks.

Turning off or turning on Metered Broadband Mode
You can set up policies to restrict the Internet usage
of Norton 360. If you do not want to restrict the

298

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Metered Broadband Mode

Internet usage of Norton 360, you can turn off Metered
Broadband Mode.
If you feel that Norton 360 uses too much network
bandwidth, you can turn on Metered Broadband Mode.
Then, you can set up policies to restrict the Internet
usage of Norton 360. Norton 360 connects to the
Internet based on the policy that you set up in the
Metered Network Settings window. By default,
Metered Broadband Mode is turned on.
To turn off Metered Broadband Mode
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Metered Broadband Mode row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn on Metered Broadband Mode
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Metered Broadband Mode row, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

Defining the Internet usage of Norton 360
If you think that Norton 360 uses too much of your
network bandwidth, you can restrict the Internet usage
of Norton 360. You can set up policy for each adapter
that Norton 360 uses to connect to the Internet.
The Metered Network Settings window lists all the
adapters that your computer uses to connect the
Internet. You can view the status of the adapters that
are currently in use. The network policy that you set

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Metered Broadband Mode

299

up defines the amount of network bandwidth that
Norton 360 can use.
To define the Internet usage of Norton 360
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Metered Broadband Mode row, move the
On/Off switch to the left to the On position.
4 Click Configure.
The Metered Network Settings window lists all the
adapters that Norton 360 uses to connect to the
Internet.
5 Under the Policy column, click the drop-down list
next to the adapter for which you want to set up a
policy.
6 Select one of the following:
1
No Limit
Lets Norton 360 use the network bandwidth that
is required to ensure complete protection.
1
Critical Updates Only
Lets Norton 360 access the Internet only to
receive critical product updates or virus
definitions.
If you have a limited Internet connection, you
can select the Critical Updates Only option to
ensure protection from different security
threats.
1
No Traffic
Lets you block Norton 360 from connecting to
the Internet. If you choose this policy, Norton
360 cannot receive critical virus definitions and
program updates, which can lead to potential
dangers and virus attacks.
7 Click Apply, and then click OK.
8 In the My Network settings window, Click Close.

300

Keeping secure on the Internet
About Metered Broadband Mode

Securing your
sensitive data

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About securing your sensitive data

About securing your sensitive data
The Internet provides the fastest and the easiest way
to exchange information. In spite of the many
advantages that the Internet provides, you are
vulnerable to information theft and identity theft.
Information can be stolen and misused in several ways.
Following are a few of the most common methods of
information theft:
1

Online financial transactions

Unsafe online storage of sensitive information

Misuse of your identity while you communicate
online

The Identity Safe feature in Norton 360 offers several
powerful ways to tackle identity theft. Identity Safe is
the best tool that you can use to safeguard your identity
while you are online.

About Safe Surfing
Safe Surfing comprises of the Antiphishing and the
Norton Safe Web features. Antiphishing analyzes the
security level of the Web sites that you visit and
displays the results in the Norton Site Safety pop-up

302

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

window. The Norton Safe Web feature provides you a
safe search environment in the Web by displaying the
site rating icons next to every search result.
When you install Norton 360, it adds the Norton
Toolbar to the Internet Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome
browsers. Norton 360 protects your Web browsers when
you turn on the Antiphishing and Norton Safe Web
options in the Safe Surfing section under Identity Safe
option of the Norton 360 Settings window.

The Antiphishing and Norton Safe Web features are
supported in the Internet Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome
Web browsers.
When you turn off Antiphishing and Norton Safe Web,
Identity Safe may autofill fraudulent Web sites with
your confidential information. Symantec recommends
that you do not browse the Web when Antiphishing
and Norton Safe Web features are turned off.

About Antiphishing
Antiphishing protects you from visiting unsafe Web
sites. When Antiphishing is turned on, the Antiphishing
component analyzes the security level of the Web sites
that you visit. It then displays the results in the Norton
Site Safety pop-up window. Antiphishing also blocks
navigation to the Web sites that are confirmed to be
fraudulent.
Antiphishing provides you the following information
about the Web sites you visit:

If the Web site is safe to enter confidential
information
If the Web site is fraudulent

If the Web site is suspicious

If the Web site is known to give annoying results

The Norton Site Safety pop-up window in Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome Web browsers lets you
view more details about the safety status of the Web
sites you visit.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

303

In addition, the Norton Site Safety pop-up window
includes information about Symantec Authenticated
Web sites. Web site hackers often mimic company Web
sites to create fraudulent Web sites. Norton 360
identifies the fraudulent Web sites.
Symantec analyzes the pages of these sites and verifies
if they belong to the company that it represents. You
can be confident that the information that you provide
goes to the company with which you want to do
business.
You can report the evaluation of a Web site you suspect
to be fraudulent to Symantec for further evaluation.
Use the Report Site option from Norton Toolbar to
report a Web site. You can also report the evaluation
of a Web site that you suspect to be fraudulent but
Antiphishing reports as safe.
Even when you turn off the Antiphishing option,
Norton 360 protects you from Internet threats through
its Norton Safe Web features. When Antiphishing is
turned off, you cannot use the Report Site option in
the Norton menu to submit the evaluation of the Web
site to Symantec.
The Norton Site Safety pop-up window displays the
following messages:
1
Site is Safe
1

Site is Unsafe

Site Untested

Norton Secured

Caution

Fraudulent Site

Suspicious Site

Page Not Analyzed

Turning off or turning on Antiphishing
Antiphishing protects you from visiting unsafe Web
sites. The Antiphishing feature in Norton 360 analyzes

304

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

the security level of all the Web sites that you visit and
displays the results in the Norton Site Safety pop-up
window. Antiphishing also blocks navigation to the
Web sites that are confirmed to be fraudulent.
The Norton Site Safety pop-up window helps you
understand if the Web site that you visit is safe or
unsafe.
You can turn off or turn on Antiphishing in the Safe
Surfing section of the Identity Protection settings
window.
To turn off or turn on Antiphishing
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 In the Antiphishing row, do one of the following:
1
To turn off Antiphishing, in the Antiphishing
row, move the On/Off switch to the right to the
Off position.
1
To turn on Antiphishing, in the Antiphishing
row, move the On/Off switch to the left to the
On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.

Reporting an incorrect evaluation of a Web site
On rare occasions, Antiphishing may report incorrect
evaluation of a Web site. For example, you might visit
a site that you shop with regularly and Antiphishing
reports that the site is fraudulent. On the contrary, you
might visit a Web site that you suspect is a phishing
site, but Antiphishing reports that no fraud was
detected. In either case, you can report the Web site to
Symantec for further evaluation.

The Web site you want to report to Symantec for
further evaluation must be kept open in your Web
browser.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

305

To report an incorrect evaluation of a suspicious Web
site
1 Open your browser and go to the Web site that you
think is suspicious.
2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Norton menu, click
Report site.
3 In the dialog box that appears, verify that the Web
site address and click Submit.
4 In the confirmation dialog box, click Close.
To report an incorrect evaluation of a safe Web site
1 Open your browser and go to the Web site that you
think is safe.
2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Norton menu, click
Report site.
3 In the dialog box that appears, verify that the Web
site address and click Submit.
4 In the confirmation dialog box, click Close.

About Norton Safe Web
Norton Safe Web helps you surf, search, and shop more
safely on the Internet. By using Norton Safe Web, you
can check if a Web site is malicious or not even before
you visit it. Norton Safe Web analyzes the Web sites
you visit and detects if there are any viruses, spyware,
malware, or other security threats that exist on the
Web sites. Based on the analysis, Norton Safe Web
provides safety ratings for all the Web sites.
In addition, Norton Safe Web lets you view the
community rating and user reviews of the Web sites
you visit.

Norton Safe Web supports Internet Explorer, Firefox,
or Chrome Web browsers.
You can view the site safety status of any Web site
using the Full Report option on the Norton Site Safety
pop-up window. You can also use the Community Buzz
option on the Norton menu to view the safety status
of the Web sites.

306

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

The Community Buzz option is available only in
English-language versions of Windows.
For each Web site that you want to know the site safety
status, Norton Safe Web lets you do the following:
1

View the Norton rating.

View the community rating.

Add your reviews.

View the user reviews.

View a list of keywords that are tagged to the Web
site.
View the threat information and the general
information about the Web site.

If you use a proxy server to connect to the Internet,
you must configure the Network Proxy Settings of
Norton 360.
When you search the Internet using Google, Yahoo, or
Bing search engines, Norton Safe Web displays site
rating icons next to the search results. As you move
the mouse pointer over the Norton icon, a pop-up
appears with site safety and shopping safety
information. The pop-up displays brief information
about the safety of the site. Norton Safe Web also
provides a detailed report about the safety of the Web
Sites you visit.
You can click the icon next to the search results or the
Full Report option in the Norton Site Safety pop-up
window to view the detailed report. The report is
displayed on the Norton Safe Web site.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

307

Norton Safe Web provides the following Web site safety
states when you browse through the Internet:
Norton Secured

You can see Norton Secured icon
next to the search results.
Symantec has analyzed this page
and determined that the Web
site is VeriSign trusted and is
safe to visit.

Site is Safe

You can see a green OK icon next
to the search results.
When you visit a Web site with
this status, you can see a similar
status icon on the Norton
Toolbar. Norton Safe Web has
analyzed this Web site and
determined that it is safe to visit.

Site Untested

You can see a gray question
mark icon next to the search
results.
When you visit this Web site, the
Norton Toolbar shows a green
OK icon. Norton Safe Web has
not analyzed this Web site and
it does not have sufficient
information about this web site.
As Symantec has not tested the
Web site, it is recommended that
you do not visit this Webs site.

308

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Site is Unsafe

You can see a red cross (x) icon
next to the search results.
When you visit a Web site with
this status, you can see a similar
status icon on the Norton
Toolbar. Norton Safe Web has
analyzed this Web site and
determined that the Web site is
unsafe to visit. This Web site
may attempt to install malicious
software on your computer.

Caution

You can see a yellow exclamation
mark icon next to the search
results.
When you visit a Web site with
this status, you can see a similar
status icon on the Norton
Toolbar. Norton Safe Web has
analyzed this Web site and
determined that this web site
has some threats that are
classified as Annoyance Factors.
These annoyance factors are not
dangerous, but it can install
unwanted applications on your
computer without your
permission.

In addition to the site safety information, Norton Safe
Web provides the following shopping safety
information:
Safe

Norton Safe Web has analyzed
this Web site and determined
that you can have a safe
shopping experience.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Untested

Norton Safe Web does not have
sufficient information about this
Web site to provide a shopping
safety rating.

Risky

Norton Safe Web has analyzed
this Web site and determined
that the site has shopping risks.

309

Symantec recommends that you
do not visit this page. The Web
site may sell counterfeit items
without proper indication.
Limited

Norton Safe Web has analyzed
this Web site and has only some
information about the Web site
to provide shopping safety
information.
The information is not sufficient
to declare that the Web site is
safe to shop.

When you visit any Web site that has an unsafe status,
Norton Safe Web blocks that Web page. If you still want
to view the site, use the Continue to site anyway option
that appears on the blocked page. You can use the
Malicious Site Warning Page option under Safe
Surfing section of the Identity Protection settings to
turn off or turn on this setting. If you turn off this
option, Norton Safe Web does not block the unsafe Web
sites. However, Norton Toolbar still displays the status
of these sites as unsafe even when the option is turned
off.
In addition, Norton Safe Web protects your computer
while you use Facebook. It scans each URL that is
available on your Facebook Wall and displays the
Norton rating icons for the scanned URLs. You can also
let other Facebook users know about the security status
of any Web site.

310

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

To scan your Facebook Wall using Norton Safe Web,
use the Scan Facebook Wall option. The option appears
when you click the Run Scans option in the Tasks
window.

Turning off or turning on Norton Safe Web
Norton Safe Web protects your computer while you
browse the Internet using Internet Explorer, Firefox,
or Chrome Web browsers. It analyzes the security levels
of the Web sites that you visit and indicates if the Web
sites are free from threats. It provides you a safe
environment on the Web by displaying the site rating
icons next to each search result. The site rating icons
lets you know if a Web site is malicious or not even
before you visit it.
You can turn off or turn on Norton Safe Web in the
Safe Surfing section under Identity Protection
settings window.
To turn off or turn on Norton Safe Web
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 In the Norton Safe Web row, do one of the following:
1
To turn off Norton Safe Web, in the Norton Safe
Web row, move the On/Off switch to the right
to the Off position.
1
To turn on Norton Safe Web, in the Norton Safe
Web row, move the On/Off switch to the left to
the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 Click Close.

Searching the Web using Norton Safe Search
Norton Safe Search enhances your Web search
experience. When you search the Internet using Norton
Safe Search, it uses Ask.com to generate the search
results. Norton Safe Search provides the site safety

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

311

status and Norton rating for each of the search results
generated.
By default, the Norton Safe Search box is disabled.
After you install Norton 360 and open Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome Web browsers for the first
time, an alert message is displayed. The alert message
prompts you to enable Norton Safe Search. You can
choose to enable or disable Norton Safe Search.
Norton Safe Search provides you the intelligent
search-as-you-type feature that displays search
suggestions when you type a few letters of the search
phrase.
In addition, Norton Safe Search provides the following
features:
Unsafe Site Filter

When you search the Internet
using Norton Safe Search, it
analyzes the security levels of
the Web sites and displays the
search results.
You can use the Filter Out
Unsafe Sites option in the
Norton Safe Search Web site to
filter the unsafe Web sites from
the search results. When you
click the Filter Out Unsafe Sites
option the Unsafe Site Filter
option is turned on. By default
this option is turned off.

312

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Erase Search History

Norton Safe Search enables you
to erase all the data that are
related to your search activities
from the Ask.com server. The
Privacy Safeguard feature of
Norton Safe Search removes the
search data, such as your IP
address, user identifier, and
session identifier from the
Ask.com server.
You can turn on or turn off
Privacy Safeguard using the Turn
On Privacy Safeguard and Turn
Off Privacy Safeguard options
respectively.

Norton Safe Search feature is available only for some
regions including the United States, the United
Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and Germany. The Privacy
Safeguard feature is available only for the United
States, the United Kingdom, and Canada.
You can use Norton Safe Search even when you turn
off the Identity Safe features.

Norton Safe Search is supported only in the Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome Web browsers.
To search the Web using Norton Safe Search
1 Start your Web browser.
2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Norton Safe Search
box, type the search string that you want to search.
3 Do one of the following:
1
Click Search.
1

In the pop-up window that appears, select a
search suggestion that matches your search
string.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

313

About Identity Safe
Identity Safe helps you manage your identities and
provides additional security while you perform online
transactions.
The following features in Identity Safe provide secure
storage of your sensitive information:
Edit Logins

Stores login information, such
as your login credentials for your
online bank account, email user
ID, and password.

Edit Cards

Stores your personal
information, such as addresses,
date of birth, and credit card
information.

Edit Notes

Stores the details, such as
passport numbers and social
security numbers.

In addition to being a depository of sensitive
information, Identity Safe provides the following
features:
1
Protects you from identity theft when you perform
online transactions
Antiphishing also helps to protect you from
malicious Web sites when you perform online
transactions.
1
Manages your card information when you have
multiple credit cards to maintain
1
Safeguards the data that you save on your computer
By saving your data with a local vault, you can
prevent your sensitive Identity Safe data on your
computer from being misused. A local vault is
specific to each of the Windows user accounts
present on your computer.

314

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Provides you the ease of carrying and using your
Identity Safe data when you are on the move
By saving your data using an online vault, you can
access your sensitive Identity Safe data from any
computer that has Norton 360 installed.

Norton 360 adds the Norton Toolbar to the Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome Web browsers. The
Norton Toolbar has the following components:
1
Norton menu
1

Norton Safe Search

Safe Web indicator

Identity Safe menu

When you have cards or logins in Identity Safe, the
Identity Safe menu displays the list of cards and logins.

Norton 360 supports Google Chrome version 10.0 or
later.
If you turn off Identity Safe, you cannot access your
logins and Identity Safe features from the Norton
Toolbar.
Norton 360 lets you view and access some of the
Identity Safe features even after the product expires.
This way, you can still view your login details even
after Norton 360 expires. However, it is not safe to
browse the Internet after Norton 360 expires as you
are vulnerable to online thefts and phishing attacks.
When your product expires, you cannot access the
Identity Safe features from the Identity Protection
section of the Settings window. You can view and
access these features using the Identity Safe menu or
the Norton menu that is available on the Norton
Toolbar.
The following are the activities that you can perform
after the product expires:
1

Back up your Identity Safe data and save it as a .DAT
or .CSV files.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

315

Open the Edit Logins window and view the logins
that you saved.

About setting up Identity Safe
Identity Safe helps you manage your sensitive
information and provide additional security while you
perform online transactions. The features in Identity
Safe provide a secure storage for your personal
information such as your address, login information,
passwords, and credit card details.
Identity Safe provides a secure storage for the
following:
1

Login information such as user IDs and passwords
of your email accounts
Personal information such as your address, date of
birth, passport number, and social security number.
Credit card details including card number and card
expiry date.

You can view all the options that are available in
Identity Safe only after you set up Identity Safe.
For each Windows user account, Identity Safe lets you
create a local vault and save your Identity Safe data.
The data that you save and any of the Identity Safe
settings that you configure are specific to that local
vault. You cannot access the data that you save in one
Windows user account from another user account. This
way Identity Safe protects your sensitive data from
being misused even when you share your computer
with others.
In addition to the local vault that you create on a
Windows user account, you can save your Identity Safe
data in online vault.
You can access the Identity Safe data that you stored
online from any computer that meets the following
criteria:
1

The latest version of Norton 360 must be installed.

The computer must be connected to the Internet.

316

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

The Identity Safe data is stored online using your
Norton Account. You can create only one online vault
for a Norton Account.

If you have Identity Safe data that is stored on any
external drives from the older versions of Norton 360,
you can convert that portable profile to local vault or
online vault. When you connect your external drive to
your computer, the Identity Safe menu in the Norton
Toolbar provides option to merge or delete the Identity
Safe data from your portable profile. You can merge
the data from the portable profile to local vault or
online vault.

Turning off or turning on Identity Safe
Identity Safe helps you manage your identity and
provides additional security while you perform online
transactions. You can use the various features in
Identity Safe to manage your personal data such as
addresses, date of birth and credit card information.
The logins, cards, and notes help you store and use
your personal information in a secure way.
You can turn off or turn on the Identity Safe from the
Quick Controls in the Settings window or from the
Settings window for Identity Protection.

After you turn on Identity Safe, you must log in to
Identity Safe to access the various features.
To turn off or turn on Identity Safe from Quick Controls
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls, do
one of the following:
1
To turn off Identity Safe, uncheck Identity Safe.
1

To turn on Identity Safe, check Identity Safe.

To turn off Identity Safe from Settings window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

317

2 In the Identity Protection settings window, in the
Identity Safe row, move the On/Off switch to the
right to the Off position.
3 Click Apply.
To turn on Identity Safe from Settings window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 In the Identity Protection settings window, in the
Identity Safe row, move the On/Off switch to the
left to the On position.
3 Click Apply.

About Identity Safe vaults
You can create one local vault for each Windows user
account on your computer. The data that you save and
the Identity Safe settings that you make are specific to
that local vault. You cannot access the data that you
save in one Windows user account from another
Windows user account. This way Identity Safe protects
your sensitive data from misuse by multiple users of
your computer.
Symantec recommends that you create separate
password-protected Windows user accounts if you want
to share your computer with multiple users.
In addition to the local vault that you create on a
Windows user account, you can save your Identity Safe
data in online vault. When you move your Identity Safe
data from local vault to online vault, the data in your
local vault is permanently removed. The Identity Safe
data is stored online using your Norton Account.
You can access the Identity Safe data that you stored
online from any computer that meets the following
criteria:
1

The latest version of Norton 360 must be installed.

The computer must be connected to the Internet.

You can create only one online vault for a Norton
Account.

318

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

If you have Identity Safe data that is stored on any
external drives from the older versions of Norton 360,
you can convert that portable profile to local vault or
online vault. When you connect your external drive to
your computer, the Identity Safe menu in the Norton
Toolbar provides option to merge the Identity Safe
data from your portable profile. You can merge the
data from the portable profile to your local vault or
online vault.
In addition to the features such as saving logins, cards,
and notes, you can do the following using your Identity
Safe vault:

Import your Identity Safe data from the file you
already backed up. You can also import the data
that you stored in portable profile from an older
version of the product to the current version.
Export your Identity Safe data to .DAT file.

Reset your Identity Safe.

About creating Identity Safe vaults
Identity Safe helps you manage your sensitive
information and provide additional security while you
perform online transactions. The various features in
Identity Safe provide a secure storage for your personal
information such as your address, login information,
passwords, and credit card details.
Identity Safe lets you create one local vault per
Windows user account.
In addition to the local vault, you can save your Identity
Safe data in online vault. When you move your Identity
Safe data from local vault to online vault, the data in
your local vault is permanently removed.
You can access the Identity Safe data that you stored
online from any computer that meets the following
criteria:
1

The latest version of Norton 360 must be installed.

The computer must be connected to the Internet.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

319

You can create only one online vault for a Norton
Account. You must log in to your Norton Account to
move Identity Safe data from the local vault to the
online vault.
You can create Identity Safe vaults from the Identity
Safe section under Identity Protection of the Settings
window.
Creating local vault and online vault
Identity Safe lets you create a local vault and save your
Identity Safe data. You can create one local vault for
each Windows user account.
In addition to the local vault that you create on a
Windows user account, you can save your Identity Safe
data in online vault. The Identity Safe data is stored
online vault using your Norton Account.
You can access the Identity Safe data that you stored
online from any computer that meets the following
criteria:

The latest version of Norton 360 must be installed.

The computer must be connected to the Internet.

You can create only one online vault for a Norton
Account.
To create local vault
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Identity Safe Setup row,
click Configure.
4 In the Set Up Identity Safe window, in the Create
Password box, type your password.
5 In the Confirm Password box, type the password
again to confirm.
6 In the Password Hint box, type a hint for the
password.

320

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

7 Uncheck Store information online through your
Norton Account.
This option appears only if you log in to your Norton
Account.
8 Click Create.
9 In the Identity Safe Setup Successful window, click
Done.
To create online vault
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Identity Safe Setup row,
click Configure.
4 Click Login to Norton Account, and enter your
Norton Account credentials. If you do not have a
Norton Account, you can create a new Norton
Account using Create Norton Account option in the
Login to Norton Account window.
5 In the Set Up Identity Safe window, in the Create
Password box, type the password.
You must provide a strong password to create online
vault. You can click How to create a strong
password? link to know more about creating strong
passwords.
6 In the Confirm Password box, type the password
again to confirm.
7 In the Password Hint box, type a hint for the
password.
8 Check Store information online through your
Norton Account.
This option appears only if you log in to your Norton
Account.
9 Click Create.
10 In the Identity Safe Setup Successful window, click
Done.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

321

Logging in to Norton Account
Identity Safe lets you create a local vault and an online
vault to save your Identity Safe data. You must log in
to your Norton Account to create an online vault. The
Identity Safe data is stored online using your Norton
Account.
You can access the Identity Safe data that you stored
online from any computer that meets the following
criteria:

The latest version of Norton 360 must be installed.

The computer must be connected to the Internet.

You can create only one online vault per Norton
Account. If you already have a Norton Account, you
can log in with your credentials or create a new
account.
To log in to Norton Account
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Identity Safe Setup row,
click Configure.
4 At the bottom of the Set Up Identity Safe window,
click Login to Norton Account.
5 In the Login to Norton Account window, type your
E-mail Address and Password.
6 Click Log In.
Moving local vault to online vault
You can move the Identity Safe data from your local
vault to the online vault. When you move the data from
your local vault to online vault, all the data in your
local vault is removed permanently.
The Move Identity Safe Online option in Identity Safe
helps you to save your data online.

322

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

The following are the benefits of moving your Identity
Safe data online:
1

Your computer must have the latest version Norton
360 installed and must be connected to the Internet.
1

Lets you access your Identity Safe data from any
computer.

Lets you access your Identity Safe data from online
vault without depending on any external drive.
Provides a convenient means to automatically
synchronize Identity Safe data across different
computers using your Norton Account.

You must log in to your Norton Account to move the
Identity Safe data from your local vault to online vault.
To move local vault to online vault
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Move Data Online row,
click Configure.
4 In the Move Identity Safe Data Online window, in
the Enter the Password box, type the password for
your local vault.
5 Click Login to Norton Account.
6 In the Login to Norton Account window, type your
Norton Account user name and password, and click
Log In.
7 Click Validate.
8 In the Move Identity Safe Data Online window,
click Move Data.
9 In the Move Identity Safe Data Online window,
click Done.
Merging local vault to online vault
Identity Safe lets you store and manage your sensitive
information including your address, login information,
passwords, and credit card details. You can create a

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

323

local vault and save your Identity Safe data in your
local computer.
In addition to the local vault that you create, you can
save your Identity Safe data in an online vault. When
you save your data in online vault, you can access your
Identity Safe data from any computer that has Norton
360 installed.
You can merge the Identity Safe data from your local
profile that you have created into your online vault.

When you merge the data from local vault to online
vault, the data from the local vault is permanently
moved to the online vault. You can access the data from
the online vault.
To merge local vault to online vault
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Move Data Online row,
click Configure.
4 In the Move Identity Safe Data Online window, in
the Enter the Password box, type the password for
your local vault.
5 Click Login to Norton Account option at the bottom
of the Move Identity Safe Data Online window.
6 In the Login to Norton Account window, type your
Norton Account user name and password, and click
Log In.
7 Click Validate.
If you already have an online vault, Norton 360
automatically takes you to Merge Identity Safe
Online window to merge your local vault with your
online vault.
8 In the Warning dialog box, click Yes.
This window appears only if your Norton Account
already has an online vault associated with it.

324

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

9 In the Merge Identity Safe Data Online window,
type your online vault password associated with
your Norton Account in the Enter the Password
box.
10 In the Merge Identity Safe Data Online window,
click Merge.
Deleting local vault and online vault
Identity Safe lets you create a local vault and an online
vault to save your Identity Safe data. If you no longer
require your Identity Safe data that is stored in your
local vault and online vault, you can delete the vaults.
When you delete the local vault and online vault, all
the Identity Safe data is permanently removed.
To delete the local vault and online vault
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Delete Data row, click
Configure.
4 In the Warning window, click Yes.
5 In the Settings window, click Apply.
6 Click Close.
Merging portable profile to local vault or online vault
If you have Identity Safe data that is stored on any
external drives from the older versions of Norton 360,
you can merge that portable profile to local vault or
online vault. When you connect your external drive to
your computer, the Identity Safe menu in the Norton
Toolbar provides option to merge the Identity Safe
data from your portable profile. You can merge the
data from the portable profile to local vault or online
vault.

You can merge the Identity Safe data from the portable
profile to the vault that you are currently logged in.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

325

To merge the Identity Safe data from portable profile
to local vault or online vault
1 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Identity Safe menu,
click Merge Portable Data (Drive:\).
This option appears only if you connect an external
drive with portable profile.
2 In the dialog box that appears, click Yes.
3 In the Import Identity Safe Data window, under
Import my data from, click Portable Profile
(Drive:\).
4 In the Password box, type the password.
5 Do one of the following:
1
If you want to delete the data from the portable
profile after import, check Delete original data
once merged.
1
If you do not want to delete the data from the
portable profile after import, uncheck Delete
original data once merged.
Importing logins
Identity Safe lets you import the logins that you have
saved in Internet Explorer. After you set up Identity
Safe vaults, the Identity Safe Setup Successful window
appears.
You can use this window to import your logins. The
imported logins appear in the Identity Safe menu on
the Norton Toolbar and in the Edit Logins window.
You can use the imported logins the same way that you
use the logins that you create.
To import logins
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Identity Safe Setup row,
click Configure.
3 Set up Identity Safe.

326

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

4 In the Identity Safe Setup Successful window, do
one of the following:
1
Check Import my logins from Internet Explorer
to import all the logins that you saved in your
Web browser.
1
Uncheck Import my logins from Internet
Explorer, if you do not want to import all the
logins that you saved in your Web browser.
5 In the Identity Safe Setup Successful window, click
Done.

Resetting Identity Safe
There may be instances when you need to reset your
Identity Safe.
You may need to reset your Identity Safe in the
following occasions:
1
You experience a computer failure.
1

You forget your Identity Safe password.

If you forget your Identity Safe password, you cannot
restore it. You can only reset your Identity Safe and
store all your data again.
Norton 360 lets you enter an incorrect password three
times. If your attempts are unsuccessful, Norton 360
provides you an option to reset your Identity Safe. If
you reset the Identity Safe, you lose all the Identity
Safe data that you stored, such as your login
information, cards, and notes.
To reset your Identity Safe
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, in the Log in to Identity Safe
row, click Configure.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

327

4 In the Enter the Password box, type your Identity
Safe password.
If you forget your password, Identity Safe lets you
enter wrong password three times. If your attempts
are unsuccessful, the Trouble Logging In? window
appears.
5 In the Trouble Logging In? window, click Reset
Identity Safe.
If you forget the Identity Safe password of your
online vault, you need to provide your Norton
Account credentials to reset your Identity Safe.
6 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

Accessing Identity Safe
You can access the Identity Safe settings from the
following sections of Norton 360:
1

1
1

From the Identity Safe section in the Identity
Protection settings window
From the Norton Toolbar
From the Identity Protection section in the Norton
360 main window

With Norton 360, you can access and configure some
of the Identity Safe features even after the product
expires. The following are the features that you can
view or access after the product expires:
Edit Logins

You can view the Edit Logins
window using the Identity Safe
menu on the Norton Toolbar.
Although the product is expired,
you can still view all the logins
that you saved for a Web site.
However, you cannot save, add,
or update that logins after the
product expires.

328

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Export Data

You can use this feature to take
a backup of your Identity Safe
data.
The data that you back up are
stored as .DAT file.

You must be logged in to Identity Safe to access the
Identity Safe features. The Identity Safe features are
supported only in the Internet Explorer, Firefox, or
Chrome Web browsers.
To access Identity Safe settings from the main window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, for the Identity Safe feature
that you want to open, click Configure.
To access Identity Safe settings from the Settings
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Identity Protection.
3 Under Identity Safe, for the Identity Safe feature
that you want to open, click Configure.
To access Identity Safe settings from the Norton Toolbar
1 Start your Web browser.
2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Norton menu, click
Settings.
3 For the Identity Safe feature that you want to open,
click Configure.

Logging in to and logging out of Identity Safe
You can log in to or log out of Identity Safe from the
following areas of Norton 360:
1
The Identity Safe section in the Settings window
for Identity Protection

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

329

The Identity section in the Norton 360 main
window
The Norton Toolbar

To secure your Identity Safe data from others, log out
of Identity Safe whenever you are away from your
computer.
Identity Safe automatically logs you out of the current
vault, when you are logged in to your local vault or
online vault and click Identity Safe Setup to create a
new vault
To view or edit your confidential data, you must be
logged in to Identity Safe.
To log in to Identity Safe
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Log in to Identity Safe.
2 In the Log in to Identity Safe window, in the Enter
the Password box, type the password of the vault
you want to log in.
3 Click Log In.
To log out of Identity Safe
4

In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Log out of Identity Safe. You can also log
out from the Settings window for Identity
Protection.

To log in to Identity Safe from the Norton Toolbar
1 Start your Web browser.
2 On the Norton Toolbar, click Identity Safe.
3 Under Identity Safe menu, click Log in to Identity
Safe.
4 In the Log in to Identity Safe window, in the Enter
the Password box, type the password of the vault
you want to log in.
5 Click Log In.
To log out of Identity Safe from the Norton Toolbar
1 Start your Web browser.

330

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

2 On the Norton Toolbar, click Identity Safe, and
then click Log out of Identity Safe.

Configuring Identity Safe settings
You can use the various features in Identity Safe to
manage your personal sensitive information. The
logins, cards, and notes help you store and use your
information in a secure way.
To configure Identity Safe settings
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

331

2 Under Identity Safe, identify the feature that you
want to use, and click Configure. Your options are:
Identity Safe Setup

Lets you set up Identity Safe
vault.
You can create a local vault or
an online vault and store your
Identity Safe data.
You must log in to your
w
Norton Account to create an
online vault.

332

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Browsing Options

Lets you configure the way you
want Identity Safe to collect,
store, and display the login
information for the Web pages
you visit.
You can configure Identity Safe
to display your cards that you
created for the Web sites that
have forms. You can also
configure the autofill settings for
the Web sites that contain
security threats.
In addition, you can do the
following activities:
1
Configure the region for your
card information.
1
Specify how you want Norton
Identity Safe to use the
autofill feature.
1
Set the options that make
Identity Safe to display a
message to notify you that
you have inserted an external
drive.
1
Set the options that make
Identity Safe to warn you
about the unsafe removal of
external drives.
1
Turn off the browser’s
password manager

Password & Security

Lets you change the password
settings and the security level of
your Identity Safe password.
You should change your
w
Identity Safe password
frequently to keep your Identity
Safe data from being misused.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Edit Cards

Lets you manage your personal
information such as name, date
of birth, email address, and
credit card information in one
place.
You can use the information that
you store to automatically fill
forms. This feature lets you
provide sensitive information
without typing it when you are
online. In this way, Identity Safe
protects you from keyloggers
that steal and misuse your
identity.

Edit Logins

Lets you manage your various
login information.
Logins include information such
as your email login credentials
and Internet banking
credentials.
When you save all of your login
information in the Identity Safe,
you can do the following:
1
Easily track all your logins
1
Quickly launch your login
Web sites
1
View or update your
password for the Web site
1
Use folders to organize your
logins
1
Change your login settings

333

334

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Edit Notes

Lets you store and manage
sensitive information.
You can save social security
number, driver's license number,
insurance policy number, and
passport number. You can also
save private accounts, lock
combinations, documents, notes,
frequent flier numbers, bank
account number, security
challenge questions, and legal
and financial information.

Export Data

Lets you back up the Identity
Safe data in .DAT or .CSV file
formats.
You should back up all of
w
your Identity Safe data
periodically.

Import Data

Lets you import the Identity Safe
data from the backed up file or
from the portable profile that
you have from the older versions
of Norton 360.
When you import the Identity
Safe data you have the following
options:
1

Merge the imported data in
to the vault that you are
currently logged in.
Replace the existing Identity
Safe data that you stored in
your vault that you are
logged in with the imported
data.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Move Data Online

335

Lets you move your Identity Safe
data that you stored in your local
vault to online vault.
When you move your
w
Identity Safe data from local
vault to online vault, the data in
the local vault is permanently
removed.

Delete Data

Lets you permanently remove
the Identity Safe vault.

About Edit logins
The Edit Logins feature in Identity Safe lets you view
all the logins that you want Identity Safe to manage.
Login information includes information such as your
email login credentials and Internet banking
credentials.
Identity Safe provides you the option to save your
logins when you enter your login information in a Web
site's login page. You can instantly save your login
information in Identity Safe.

To manage your logins, you must be logged in to
Identity Safe.
Identity Safe offers the following features:
1
Safely stores Web site login information

Lets you save multiple IDs or accounts and
passwords for a Web site
Lets you organize your logins under various folders

Intelligently searches for a particular login

Lets you save the Web site name with a name other
than the default name
Displays the login ID and lets you show or hide the
password
Displays the strength of the password for your login

336

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Lets you quickly launch the Web site login page

Fills in your login automatically when you revisit
Web pages
Lets you manually add logins

Lets you change the URL of your saved logins

Lets you view the last time you made changes to
the settings of your saved logins
Lets you view and fill the login details that you
saved for a Web site even after Norton 360 expires.
To do so, use the Identity Safe menu on the Norton
Toolbar in the Web browser.

The Identity Safe features are supported in the Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome Web browsers.

Norton 360 supports Google Chrome version 10.0 or
later.

Saving logins
Logins are saved when you enter them for the first
time. You can save multiple logins for the same Web
page. You can also save the same login for different
Web pages.
When you provide your login credentials on a Web site,
Identity Safe displays Save your login for this site? on
the Norton Toolbar. You can provide a name for your
login and select the folder in which you want to save
your login. The folders that you create appear in the
Folder drop-down list in the Save login for site dialog
box.
After Identity Safe saves a login, it automatically fills
the login details next time you visit the Web site.
You must be logged in to Identity Safe to save and use
autofill passwords. If the password or user name field
is blank, Identity Safe does not prompt you to save the
login.
Identity Safe lets you view and fill the login information
that you saved for a Web site even after the product

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

337

expires. You can use the Identity Safe menu on the
Norton Toolbar to view the logins.

You can only view your saved logins after Norton 360
expires, you cannot save or add any new logins.
When you try to save a login after the product expires,
a pop-up window appears and suggests you to renew
the subscription of the product. You can use the pop-up
to renew the subscription.
To save a login
1 Go to the Web site for which you want to save your
login.
2 Type your login details, and then click the option
or link that logs you in.
3 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Save your login for
this site? row, do one of the following:
1
If you want to save your login, click Save. In the
Save Login for Site dialog box, type a name for
your login in the Name box, select the folder in
which you want to save your login from the
Folder drop-down list, and then click Save.
1
If you do not want to save your login this time,
click Don’t Save.
1
If you never want to save your login, click Never.
To save additional logins for a Web site
1 Go to the Web page for which you want to save
another login.
Your login credentials automatically appear on the
Web page.
2 Clear the login credentials that appear on the Web
page.
3 Type the new login, and then click the option or link
that logs you in.
4 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Save your login for
this site? row, click Save.

338

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

5 In the Save Login for Site dialog box, type a name
for your login in the Name box, select the folder in
which you want to save your login from the Folder
drop-down list.
6 Click Save.

Editing logins
Edit Logins lets you view all of the logins that you want
Identity Safe to manage.
Edit Logins provides the following features:
1
Lets you safely store Web site login information.

Lets you save multiple IDs or accounts and
passwords for a Web site.
Lets you organize your logins under various folders.

Intelligently searches for a particular login.

Displays the login ID and lets you show or hide the
password.
Displays the strength of the password for each of
the logins.
Lets you quickly launch the Web site login page.

Fills in your login automatically when you revisit
Web pages.
Lets you manually add logins.

Lets you change the URL of your saved logins.

Lets you save the Web site name with a name other
than the default name.

Lets you view the last time you made changes to
the settings of your saved logins.

Edit Logins also lets you view and fill the login details
that you saved for a Web site even after Norton 360
expires. To do so, use the Identity Safe menu on the
Norton Toolbar.
To create a new folder
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

339

2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, click Create New Folder.
4 In the New Folder dialog box, in the Enter new
folder name box, type a folder name.
5 Click OK.
6 Click Close.
To add a login manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, click Create New Login.
4 In the New Login dialog box, type the URL of the
Web site or a name for which you want to use this
login.
If it is a URL, ensure that you prefix it with HTTP.
5 Click OK.
6 In the Username dialog box, in the Enter new
username box, type the user name of the login, and
then, click OK.
7 In the Information dialog box, click OK.
The Information dialog box prompts you to set a
password for the login that you created.
8 In the Edit logins window, in the Password box,
type the password of your login.
9 Click Close.
10 In the Save dialog box, click Yes to save the changes.
The Save dialog box appears only if you set a
password for the login that you created.
To set a password for the login that you added manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.

340

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
login for which you want to set a password.
4 Under Details, next to Password box, click Show.
The Validate Password for Identity Safe window
appears. This window appears only if you have
changed the Identity Safe password security level
to Ask for my password before filling out a login
or form in the Password & Security window.
5 In the Validate Password for Identity Safe window,
do the following:
1
In the Enter the Password box, type your
Identity Safe password.
1
Click Validate.
6 In the Edit Logins window, in the Password box,
type your Identity Safe password.
7 Click Close.
8 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes to save the
changes.
To delete a login or a folder
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
Web site name or the folder that you want to delete.
4 Click Delete.
5 In the Warning dialog box, click Yes.
6 Click Close.
Managing your URL details
Edit Logins lets you view the URL of the logins that
you saved. You can view the URL of the Web site logins
that you save in Edit Logins.
When you save a login, you can do the following:
1
Quickly launch the Web site login page using the
URL

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

341

Change the URL of the login manually
Ensure that the URL you change belongs to the
same domain as the current URL.
View the details of the date and time when you last
made to the Edit Logins settings

To quick-launch a login Web page
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
login for which you want to launch the Web site.
If you have saved your login in a folder, double-click
the folder and select the login.
4 Under Details, click the URL that is available next
to the Address option to launch the Web site.
5 Click Close.
To change the URL of your login
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
login for which you want to launch the Web site.
4 Under Details, click Change that is available next
to the Address option.
5 In the Update URL window, in the Enter the new
URL here box, type the new URL.
Ensure that the URL you modify is valid and is
prefixed with HTTP.
6 Click OK.
7 In the Edit Logins window, click Close.
Changing the user name and password
Identity Safe lets you change the user name and
password for the logins that you have saved in the Edit

342

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Logins window. The updated information is
automatically filled the next time you visit that Web
page.
To change the user name
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
Web site name for which you want to change the
user name.
4 Under Details, next to Username box, click Change.
5 In the Username dialog box, in the Enter new
username box, type the new user name.
6 Click OK.
7 In the Edit Logins window, click Close.
To change the password
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Logins row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Logins window, under Logins, select the
Web site name for which you want to change the
password.
4 Under Details, next to the Password box, click
Show.
The Validate Password for Identity Safe window
appears. This window appears only if you have
changed the security level of the Identity Safe
password to Ask for my password before filling out
a login or form in the Password & Security window.
5 In the Validate Password for Identity Safe window
do the following:
1
In the Enter the Password box, type your
Identity Safe password.
1
Click Validate.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

343

6 In the Edit Logins window, in the Password box,
type the new password.
7 Click Close.
8 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes to save the
changes.

Updating the password for a login
Good security practice requires that you regularly
change the password for a login. You can keep your
login credentials in Identity Safe updated every time
you change your password for a Web page. The updated
information is automatically filled the next time you
visit that login's associated Web page.
You can also update your new login information in
Identity Safe when you are on the Web page. Identity
Safe asks you if you want to update your logins.
To update the password for a login
1 Go to the Web page for which you want to change
the password information.
2 Clear the password entry that Identity Safe
autofilled.
3 Type the new password, and then click the button
or link that logs you in.
4 In the Save new password for login? menu bar, click
Save.

About Edit Cards
The Edit Cards option in Identity Safe lets you manage
your personal information such as name, date of birth,
email address, and credit card information in one place.
You can use the information that you store in the cards
to do the following:
1
Automatically fill forms
1

Provide sensitive information without having to
type it while you are online

344

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

In this way, Identity Safe protects you from keyloggers
that steal and misuse your identity.

Some Web sites have forms with fields for credit cards
or other personal information. The Identity Safe menu
on the Norton Toolbar lists the cards that you created
for autofill. You can choose a card from the list to fill
the forms automatically.
You can add, view, edit, and duplicate the details of any
card that you create. You can also delete a card if it is
no longer needed.
In addition, Edit Cards provides you the following
features:
1
Lets you password-protect the card to protect
yourself from misuse of your sensitive information
and personal information
1
Recognizes the Web pages that have forms and
immediately displays a pop-up window with the list
of cards
1
Provides you a quick view of any of your cards that
is not password-protected
Identity Safe provides additional security for your
password-protected cards by not displaying the
summary of the card
When you are on a Web page that has forms, the Fill
fields on this page? menu bar in the Norton Toolbar
displays the cards that you saved. You can click the Fill
Form option in the Fill fields on this page? menu bar
and select the card that you want to use to fill the Web
site. You can also use the Fill with Identity Card option
in Identity Safe menu to select the cards.

Adding cards
The cards in the Edit Identity Cards window help you
to automatically fill forms on Web sites with a single
click. You can create cards to store information, such
as personal details, contact details, and credit card
details. You can provide a card name to help you
identify a specific card.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

345

If you have more than one credit card, you can create
multiple cards with different sets of information. When
you visit a transactional Web site, you can provide the
credit card details that are present in any of the cards
that you created.
You can also create anonymous cards for use on
unfamiliar Web sites where you may be uncomfortable
providing your personal information. You can
automatically fill online forms when you visit a Web
site.
To add a card
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Cards row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Identity Cards window, click Add Card.

346

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

4 Use the following tabs to type your card details:
General

Provide details such as card
name, name, gender, and date
of birth. You can set a password
and provide additional security
for your card.
Online form filling is
language-specific. In the
Country/Region box, the country
United States is selected by
default. You should change your
region and create a new card
before you fill online forms for
any other language.

Contact

Provide your contact information
in this section. Contact
information includes your email
address, postal address, and
phone numbers.

Credit Card

Provide your credit card details
such as the type of the card,
expiration date, and card
number in this section. You
cannot enter a credit card
number of more than 16 digits.

5 Click Save.
6 Click Close.

Editing, deleting, or duplicating cards
All the cards that you have saved in Identity Safe are
listed in the Edit Identity Cards window. You can
select, view, duplicate, and edit the details of any card
that you created. You can delete a card if it is no longer
needed. You can also duplicate a saved card and change
only the fields that you want to change.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

347

You can view a summary of the card that you created.
You can select any of the cards that are present in the
list of cards at the left pane of the Edit Identity Cards
window. When you select a card, you can view a
summary of the card.

When you lock your card with a password, Identity
Safe provides additional security to your card. You
cannot view the summary of the locked card. You
cannot edit, delete, or duplicate a card unless you
provide the password.
If you have multiple cards, use the scroll arrows to
browse the list.
When you create, duplicate, or edit a card, the card's
region is set to the user's default region. If you browse
to a Web site other than the default region and use the
card to fill the form on that Web site, the fields may
not fill correctly. For example, your card has a default
United States region but you are on a France Web page.
In this case, you must use the card with France as the
region to fill the Web page form.
To edit a card
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Cards row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Identity Cards window, select the card
that you want to edit.
4 Click Edit Card.
5 Modify the required details that you want to change.
6 Click Save.
7 Click Close.
To delete a card
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Cards row, click
Configure.

348

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

3 In the Edit Identity Cards window, select the card
that you want to delete.
4 Click Delete Card.
5 In the Warning dialog box, click Yes.
6 Click Close.
To duplicate a card
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Cards row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Identity Cards window, select the card
that you want to duplicate.
4 Click Duplicate Card.
5 Modify the details that you want to change.
6 Click Save.
7 Click Close.

About Edit Notes
Identity Safe stores and manages your sensitive
information. It becomes difficult to manage all of the
identity numbers that you use when you browse the
Web. The Edit Notes option in Identity Safe stores all
your sensitive IDs in a very secure way and lets you
use them easily when you are online. You can use Edit
Notes to save information such as social security
number, driver's license number, insurance policy
number, and legal and financial information.

Editing Notes
You can use the Edit Notes option in Identity Safe to
store your personal information, which you can retrieve
and use when needed. You can use this information to
fill out Web site registration forms. You can also view,
edit, and delete the notes that you have saved.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

349

To create Notes
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Notes row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Notes window, under Details, in the Title
box, type a title for the note you want to save.
If a note already exists, click Create New Notes, and
then under Details, in the Title box, type a title for
the note you want to save.
4 Type any additional information in the Information
box.
5 Click Save.
6 In the Edit Notes window, click OK.
To edit Notes
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Notes row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Notes window, under Title, select the
title of the note that you want to edit.
4 Click Edit Notes, and modify the information under
Details.
You can change the category, modify the title, and
edit the additional information that you have
provided.
5 Click Save.
6 In the Edit Notes window, click OK.
To delete Notes
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Edit Notes row, click
Configure.
3 In the Edit Notes window, under Title, select the
title of the note that you want to delete.
4 Click Delete Notes.

350

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

5 In the Warning dialog box, click Yes.
6 In the Edit Notes window, click OK.

About exporting and importing Identity Safe data
You can export your Identity Safe data for security
purposes, data recovery, or when you transfer your
Identity Safe data to a new computer. The backup files
are saved as .DAT files.
You can protect the files that you backed up with a
password. Symantec recommends that you use a
password to keep your Identity Safe data more secure.
The backup password does not need to be the same as
your Identity Safe password. You must provide the
password when you restore the Identity Safe data that
you backed up.
You can import your Identity Safe data from the file
that you previously backed up. You can also import the
Identity Safe data from the portable profile.
When you import the Identity Safe data you have the
following options:
1

Merge the imported data in to the vault that you
are currently logged in.
Replace the existing Identity Safe data that you
stored in your vault that you are logged in with the
imported data.

You can also delete the data once the import is
complete.

Exporting your Identity Safe data
You can export your Identity Safe data for security
purposes, data recovery, or when you transfer your
Identity Safe data to a new computer.
You can retrieve Identity Safe data when your product
expires.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

351

To export your Identity Safe data
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Export Data row, click
Configure.
3 In the Export Identity Safe Data window, select the
File Format.
You can select one of the following:
1
Identity Safe Backup Format
1

Plain text

4 In the Export my data to box, type or browse to the
location to which you want your data saved.
5 Type the name that you want to assign to the file.
6 If you want to back up your data with a password
for more security, type and confirm the password.
7 Click OK.
8 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.

Importing your Identity Safe data
You can import your Identity Safe data from the file
that you previously backed up. You can also import the
Identity Safe data from the portable profile that you
saved in the older version of Norton 360.
You can merge the imported data in to the vault that
you are currently logged in or replace the existing
Identity Safe data that you stored in your vault that
you are logged in with the imported data.

The Merge with existing data and Replace existing
data options appear only when you import Identity
Safe data from a backup file.
When you import Identity Safe data from local or
portable profile, you can only merge the data. The
Delete Original data once merged option appears when
you import the data from local or portable profile. By
default, this option is enabled.

352

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

To restore your data
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Import Data row, click
Configure.
3 In the Import Identity Safe Data window, under
Import my data from, select one of the following
options:
1
Portable Profile (Drive: Drive:\)
This option appears only if you connect an
external drive with a portable profile.
1
Local Profile
Select this option if you want to import the
Identity Safe data from your local vault to online
vault. This option appears only if you are logged
in to your online vault.
1
Backup File
If you select this option, you must type or browse
to the location of the file from which you want
to import the data.
4 If you backed up your data with a password, in the
Password box, type the password.
5 If you want to import the data from a backup file,
under While importing data, select one of the
following options:
1
Merge with existing data
1

Replace existing data

6 Click OK.
7 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.

About Browsing Options
Browsing Options lets you configure the way you want
Identity Safe to collect, store, and display the login
information for the Web pages you visit. You can
configure Identity Safe to display your cards that you
created for the Web sites that have forms. You can also

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

353

configure the autofill settings for the Web sites that
contain security threats.
You can configure the following options in the
Browsing Options window:
Offer to save my credentials Prompts you to save the login
when I log in to web sites
credentials for the Web sites
that you visit.
Display my Logins each time Configures Identity Safe to
I visit a page with multiple display your logins each time
Logins
you visit a Web site that has
multiple logins.
Autofill my logins when I
visit websites

Autofills your login details
when you visit a Web site.

Display my Identity Cards
Displays your Identity Cards
each time I visit a page with each time you visit a Web
fillable form
page with forms to fill your
personal details.

In addition, you can use the Autofill sites containing
security threats option to specify how you want
Identity Safe to respond to the Web sites that have
security threats. You can also turn off the browser’s
password manager using the Turn off the browser’s
password manager option.

About Password & Security
You can use Password & Security to change your
Identity Safe password. You can also use this option to
set the level of security that you want for Identity Safe
password usage.

354

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

The following sections let you change the Identity Safe
password and set security levels for your password:
Identity Safe Password

Change your Identity Safe
password and set a new
password hint using the
Change Password option.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Password Security

355

356

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Specify the Identity Safe
password security level.
Identity Safe provides four
levels of security to protect
your Identity Safe password.
Choose one of the following
options:
1
Ask for my password at
the beginning of each
login session
Prompts for your Identity
Safe password the first
time you access Identity
Safe.
If you are logged in to
Windows, you do not need
to provide the password
again.

You should use this
option to make your login
credentials more secure.
Ask for my password
before filling out a login
or form
Prompts for your Identity
Safe password with every
online form before it
autofills any login.

You can specify that
individual logins require
your Identity Safe
password before autofill
occurs.
Automatically log out of
Identity Safe if computer
is inactive for
Automatically logs you
out of Identity Safe when
your computer is idle for
the time that you specify.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

You can select 15, 30, or
45 minutes.

Use this option if other
people have access to
your computer.
No password needed.
Automatically log me in
when Windows is started
Set this option if you want
to automatically log in to
Identity Safe when
Windows is launched.
Symantec recommends
that you do not choose
this option.

Setting this option is
specific to Windows user
account.
Ask for my password
upon resuming from
suspend
Prompts you for your
Identity Safe password
when your system
restores from suspended
state.
This option prevents
misuse of your Identity
Safe data by validating
your Identity Safe
password each time your
system restores from
suspended state.
Norton 360 prompts
w
you to enter your Identity
Safe password only if you
had logged into your
Identity Safe vault when
the system moved to the
suspended state.

357

358

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

You must validate your
w
Identity Safe password each
time you change the security
level of the vault to a setting
that is less secure than the
current security level.

Changing the Identity Safe password
You should change your Identity Safe Password
regularly to prevent unauthorized access to your
personal information in Identity Safe. You can change
the password by using the Password & Security option
in Settings window.
If you want to change the Identity Safe password of
your online vault, the password you provide must have
the following characteristics:
1

At least eight characters

At least one capital letter

At least two numerals (0 through 9)

At least one symbol (for example, * > & $ %)

The password must not match with your Norton
Account user name or password.

You can set your password hint here if you did not
provide it when you configured Identity Safe.
To change the Identity Safe password
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Identity, and
then click Manage Identity Protection.
2 Under Identity Safe, in the Password & Security
row, click Configure.
3 In the Password & Security window, click Change
Password.
4 In the Change Identity Safe Password window, type
the current password and the new password, and
confirm the new password.
5 Click OK.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

359

6 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.

About Norton Toolbar
When you install Norton 360, it adds Norton Toolbar
to Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Chrome Web
browsers.
You have the following options in the Norton Toolbar:
Norton menu

Lets you access Identity
Protection and other settings.
The following options are
available in the Norton menu:
1
Report Site
1
Minimize Toolbar
1
Settings
1
Community Buzz
1
Go to Norton Safe Web
website
1
Enable Norton Safe Web
1
Enable Norton Safe
Search/Disable Norton Safe
Search
1
My Norton Account
1
Launch Tutorial
1
Help
The Minimize Toolbar
w
option appears only in the
Internet Explorer browser. Also,
the Community Buzz option is
available only in
English-language versions of
Windows.

360

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Norton Safe Search

Lets you perform an enhanced
Internet search using Norton
Safe Search.
You can type a search string in
the Norton Safe Search box and
perform a search. When you
search using the search box, a
pop-up window appears and
displays the relevant search
results.
Norton 360 uses the Ask.com to
display the search results. By
default, the Norton Safe Search
box is hidden. After you install
Norton 360 and connect to
Internet, an alert message is
displayed. The alert message
prompts you to enable Norton
Safe Search. You can choose to
enable or disable Norton Safe
Search.

Safe Web indicator

Lets you know if the Web site
you visit is safe or unsafe.
The Antiphishing and Norton
Safe Web options under the Safe
Surfing section on the Settings
window of the Identity
Protection option in the main
Settings window, analyze the
security level of the Web sites
you visit. It then displays the
results in the Norton Site Safety
pop-up window.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Identity Safe menu

361

Lets you view the logins and
cards that you have saved in
Identity Safe.
Some Web sites have forms to
fill or require login information.
You can use the Identity Safe
menu to fill the details in those
Web sites. The Identity Safe
menu displays the list of all
logins and cards that you saved.
You can select a login from the
list and a use it to log in to the
Web site. You can also select a
card from the list and use to fill
forms.
You can use the Option submenu
to manage your logins, cards,
and notes and to access the
Identity Protection settings
window. In addition, you can edit
and delete a login using the
Identity Safe menu.
You should be logged in to
w
any of the Identity Safe vault to
access the Identity Safe menu.

In Google Chrome Web browser, the Norton Toolbar
can be accessed as a Chrome Extension. In the
Extensions page of the Chrome browser, you can enable
or disable the Norton Toolbar, and uninstall the
Norton Toolbar from your Chrome browser.
If the Norton Toolbar is enabled, you can access the
following options:
Allow in incognito

Lets you browse internet in
stealth mode without storing
data of your browsing session
in browsing or download
histories.

362

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Allow access to file URLs

Lets you view the URL
location of the downloaded
file.

If you have uninstalled the Norton Toolbar from your
Chrome browser, you must reinstall Norton 360 to
access the Norton Toolbar on your Chrome browser
again.
Norton 360 lets you install the Norton Toolbar for free
even after you uninstall the product. When you
uninstall Norton 360, it offers to leave the Norton
Toolbar without any cost to search and browse safely
over the Internet. However, when you choose to install
the Norton Toolbar, the only features that you have
are Norton Safe Search and Norton Safe Web.

Your computer must be connected to the Internet to
avail this option. Norton 360 does not offer to leave
the Norton Toolbar if you upgrade your product to the
latest version or choose to reinstall another Norton
product.

Hiding and showing the Norton Toolbar
You can hide the Norton Toolbar if you do not want to
see the evaluation of every Web site that you visit.
When you hide the toolbar, Norton 360 does not display
the Norton Site Safety pop-up window. However,
Norton 360 notifies you about suspicious and
fraudulent Web sites or if an error needs your
attention.
To hide or show the Norton Toolbar in the Internet
Explorer and FireFox Web browsers
1 At the top of your browser window, click View.
2 On the Toolbars submenu, do one of the following:
1
Uncheck Norton Toolbar to hide the toolbar.
1

Check Norton Toolbar to show the toolbar.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

363

To hide or show the Norton Toolbar in the Chrome Web
browser
1 At the top-right corner of your Web browser, click
the Wrench icon.
2 In the main menu that appears, click Tools >
Extensions.
3 In the Web page that appears, under Extensions, do
one of the following:
1
Click Disable to hide the toolbar.

You can also hide the Norton Toolbar by
right-clicking the Norton Toolbar icon near the
Wrench icon. However, you cannot enable the
Norton Toolbar using the Norton Toolbar icon.
1

Click Enable to show the toolbar.

To hide the Norton Toolbar button in the Chrome Web
browser
4

At the top-right corner of your Web browser,
right-click the Norton Toolbar icon, and then click
Hide option.

To show the Norton Toolbar button in the Chrome Web
browser
1 At the top-right corner of your Web browser, click
the Wrench icon.
2 In the main menu that appears, click Tools >
Extensions.
3 Under Extensions page, click Show option.

Accessing Identity Safe settings from the Norton Toolbar
When you install Norton 360, it adds the Norton
Toolbar to the Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Chrome
Web browsers. The Identity Safe menu on the Norton
Toolbar provides quick links to access the options
under Identity Safe.

364

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

To access the Identity Safe settings from the Norton
menu
1 Start your Web browser.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

365

2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Norton menu, select
one of the following:
Report Site

Lets you report to Symantec
about the current Antiphishing
evaluation.

Minimize Toolbar

Lets you minimize the Norton
Toolbar.
When you check this option, the
Identity Safe phrase and the
Safe Web phrase disappear and
only the Identity Safe and Safe
Web indicators remain.
In addition, the size of the
Norton Safe Search box is
reduced.
The Minimize Toolbar
w
option appears only in the
Internet Explorer browser.

Settings

Lets you open theIdentity
Protection settings window and
configure the Identity Safe
options.

366

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Community Buzz

Lets you view the community
site rating of the Web sites you
visit.
You can click Community Buzz
to know further details about the
Web sites. Norton Safe Web
rates the sites and provides
detailed reports. In addition, you
can see user reviews and post
your reviews about the Web
sites.
When you have not opened any
Web site, you can click
Community Buzz to visit the
Norton Safe Web site. You can
provide the address of any Web
site and find the security details,
Norton rating, and community
reviews of the Web site.
The Community Buzz
w
option is available only in
English-language versions of
Windows.

Go to Norton Safe Web
website

Lets you open the Norton Safe
Web site
http://www.safeweb.norton.com.

Enable Norton Safe Web Lets you turn on the Norton Safe
Web feature which provides a
safe online browsing experience.
The following are the unique
features of Norton Safe Web:
1

Displays the site safety
rating icons next to the
search results
Displays the site safety
rating icons when you are on
a Web site

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Enable Norton Safe
Search/ Disable Norton
Safe Search

Lets you view the Norton Safe
Search box.
You can type a search string in
the Norton Safe Search box and
perform a search. The search box
displays relevant search
suggestions in a pop-up window.
By default, the Norton Safe
Search box is hidden. After you
install Norton 360 and open
Internet Explorer, Firefox or
Chrome browser, an alert
message is displayed. The alert
message prompts you to enable
Norton Safe Search. You can
choose to enable or disable
Norton Safe Search. If you want
to disable Norton Safe Search,
you can use the Disable Norton
Safe Search option.

My Norton Account

Lets you open the Web site
https://account.norton.com.
Norton Account lets you register
your product with Symantec and
manage all of your Norton
products in one place.

Launch Tutorial

Lets you view the online tutorial
to learn more about Identity
Safe.

Help

Lets you view the Norton menu
help page.

367

368

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Accessing the Identity Safe menu
The Identity Safe menu on the Norton Toolbar lets you
view and manage the logins, Identity cards, and notes
that you saved.
You can also access the Identity Protection of the
Settings window using the Identity Safe menu
In addition, you can do the following:
1

1
1

Navigate to any Web site for which you have saved
the login credentials.
Submit feedback about your experience with
Identity Safe.
Export your Identity Safe data.
Import your Identity Safe data from the file you
backed up or from the portable profile.
Convert your local vault to online vault.

When you visit any login Web page without setting up
your Identity Safe, a menu bar appears in the Norton
Toolbar. You can use the Setup option that is available
in the menu bar to set up Identity Safe.
Identity Safe menu lets you view the logins that you
saved even after the product expires. You can use this
option to autofill the login details of the saved login.
As Antiphishing is disabled when the product is
expired, it is not recommended to autofill the login
details. In addition, you can view the Identity
Protection settings window. However, you cannot view,
access, or configure all the features in the Identity
Protection settings after Norton 360 expires.
To access your logins from the Identity Safe menu
1 Start your Web browser.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

369

2 On the Norton Toolbar, in the Identity Safe menu,
select one of the following:
Merge Portable Data
(Drive:\)

Lets you merge the Identity
Safe data from your portable
profile that you have created
from the previous versions of
Norton 360.
This option appears in
w
the Identity Safe menu only
if you have connected an
external drive with portable
profile.

Stop ignoring this page

You can select this option if
you want to autofill the login
information in the current
Web page.
This option appears in
w
the Identity Safe menu only
if you select Ignore this page
option under Options.

Recently Used Logins

Lets you view the list of
logins that you used recently
in that computer.
You can view only the
w
latest five logins that you
used.

All Logins

Lets you view the list of all
the logins you have stored in
Identity Safe.

370

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Options

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Lets you view the various
options that are available in
Identity Safe.
The options are:
1
Edit Logins

Lets you open the Edit
Logins window.
Edit Identity Cards

Lets you open the Edit
Identity Cards window.
Edit Notes

Lets you open the Edit
Notes window.
Settings

Lets you open Identity
Protection of the Settings
window.
Export

Lets you open the Export
Identity Safe Data
window.
Import

Lets you open the Import
Identity Safe Data
window.
Move to Online
Lets you open the Move
Identity Safe Data Online
window.
You can move your
Identity Safe data that
you stored in your local
vault to online vault. You
must log in to your Norton
Account to move your
data online.
This option appears
w
in the Identity Safe menu
only when you are logged

371

372

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

in to your local vault.
1

Ignore this page
You can select this option
if you do not want to
autofill the login
information in the current
Web page.

Report Issue

Lets you open the Norton
Feedback Web site.
You can submit feedback on
your experience with Identity
Safe. You can also submit the
problems that you
encountered with Identity
Safe. You can select from the
list of problems or you can
describe your problem.

Fill Login Fields

Lets you view the login
information that you have
saved for that Web site.

Fill with Identity Card

Lets you use a card while you
are on a Web page that has
forms. The option displays
the cards that you saved from
which you can choose the one
you want to use to fill the
form.
The option appears only
w
when you are on a Web site
that has forms.

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Lets you log out of or log in
to Identity Safe.
You should log out of Identity
Safe to secure your Identity
Safe data when you are away
from your computer.

373

374

Securing your sensitive data
About securing your sensitive data

Protecting your
home network

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About the Network Security Map

About the Network Security Map
A home network typically consists of the computers
and other devices that share your Internet connection.
The Network Security Map helps you view and manage
your network.
After you configure Network Security Map, Norton 360
automatically detects the devices that are connected
to your network and lists them in the Network Security
Map. You can view devices and customize the Network
Security Map to remotely monitor the computers on
which a Norton product is installed.

Ensure that the computers that you want to remotely
monitor have a version of a Norton product that
supports Remote Monitoring.
You can access the Network Security Map from the My
Network settings window.
You can monitor the following items in the Network
Security Map:
1
Security status of the computers that are connected
to the network
1
Status of the protection features of the computers
that are connected to the network

376

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

1
1

Subscription status and Norton product version of
the computers that are connected to your network
Status of your wireless network connection
Connection status of the devices that are on the
network
The known, unknown, or intruder devices that are
on your network

You can grant or deny permission to the networked
devices to access your computer.
You can also modify details about a computer or device
that is connected to your network.

Viewing devices on the Network Security Map
The NetworkSecurityMap window provides a pictorial
representation of the devices on the network to which
your computer is connected. You can view the details
of each device, such as device name, security status,
and IP address.
The Network Security Map window also provides the
security status of the following computers:
1

The computer on which you view the remote
monitoring status (MY PC)
The computers that are remotely monitored

The trust level of the device appears at the bottom of
the icon in the network map.
Norton 360 displays devices in the following order:
1

MY PC

Devices with online connection status

Devices with offline connection status

When you connect a new device to your network,
Norton 360 automatically refreshes the Network
Security Map window and displays the device.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

377

Norton 360 requires you to configure the Symantec
Security Driver to open the Network Security Map. You
cannot install the Symantec Security Driver when you
run LiveUpdate. You can either allow the Norton
LiveUpdate to complete or close the Norton LiveUpdate
session before you install the Symantec Security Driver.
To view devices on the Network Security Map
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 If the Product Configuration panel appears, click
Continue.
The Product Configuration panel appears when
you click Network Security Map for the first time.
The Product Configuration panel helps you install
Symantec Security Driver that is required to view
the Network Security Map window. The process of
installation of the Symantec Security Driver
disrupts your network connection temporarily.
4 Under Network Security Map, click Configure.
The Network Security Overview window lets you
view the summary of features of the Network
Security Map. The Network Security Overview
window appears in the following instances:
1
When you open the Network Security Map
window for the first time.
1
When you turn on Welcome Screen at Startup
in the Settings window.
5 If the Network Security Overview window appears,
click OK.
If you do not want to view the Network Security
Overview window in the future, check Do not show
this again before you click OK.
6 In the Network Details drop-down list, select the
network that lists the device for which you want to
see the details.

378

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

To view the details of a device on the Network Security
Map

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

379

In the Network Security Map window, click a device
icon.
You can use the scroll arrows to view the devices
that are listed in the network map.
The device details section that is located below the
network map displays the following details:

Device Name

Shows the name of the device
For a computer, the Network
Security Map displays the
NetBIOS name by default.
However, the Network Security
Map displays the name of the
device as NEW if it meets the
following conditions:
1

The device does not have a
NetBIOS name
The device has a firewall that
is enabled

You can change the device name
in the Edit Device Details
window.
Adapter Manufacturer

Shows the name of the network
adapter manufacturer of the
device
The adapter manufacturer's
name is based on the physical
address (also known as Media
Control Access address or MAC
address) of the device.

380

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

Category

Shows the category to which the
device belongs
The device category icon
provides details on the
connection status and security
status. Norton 360 labels all
unknown devices as NEW and
sets the category as GENERIC
DEVICE.
This category may include
computer-related devices, such
as printers, media devices, and
game consoles.
You can change the device
category in the Edit Device
Details window.

Security Status

Shows how well your computer
is protected from threats, risks,
and damage
The security status
w
appears only for MY PC and the
computers that are remotely
monitored.

Remote Monitoring

Shows the connection status of
Remote Monitoring
The statuses are:
1
1

ON
OFF

You can turn off Remote
Monitoring for an individual
computer or for all the
computers that you remotely
monitor.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

Trust Level

381

Shows the access level that is
granted to a remote device to
connect to your computer
The initial trust level is set based
on the configuration of your
computer. You can set trust level
for all devices other than MY PC.

Connection

Shows the status of the
connection
The statuses are:
1
1

ONLINE
OFFLINE

Physical Address

Shows the physical address (also
known as the Media Access
Control address or MAC address)
of the computer or device

IP Address

Shows the IP address of the
computer or device
If you change the IP address of
a device, the updated IP address
appears in the Network Security
Map window when you refresh
the list.

Turning off or turning on Network Security Overview
The Network Security Overview window provides a
brief summary about the following features:
1

Wireless Security

Remote Monitoring

Network Map

Trust Controls

382

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

You can click each of the features and read the
summary to learn more about using Network Security
Map to manage your home network. By default, the
NetworkSecurityOverview window appears each time
you open Network Security Map.
If you do not want to view the Network Security
Overview window, you can turn it off. Turning off the
Network Security Overview window does not affect
the performance or security of your computer.

You can also turn off the Network Security Overview
window if you check Do not show this again option
that is available at the bottom of the Network Security
Overview window.
To turn off Network Security Overview
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 Under Network Security Map, in the Welcome
Screen at Startup row, move the On/Off switch to
the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.
To turn on Network Security Overview
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 Under Network Security Map, in the Welcome
Screen at Startup row, move the On/Off switch to
the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

Setting up Remote Monitoring
You can set up Remote Monitoring by allowing
computers on your network to communicate with your
computer.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

383

Ensure that the computers that you want to remotely
monitor have a version of a Norton product that
supports Remote Monitoring.
Norton 360 requires a Passkey to set up Remote
Monitoring. You must type the same Passkey for all
the computers that you want to remotely monitor.
After you set up Remote Monitoring, you can connect
any computer to your network and enter the same
Passkey. Norton 360 automatically identifies the
computer and connects it to the Network Security Map.
To set up Remote Monitoring
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 On the left side of the Network Security Map
window, under Remote Monitoring, click Setup.
5 In the Remote Monitoring Setup window, type a
Passkey.
The Passkey should be between 6 and 20 characters
in length. The Passkey is case sensitive.
6 Under Choose the default mode for Computer
Discovery, select one of the following options:
Computer Discovery
always on

Lets your computer always
discover other computers that
are connected to the network

Computer Discovery on
only when Network
Security Map screen is
displayed

Lets your computer discover
other computers that are
connected to the network when
the Network Security Map
window is open

7 Click OK.
8 Set up Remote Monitoring for all other computers
that you want to monitor remotely.

384

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

Turning off Remote Monitoring
When you turn off Remote Monitoring, you stop remote
monitoring of the computers that are connected to
your network.
You can turn off Remote Monitoring for the following:

All of the computers that you remotely monitor

An individual computer that you remotely monitor

You can turn off Remote Monitoring only after you
complete the Remote Monitoring Setup process.
To turn off Remote Monitoring for all computers
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 On the left side of the Network Security Map
window, under Remote Monitoring, click Disable.
5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
To turn off Remote Monitoring for an individual
computer
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, in the
network map, click the computer for which you want
to disable Remote Monitoring.
5 In the device details area, next to Remote
Monitoring, click Disable.
6 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

Adding a device to the Network Security Map
You can manually add a computer or device to the
Network Security Map.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

385

You can add the following details when you add a
device:
1
The name or description
1

The IP address or physical address

The Network Security Map finds any computers that
are connected to your network. However, you can add
the computers and the devices that are currently not
connected.
Norton 360 adds to the Trust Control network all the
devices that you manually add to Network Security
Map. You can select the Trust Control network in the
Network Details drop-down list to view the devices
that you added. You can also edit the name of the
device.

You cannot edit the Trust Control network details.
The default trust level of the devices that you add to
the Network Security Map is Protected. However, you
can change the trust level of the devices.

If you trust a device that is not on your network, you
can expose your computer to potential security risks.
To add a device to the Network Security Map
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 On the left side of the Network Security Map
window, under Total in Network, click the plus
symbol.
5 In the Add a Device window, in the Name box, type
the name of the device that you want to add to the
Network Security Map.
The maximum character length of the device name
is 15 characters.

386

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

6 In the IP or Physical Address box, type the IP
address or physical address of the device that you
want to add to the Network Security Map.
You can use the following formats in the IP or
Physical Address box:
IPv4 address

172.16.0.0

IPv6 address

fe80::12ac:fe44:192a:14cc

Physical address

11-22-c3-5a-fe-a4

Resolvable host

ftp.myfiles.com

The address that you provide is not verified until
the device is physically found on the network.
7 Click Add Device.

Finding a computer's IP address
You can find a computer's IP address in various ways.
On Windows 2000/XP, Windows Vista, and Windows
7 computers, you can use Ipconfig to find the IP address
of a computer.
Ipconfig reports the IP address of its local computer
only. You must run this program on the computer that
you want to identify.
To find an IP address by using Ipconfig on Windows
2000/XP
1 On the computer you want to identify, on the
Windows taskbar, click Start > Run.
2 In the Run dialog box, type cmd.
3 Click OK.
4 At the command prompt, type ipconfig, and then
press Enter on your keyboard.
5 Write down the IP address.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

387

To find an IP address by using Ipconfig on Windows Vista
1 On the computer you want to identify, on the
Windows taskbar, click Start.
2 In the Start Search text box, type cmd, and then
press Enter on your keyboard.
3 At the command prompt, type ipconfig, and then
press Enter on your keyboard.
4 Write down the IP address.
To find an IP address by using Ipconfig on Windows 7
1 On the computer you want to identify, on the
Windows taskbar, click Start.
2 In the Search programs and files text box, type cmd,
and then press Enter on your keyboard.
3 At the command prompt, type ipconfig, and then
press Enter on your keyboard.
4 Write down the IP address.

Editing device details
You can change the name and category of a device that
is available on the Network Security Map. You can
select the categories such as Generic Device, Laptop,
Media Device, or Game Console.
You cannot change the category of the device that you
added manually. By default, Norton 360 displays the
category of the manually added device as USER
DEFINED.
The Network Security Map window displays different
icons, depending on the category that you select. Icons
help you identify the devices that are listed in the
network map.
To edit the details of the device that is on your network
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.

388

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

4 In the Network Security Map window, in the
network map, click a device icon.
5 In the device details section, next to Device Name,
click Edit.
6 In the Edit Device Details window, in the Name box,
type a new name.
The maximum character length of the device name
is 15 characters.
7 In the Category drop-down list, click one of the
following device categories:
1
GENERIC DEVICE
1

DESKTOP PC

LAPTOP

SERVER PC

NETWORK PRINTER

ROUTER/SWITCH

CABLE/DSL MODEM

MEDIA DEVICE

GAME CONSOLE

PDA/MOBILE PHONE

NETWORK STORAGE DEVICE

WEB CAMERA

TABLET

MUSIC PLAYER

8 Click OK.
To edit the name of the device that you added manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, in the
NetworkDetails drop-down list, click TrustControl.
5 In the network map, select a device that you added.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

389

6 In the device details area, next to Device Name, click
Edit.
7 In the Edit Device Details dialog box, in the Name
box, type a new name.
8 Click OK.

Editing network details
You can view the details and change the name of your
network in the Edit Network Details window.

You cannot edit the Trust Control network details.
To edit network details
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, on the right
side of Network Details, click Edit.
5 In the Edit Network Details dialog box, in the
Network Name box, type a new name.
6 Click OK.

Changing the trust level of your network and devices
The trust level determines the default level of access
that devices on your network have to your computer.
Any device on your network that is not explicitly
Trusted or Restricted uses the trust level of your
network. The initial network trust level is set based on
the configuration of your computer.

Ensure that you change the trust level of a device to
Full Trust, if it is a known device, and is connected to
your network.
The following conditions are necessary for the trust
level of a device to be Shared:
1
The computer should not have a public IP address.

390

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

Your computer does not have a public IP address if
it is not directly connected to the Internet.
The computer should be connected to a LAN
through a secure connection.
The network category should be private in Windows
Vista.

In addition, the trust level of a device is Shared in any
of the following cases:
1
When the computer on the network has one or more
folders or printers that are shared
1
When the computer is Media Center compatible (for
example, if you have Windows XP Media Center
Edition, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows
Vista Ultimate, Windows 7 Home Premium,
Windows 7 Professional, or Windows 7 Ultimate)

If you use a wireless network that is not secure, the
default trust level of all the devices that are on the
network is Protected.
The trust level of a device also depends on the trust
level of its network. When you change the trust level
of a network, Norton 360 assigns the same trust level
to all the devices that are connected to that network.
However, Norton 360 does not change the trust level
of the devices that you individually trust or restrict.
You can modify these settings if you want to change
the trust level for the following:
1
Your network
1

Devices that are connected to the Network Security
Map

To change the trust level of your network
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, on the right
side of Network Details, click Edit.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

391

5 In the Edit Network Details window, next to Trust
Level, click Edit.
You can view the details of the network in the Edit
Network Details window before you change the
trust level.

392

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

6 To select a trust level for a network, in the Edit
Network Trust Level window, click one of the
following:
FULL TRUST

Adds the network to the Trusted
list
All the network traffic that your
computer receives from a
Trusted network is filtered and
allowed through firewall.
However, known attacks and
infections are still monitored.
You should select this setting
only when you are sure that the
network is completely safe.

SHARED

Adds the network to the Shared
list
All the network traffic that your
computer receives from a Shared
network is filtered. Only shared
resources on your computer,
such as files, folders, and
printers are allowed. You should
select this setting if you want the
firewall to protect you from all
traffic except those that pertain
to file and printer sharing.

PROTECTED

Adds the network to the
Protected list
A network is in the Protected
Trust Level when it has not been
classified as Trusted, Shared, or
Restricted. You remain protected
from known attacks and all
unexpected traffic.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

RESTRICTED

393

Adds the network to the
Restricted list
The devices that are on
Restricted network cannot
communicate with your
computer. However, you can still
use the network to browse Web
sites, send email messages, or
transmit other communications.

7 Click OK.
To change the trust level of a device
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click My Network.
3 Under Network Security Map, in the Trust Control
row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, do one of
the following:
1
To edit the trust level of a device that you
manually added, in the network map, click the
device.
1
To edit the trust level of a device that is on your
network, in the Network Details drop-down list,
click Local Area Connection, and then click the
device.
5 In the device details section, next to Trust Level,
click Edit.

394

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

6 To select a trust level for a device, in the Edit Device
Trust Level window, click one of the following:
FULL TRUST

Adds a device to the Full Trust
list
Full Trust devices are monitored
only for known attacks and
infections. You should select this
setting only when you are sure
that the device is completely
safe.

RESTRICTED

Adds a device to the Restricted
list
Restricted devices do not have
access to your computer.

USE NETWORK TRUST
(trust level)

Adds a device to a default trust
level
The devices that are removed
from the Full Trust level or
Restricted trust level take the
default trust level of the
network. The trust level of the
network can be Full Trust,
Restricted, Protected, or Shared.

7 Click OK.
Norton 360 displays the trust level status of each
restricted device on the icon of the device.

Excluding a device from Intrusion Prevention scan
The Intrusion Prevention System in Norton 360 scans
all the network traffic that enters and exits your
computer. When a device on your network requests
access your computer, Intrusion Prevention scans this
request to ensure that it is not a virus attack. Scanning
every request from all the devices that access your

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

395

computer increases the scan time which slows down
the network speed of your computer.
If you know that a specific device on your network is
safe, you can apply Full Trust level to this device. In
addition, you can exclude this specific device from
Intrusion Prevention scan. When you exclude a device
from Intrusion Prevention scan, Norton 360 trusts this
device and does not scan any information that is
received from this device. This improves the network
speed of your computer and helps the trusted device
to access your device quickly.

You can exclude only full trusted devices that are on
the local subnet.
To exclude a device from Intrusion Prevention scan,
you must ensure that the IP address of the device never
changes. Norton 360 uses IP addresses to identify
devices on your home network. If the IP address of the
device changes, Norton 360 cannot identify the trusted
device that should be excluded from Intrusion
Prevention scan.

You can exclude a trusted device from Intrusion
Prevention scan only if you are sure that the device
does not have any security threats.
When you apply Full Trust to a device and exclude it
from Intrusion Prevention scan, the IP address and
MAC address of the device are added to the Trust
Control.
To exclude a device from Intrusion Prevention scan
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 Under My Network, in the Network Security Map
row, click Configure.
4 If the Network Security Overview window appears,
click OK.

396

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

5 In the Network Security Map window, do one of
the following:
1
To edit the trust level of a device that is on your
network, in the network map, click the device.
1
To edit the trust level of a device that you
manually added, in the Network Details
drop-down list, click Trust Control, and then
click the device.
6 In the device details section, in the Trust Level row,
click Edit.
7 In the Edit Device Trust Level window, click FULL
TRUST.
8 At the bottom of the Edit Device Trust Level
window, check Exclude from IPS scanning.
9 In the Exclude from IPS Scanning dialog box, click
Yes to confirm.
10 Click OK.

Removing devices from the Network Security Map
The Network Security Map window lists the devices
that are connected to your network. You can remove a
device or a computer from the Network Security Map.
You can purge all devices from the network map and
create a new list of devices. For example, you can purge
all the devices that were present in your previous
network before you connect to a new network. Ensure
that you disable Remote Monitoring before you purge
the network map. Norton 360 cannot purge the network
map when the Remote Monitoring is turned on. Also,
ensure that you close the Network Security Map
window before you purge the network map. You cannot
purge the network map when the Network Security
Map window is open.

Norton 360 purges the devices that you add manually
in the Trust Control network depending upon their
trust level. It does not purge the devices that have a
trust level as Full Trust or Restricted.

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

397

When you remove an individual device, the online
devices appear again the next time you open the
Network Security Map. However, Norton 360
permanently removes the offline devices.
To remove an individual device
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure.
4 In the Network Security Map window, do one of
the following:
1
To remove a device that is on your network, in
the network map, click the device.
1
To remove a device that you manually added, in
the Network Details drop-down list, select Trust
Control, and then click the device.
5 On the left side of the Network Security Map
window, under Total in Network, click the minus
symbol.
6 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
To purge the Network Security Map
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 Under Network Security Map, in the Network Map
row, click Purge.
4 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

Viewing the status of your wireless network
You can view the status of your wireless network in
the Network Security Map window. The Network
Security Map displays the status of your wireless
network as secure or not secure. A secure network
requires a strong wireless encryption. If your wireless
network is not secure, you can turn on encryption on
your wireless router.

398

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

For more information on how to secure your wireless
network, on the left side of the Network Security Map
window, click the Why is it not secure link. Follow the
instructions.

You should only trust a wireless connection that is
secure. Trusting a wireless connection that is not
secure puts all of the devices on your network at risk.
To view the status of your wireless network
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure
4 On the left side of the Network Security Map
window, view the status of your wireless network.
Your wireless network statuses are:
Wireless Network Secure Indicates that your wireless
network is secure
Wireless Network Not
Secure

Indicates that your wireless
network is not secure

Viewing the device details
The Network Security Map lets you view the details of
the computers that you remotely monitor. You can
view the following details:

The configuration status of your protection
features, such as Auto-Protect, Intrusion
Prevention, and Email Scanning
The configuration status of your definition updates,
such as Automatic LiveUpdate and Pulse Updates
The version number of your Norton product

The subscription status of your Norton product

The configuration status of your transaction
security, such as Identity Safe and Antiphishing

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

399

The last five AntiVirus threats that are detected

To view the device details
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Network Security Map row, click Configure
4 In the Network Security Map window, in the
network map, click the device for which you want
to see the details.
You can view the details of only the computers that
you remotely monitor.
5 In the device details section, next to Category, click
Details.
6 In the Device Details window, view the details of
the device.
7 Click Close.

Modifying the communication port for Network
Security Map
The Network Security Map settings lets you configure
the communication port number that Norton products
use to communicate with each other over a network.
By default, Norton products use 31077 as the
communication port number.
If you change the communication port number of your
Norton product, you must change it on every computer
that is connected to your home network. In addition,
when you find more computers that use the Remote
Monitoring Setup process, ensure that the same port
number is used on every computer.

Though you can modify the communication port
number, it is recommended that you do not change this
port number. If you change the communication port
number, you must use a port number in the range of
1-65535.

400

Protecting your home network
About the Network Security Map

To modify the communication port for Network Security
Map
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click My Network.
3 In the Communication Port box, type a new
communication port number.
You must use the same port number for each of the
device that is connected to your Network Security
Map.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click Close.

Keeping your PC
tuned up

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About PC Tuneup

About disk and file fragmentation

Optimizing your permanent disks manually

About using optimization efficiently

About cleaning up disk clutter

Running a scan to clean up disk clutter

Running Registry Cleanup

Running Diagnostic Report

About Startup Manager

About PC Tuneup
Norton 360 offers total protection of your PC that
includes PC Tuneup capability, which increases your
PC performance. PC Tuneup keeps your computer tuned
up for peak performance.
Norton 360 keeps your PC tuned up and running
smoothly by using various techniques, such as
optimizing your hard disk and deleting unused
temporary files.

402

Keeping your PC tuned up
About disk and file fragmentation

PC Tuneup detects and fixes common computer
problems, cleans up unwanted cookies and files, and
defragments the hard disk to optimize PC performance.

About disk and file fragmentation
Your PC's hard disk stores all of your files, applications,
and the Windows operating system. Over time, the bits
of information that make up your files gradually spread
over the disk. This process is known as fragmentation.
The more you use your computer, the more fragmented
your disks become.
When a fragmented file is accessed, the disk
performance is slower. The performance is slower
because the drive head locates, loads, saves, and keeps
track of all of the fragments of the file. If free space is
also fragmented, the drive head might have to track
adequate free space to store temporary files or newly
added files.
Norton 360 optimizes your permanent disks to improve
your PC's efficiency and speed. The optimization
process rearranges the scattered file fragments into
adjacent or contiguous clusters. When the drive head
accesses all of the file data in one location, the file is
read into the memory faster. Optimization also
consolidates free space to avoid fragmenting newly
added files. It adds extra space after major data
structures so that they can grow without immediately
becoming fragmented again.

Optimizing your permanent disks manually
Optimizing your PC's permanent disks can improve
performance and reliability. Norton 360 automatically
checks your permanent disks for fragmentation and
optimizes them if they are more than 10 percent
fragmented. You can always check the latest reports
to see if optimization is necessary.

Keeping your PC tuned up
About using optimization efficiently

403

You can run Disk optimization only when disk has more
than 15 percent of free space.
Some programs, such as movie-editing programs or
programs that require large amounts of disk space, can
work more efficiently if your disks are optimized. If
you prefer not to wait until Norton 360 performs
automatic optimization, you can optimize your disks
manually.

Disk optimization does not run on PC with solid state
hard drive.
To optimize your permanent disks manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Disk Optimization.
2 When the activity is complete, in the Tuneup
window, click Close.

About using optimization efficiently
Norton 360 automatically optimizes the permanent
disk in your PC as necessary and does not require you
to take any action to accomplish that task. You can,
however, adopt some practices that help Norton 360
perform automatic optimization more efficiently.
The following practices can help make automatic
optimization more efficient:
Occasionally leave your PC
turned on when you do not
use the PC

Norton 360 performs disk
optimization when your PC is
idle. If you turn off your PC
whenever you finish your
work, Norton 360 cannot
perform automatic
optimization. If you turn off
your PC during optimization,
Norton 360 restarts the
optimization process when
you turn on your PC again.

404

Keeping your PC tuned up
About cleaning up disk clutter

Set a schedule for
optimization

Norton 360 automatically
optimizes the hard disk as
needed. You can also set a
schedule for optimization.

Remove the large files that
you no longer need

Large files are often more
fragmented than the smaller
files. These fragmented files
affect the performance of
your computer.

About cleaning up disk clutter
Over time, the permanent disk in your PC can
accumulate many temporary and unneeded files.
Eventually, these files can significantly reduce the
available disk storage space and affect the performance
of your PC. Norton 360 automatically cleans up
accumulated disk clutter.
The temporary files that clutter your PC can come from
the following sources:
Software installations

When you install software on
your PC, the installation
process creates temporary
files as part of the
installation process. In some
cases, the installer might not
clean up these temporary
files when the installation
finishes.

Keeping your PC tuned up
Running a scan to clean up disk clutter

Web browsing

When you browse a Web
page, your browser
downloads the text and
graphics that comprise the
contents of the page. When
you finish viewing the page,
the browser can leave the
downloaded contents on your
PC. The downloaded contents
help to display the Web page
more quickly if you view the
page again. These browser
files accumulate over time.

Program errors

During normal operation,
some programs create
temporary files to improve
efficiency while you work. If
a program ends unexpectedly
because of a software error,
those temporary files can be
left behind.

405

Running a scan to clean up disk clutter
A cleanup scan searches your PC's permanent disk for
temporary and unused files to improve performance
and increase available disk space. Norton 360
automatically removes the temporary and the unused
files from your PC.
Various activities, such as extensive Web browsing or
a series of software installations produce temporary
files. You can run a manual cleanup scan to remove the
temporary files immediately.
To clean up your disk clutter
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run File Cleanup.

406

Keeping your PC tuned up
Running Registry Cleanup

2 When the activity is complete, in the Tuneup
window, click Close.

Running Registry Cleanup
The Windows registry can contain the entries that refer
to files that do not exist. Such broken registry items
can slow down your computer. Registry Cleanup scans
your computer and cleans any broken registry entries
that it finds.
To run Registry Cleanup
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Tasks.
2 In the Tasks window, under PC Tuneup Tasks, click
Run Registry Cleanup.
3 When the activity is complete, in the Tuneup
window, click Close.

Running Diagnostic Report
Norton 360 Diagnostic Report gathers information
about your computer, which includes the operating
system, programs, and hardware. You can use this
report to find and fix the issues.
Norton 360 Diagnostic Report is a real-time report with
a timestamp. Norton 360 does not generate this report
automatically. You need to use the Run Diagnostic
Report option and manually generate the report.
If Norton 360 finds any issues on your computer, you
can use the Fix Now option to resolve the issues.
You can save, email, or print the report when needed
for review.
To run Diagnostic Report
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Diagnostic Report.
2 When the activity is complete, view the details in
Diagnostic Report window, and then click Close.

Keeping your PC tuned up
About Startup Manager

407

About Startup Manager
Some programs are configured to launch during startup
of your computer. The number of startup items
increases as you install new applications, and the time
that is required to start your computer increases as a
result. Startup Manager helps to manage the startup
items on your computer. For any startup program that
the Startup Manager lists, you can view the detailed
information such as Community Usage and Resource
Usage. You can also click the application name and
view the File Insight details. These details would help
you determine whether or not to enable an application
during startup.
You can use Startup Manager to manage programs with
the following extensions:
1

Windows executable files (.exe)

Windows System files (.sys)

Dynamic link library files (.dll)

ActiveX control files (.ocx)

Norton 360 displays the community usage details under
the following conditions:
1

When the Norton Community Watch option is
turned on.
See “Turning off or turning on Norton Community
Watch” on page 33.
When the Metered Broadband Mode option is
configured to No Limit or Critical Updates Only.
See “Defining the Internet usage of Norton 360”
on page 298.

Startup Manager lets you view the list of programs that
are included to the startup items. You can configure
Startup Manager to run or not run these programs
when your computer starts. You can also choose to
delay the start of the programs and run them manually
from the Startup Manager. This way, you can enhance
the performance of your computer. You can disable a

408

Keeping your PC tuned up
About Startup Manager

program and measure the performance of your
computer the next time you start your computer.
Norton 360 delays the start of the delayed programs
by five minutes. The first delayed program in the
Startup Manager window, starts five minutes after
you start your computer. Every subsequent delayed
program starts with a further delay of 10 seconds.
When you uninstall or if your Norton 360 expires, the
programs that you had added to the Startup Manager
are reset to their default startup setting.
Sometimes, you may see some startup programs
missing from the startup list. Norton 360 removes a
startup program from the list for the following reasons:
1

When you disable a program that has a startup
setting.
When you update a program that can possibly reset
all startup settings to default.
When you use another program to manage your
startup programs.
When you edit the registry keys manually.

To add a startup item, you can open your Startup folder
that is available in your Windows Start menu and add
programs as required. For more information on adding
programs in Windows Startup, go to Microsoft
Technical Support Web site or Windows online Help.

Disabling or enabling startup items
Whenever you start your computer, there are some
programs that automatically start and run in parallel.
These programs are called startup items. The startup
items increase the start time of your computer.
Startup Manager helps you manage the startup items
of your computer efficiently. If you do not want a
program to automatically start when you turn on your
computer, you can disable the program using Startup
Manager. You can also delay a startup item that you
want to start at a later time.

Keeping your PC tuned up
About Startup Manager

409

To disable startup items
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Startup Manager.
2 In the On/Off column, uncheck a program that you
do not want to automatically start when you turn
on your computer.
3 Click Apply to save the changes.
4 Click Close.
To enable startup items
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Startup Manager.
2 In the On/Off column, check a program that you
want to automatically start when you turn on your
computer.
3 Click Apply to save the changes.
4 Click Close.

Managing startup items
Norton 360 Startup Manager monitors and lists the
programs that automatically start when you turn on
your computer. To reduce the start time of your
computer and improve the performance, you can delay
the start of some of the programs when you turn on
your computer.
Norton 360 delays the start of the delayed programs
by five minutes. The first delayed program in the
Startup Manager window, starts five minutes after
you start your computer. Every subsequent delayed
program starts with a further delay of 10 seconds.
To delay startup items
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Startup Manager.
2 In the Delay Start column, check a program that
you want to delay.
3 Click Apply to save the changes.
4 Click Close.

410

Keeping your PC tuned up
About Startup Manager

To run delayed startup items manually
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click PC Tuneup,
and then click Run Startup Manager.
2 In the Startup Manager window, click Run Delayed
Items Now.
3 Wait for the program to start, and then in the
Startup Manager window, click Close.

Protecting your
media and data

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About Norton Backup and Restore

About backups

About backup preparation

About backup set

Backing up your files

Restoring files

About Norton Backup Drive

About solutions to the backup problems

About online backup considerations

Turning off or turning on backup

Turning off or turning on backup setting options

About Norton Backup and Restore
The Norton Backup and Restore feature protects your
important data and media files by regularly backing
up the files. If something catastrophic happens to your
PC, you can restore your valuable information from
the backups that Norton 360 has made.

412

Protecting your media and data
About backups

About backups
One of the most important ways to protect the valuable
information on your PC is to back up your files
regularly. In case you lose your data, Norton 360 lets
you restore them later. For example, you accidentally
erase an important file or your PC has a hardware
malfunction that destroys some files. In this case, you
can restore your lost files from your backup.
You can also use backup to keep your PC's permanent
disk from becoming filled with old and seldom-used
files. After you have backed up such files, you can
remove them from your PC and restore them later if
you need to use them again.
Norton 360 lets you to conveniently back up your files
to any media that Windows recognizes as a storage
drive. The backup destination may include external
drive, network storage folders, CD, DVD, Blu-ray disc,
iPod, flash drive, cameras, smart-phones, or a host of
other devices.
For any file that you have backed up, Norton 360 lets
you view the status through the icon overlays and the
Backup tab in Properties page. The icon overlays on
a file show the backup status of your protected files.
You can view details such as the last backup time of
each backup set in the Backup tab of the file Properties
page. You can turn off these options if you do not want
to view these icon overlays and the Backup details.
Norton 360 also provides a safe and a private online
storage environment to which you can back up your
files. The online storage location is different from the
location where you normally store files in your PC.
Disasters that damage or destroy your PC cannot harm
your backups because they are stored in a different
location. In addition, when you use the Norton 360
online backup, you can restore your files from any
computer at any time. Norton 360 must be installed in
the PC to access your Norton Account.

Protecting your media and data
About backup preparation

413

No matter which backup method you choose, you can
always add or remove items from the set of files that
you select to back up. You can add or remove an
individual file from the backup sets by using the
shortcut menu that appears when you right-click a file.

About backup preparation
After you install Norton 360, you must configure
Norton 360 backup to back up your important files on
your computer. You can back up your important files
with Norton 360 either automatically or at a time that
you specify. You can always change the backup settings
you initially make.
Choose the following settings when you make a backup:
Summary

You can perform the various
tasks that are related to the
backup sets such as creating,
deleting, and renaming
backup sets.
You can also preview the
details that are related to any
particular backup set such as
the size and the available
files.

414

Protecting your media and data
About backup preparation

What

You can choose from a variety
of file types, such as photos,
documents, and music. You
can also specify individual
files.
You have the following
options:
1
Sources
Lets you select a source
from which you want to
back up your files.

Norton Backup is
comprehensive or short
depending on the
locations that you select.
File Types
Lets you include or
exclude a backup file
category.
You can add a file or a
folder to the backup or
exclude a file or a folder
from the backup. You can
also use Add or exclude
files and folders option
to view the added and
excluded files and folders.
In addition, you can use
the Edit File Type option
to edit file extensions
within each file category.
When you check Edit File
Type, you can add, edit,
or remove the file
extensions in each
Backup category by using
the Configure option.

Protecting your media and data
About backup preparation

Where

415

416

Protecting your media and data
About backup preparation

You can choose any storage
location that Norton 360
offers for your backup
location, depending on your
PC and the connected
devices.
You can choose to store your
backups on external media,
such as CD, DVD, Blu-ray
disc, or iPod. You can also
store your backups on a
network drive, removable
flash memory drive, or
permanent disk in your PC.
Backing up your files to
w
a location where your source
files are available is not safe.
You may lose your data
during hardware
malfunctions.
You can delete the previously
backed-up files. You can also
decide if you want to verify
your backups by checking the
Verify backup option.
Norton 360 also provides a
secure online backup service
that you can use to store your
backed-up files in a safe
location on the Internet. This
service protects your
information even if
something catastrophic
happens to your computer.
To use the Secure
w
Online Storage option, you
must configure the Metered
Broadband Mode option in
the My Network window to
No Limit. The My Network

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

417

option is available in the
Settings window.
When

You can have Norton 360
back up your files when your
computer is idle. You can also
set a regular backup schedule
or manually back up your
files.

When you use the Secure Online Storage option for
the first time, Norton 360 needs to be activated. To
activate the Secure Online Storage, click the Click here
to activate your Secure Online Storage link. The online
backup service that is provided with the Norton 360
requires you to create a Norton Account. When you
back up files online, Norton 360 requests your Norton
Account name and password, which prevents
unauthorized access to your backed-up files.
Before Norton 360 runs a backup, it examines the files
on your computer so that it can back up your files more
efficiently. During this initial examination, Norton 360
counts the number of files that may need to be backed
up. Norton 360 also records the types and sizes of those
files. This process usually takes no more than a few
minutes the first time you run a backup.

About backup set
Norton 360 lets you create multiple sets of backup
configurations. The configuration is a set of rules and
is called a backup set. You can specify the files that you
intend to back up, the backup destination, and the time
when you want to back up your files. You can use
multiple backup sets to back up different combinations
of files or file categories to different locations.
Multiple backup set creation helps you to use your
limited Secure Online Storage judiciously. For example,

418

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

you can create a backup set to back up your picture
files and music files to a CD. You can also create
another backup set to back up your Microsoft Office
documents and your financial files to your Secure
Online Storage.

To use Secure Online Storage option, you must
configure the Metered Broadband Mode option in the
My Network window to No Limit. The My Network
option is available in the Settings window.
You can do the following tasks:
1
You can create multiple backup sets with different
set of rules. For example, you can create a backup
set to back up your pictures to your local fixed disk.
You can also create another backup set to back up
your videos to a CD. You can configure different
schedules for each backup set.
1
You can modify a backup set to include or exclude
files or file categories or to use another backup
destination to back up your files. You can change
the schedule of a backup set. You can also rename
a backup set if the name does not describe the
backup set after you modify the rules.
1
You can delete a backup set if it is no longer needed.
You can create a new backup set to start backing
up your files from the beginning.
The Summary tab of the Manage Backup Sets window
displays the set of rules that you have configured for
each backup set. You can select a backup set from the
Backup set name drop-down list to view the rules. This
way, you can keep a record of the files or file categories
that Norton 360 backs up to different destinations. You
can also modify the rules if required. In addition, you
can view the date and time of the last backup activity
for a backup set.

Creating a new backup set
You can create multiple backup sets with different
configurations. For example, you can create a backup

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

419

set to back up your pictures to your local fixed disk.
You can create another backup set to back up your
videos to a CD. You can also configure different
schedules for each backup set.
When you create a new backup set, Norton 360 applies
the default configuration for the backup set. You can
change the configuration if the default configuration
does not meet your needs.
You can identify each backup set with a backup set
name. The default name of a backup set is DefaultSet.
You can save a backup set with the default name as
well. But, whenever you create a new backup set, you
must provide a name for the backup set. The maximum
character length of a backup set name is 32
alphanumeric characters. You cannot create more than
10 backup sets.
To create a new backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Summary tab, under Things you can do,
click Create new backup set.
3 In the window that appears, type a name for your
backup set, and then click OK.
4 On the What tab, under File Types, select a file
category.
5 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings.

Modifying or renaming a backup set
When you create a new backup set, Norton 360 applies
the default configuration for the backup set. You can
change the configuration if the default configuration
does not meet your needs.
You can modify a backup set to include or exclude files
or file categories or choose another backup destination
to back up your files. You can change the schedule of
a backup set. You can also rename a backup set if the

420

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

name does not describe the backup set after you modify
the configuration.

The maximum character length of a backup set name
is 32 alphanumeric characters.
To modify a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Summary tab, in the Backup set name
drop-down list, select the backup set that you want
to modify.
3 Under Backup Set Summary, view the details of the
backup set, and do the following:
1
To include or exclude files or file categories in a
backup set, click What, and change the settings.
1
To change the backup destination, click Where,
and change the settings.
1
To change the backup schedule, click When, and
change the settings.
4 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings.
To rename a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Set.
2 On the Summary tab, in the Backup set name
drop-down list, select the backup set that you want
to rename.
3 Under Things you can do, click Rename backup set.
4 In the window that appears, change the name of the
backup set, and then click OK.
5 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings.

About backup file categories
When Norton 360 performs a backup, it first examines
the permanent disk of your PC for files to back up and

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

421

sorts them into various categories. It then backs up the
files that fall into these categories.
Norton 360 uses the following file categories:
Pictures

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Photographic
JPEG and JIFF images (.jpg,
.jpeg, .jpe, .jP2, .j2k, .j2c,
.jpf); Graphic Interchange
Format image files (.gif);
Bitmap Graphics files (.bmp,
.pct); Tagged Image Format
files (.tif, .tiff); Adobe
PhotoDeluxe images (.pdd);
Windows Metafile (.wmf);
Portable (Public) Network
Graphic files (.png);
Photoshop files (.psd);
Macintosh Quickdraw/PICT
Drawing files (.pict);
Encapsulated PostScript files
(.eps); MS Foxpro Screen files
(.sct); Run Length Encoded
Bitmap files (.rle);
Device-Independent Bitmap
Graphic files (.dib); Borland
JBuilder Project files (.jpx);
Japan Picture Format files
(.jpc); Image Alchemy HSI
Temporary Raw Bitmap files
(.raw); Pixar Picture files
(.pxr); CAD files (.vda); Pixar
Picture File (.pxr); TARGA File
(.tga); Adobe Illustrator
Vector Graphic (.ai); Kodak
Photo CD (.pcd); Kodak RAW
Bitmap Image (.kdc); Adobe
InDesign Document (.indd);
Paint Shop Pro Image (.psp);
Corel Vector Graphic Drawing
(.cdr); and Targa Bitmap files
(.icb, .vst).

422

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Music

This category includes, but is
not limited to: MPEG Audio
Stream, Layer III files (.mp3);
MPEG-4 Video files (.mp4);
MPEG-4 Audio Layer files
(.m4a); Apple Protected AAC
files (.m4p); Real Networks
RealMedia Streaming Media
files (.ra); RealMedia
Streaming Media files (.rm);
RealMedia Metafile files
(.ram); MIDI files (.rmi); MS
Windows Media Audio files
(.wma); MPEG-2 Advanced
Audio Coding files (.aac);
Monkey's Audio Lossless
Audio Compression Format
files (.ape); Free Lossless
Audio Codec files (.flac);
Waveform Audio files (.wav);
MP3 Playlist files (.m3u);
Musical Instrument Digital
Interface MIDI Sound files
(.mid; .midi); Fast Tracker 2
Extended Module files (.xm);
ScreamTracker v3 Sound files
(.s3m); MPEG Audio Stream,
Layer I (.mp1); Windows
Media Player Playlist (.wpl);
Playlist (.pls); Audio Codec 3
File (.a3c); Audio Interchange
File Format (.aif, .aifc, .aiff);
and MPEG Audio Stream,
Layer II (.mp2).

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Financial Files

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Microsoft
Money files (.mny, .mn1,
.mn2, .mn3, .mn4, .mn5,
.mn6, .mn7, .mn8, .mn9,
.mn10, .mn11, .mn12, .mn13,
.mn14, .mn15, .mbf);
TurboTax Tax Return files
(.tax); H&R Tax Return files
(.t01, .t02, .t03, .t04, .t05,
.t06); TaxACT files (.ta0, .ta1,
.ta2, .ta3, .ta4, .ta5, .ta8,
.ta9); QuickBooks files (.qba,
.qbb, .qbi, .qbw, .qbx, .qph,
.qdf, .qdb, .qif, .qsd, .qel,
.qph, q00, q01, .q02, .q03,
.q04, .q05, .Q98); Olicom Fax
files (.ofx); Quicken Data File
(.qdt); Simply Accounting File
(.sdb); and Open Financial
Connectivity files (.ofc).

423

424

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Video

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Microsoft
Windows Media files (.wmv);
Apple QuickTime Video Clip
files (.mov); MPEG 1 System
Stream files (.mpg, .mpeg);
Macromedia Flash Format
files (.swf); Audio Video
Interleave files (.avi); MS
Advanced Streaming Format
files (.asf); Beijer E-Designer
files (.mpa); MPEG Movie Clip
files (.mpe); MPEG-4 Video
files (.m4v); Digital Video File
(.dv); Ogg Vorbis Compressed
Video File (.ogm); Open Media
Format File (.omf) MPEG-1
Video File (.m1v); MPEG-2
Program Stream Format File
(.m2p); MPEG-2 Video Only
File (.m2v); QuickTime Movie
(.moov); MPEG-1 Video File
(.mpv); QuickTime Movie (.qt);
VDOScript File (.vdo); and
DVD Video Movie File (.vob).

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Office Documents

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Microsoft
Word documents and
templates (doc, .dot);
Microsoft Excel Worksheet
and templates (.xls, .xlt,
.xlam); Microsoft PowerPoint
Presentation and Slideshow
files (.ppt, .pps); Microsoft
Project files (.mpp); Adobe
Acrobat files (.pdf); Text files
(.txt); PostScript files (.ps);
HyperText Markup Language
files (.htm, .html); Microsoft
HTML documents (.mht);
WildTangent Branded .PNG
files (.wpg);
Comma-Separated Variables
text files (.csv); and
WordPerfect PC Suite
documents (.wpd).

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Microsoft
Outlook Personal Folder files
(.pst); Microsoft Exchange
Mail messages (.msg);
Microsoft Outlook Express
E-mail or Windows Mail
(.dbx); Netscape Mail E-mail
Message files (.snm); Media
Stream Broadcast (.msb);
Mailbox Message File (.mbx);
Microsoft Outlook Rules
Wizard File (.rwz); Microsoft
Outlook Express Electronic
Mail (.eml); First Reader
Saved Message Folder (.fol);
and (.MsMessageStore).

425

426

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Contacts

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Microsoft
Outlook Address Book files
(.wab); Microsoft Personal
Address Book files (.pab);
Palm Address Book files
(.aba); Beijer E-Designer files
(.mpa); Palm Date Book files
(.tda); vCard files (.vcf);
Microsoft Outlook Address
Book (.oab); Microsoft
Phonebook (.pbk); Palm
DateBook File (.dba); and
Sharp Organizer Telephone
Bank (.ozp).

Internet Favorites

This category includes, but is
not limited to: Internet
Location files (.url) that
appear on the Internet
Explorer Favorites menu.

Other File Types

This category includes the
files that you specifically add
to the backup. The category
also includes the files that
Norton 360 cannot add to any
of its file categories.

About backup file extensions
A file extension is a string of characters that is
appended to the name of a file and is used to identify
the file format. Norton 360 uses the file extension to
back up the files that are present on your computer
into different categories. Each backup file category
contains a list of default file extensions. When you run
a backup, Norton 360 identifies the files that are based
on the file extensions and backup file categories. For
example, if you want to back up the documents with a

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

427

.fm file extension in the Office Documents category,
you can add the .fm file extension to the category.
The Edit File Type option on the What tab of the
Manage Backup Sets window lets you add, edit, or
remove file extensions in each backup category. When
you check Edit File Type, the Configure option that
appears next to each backup category lets you edit file
extensions in that category.
You can use the Edit File Type option on the What tab
of the Manage Backup Sets window to do the following:
1
You can view the file extensions that are already
listed in a backup file category.
This option helps to ensure that the list has the
extensions of files that you intended to back up.
1
You can add a file extension to the list or edit a file
extension that is present in the list.
This option helps to ensure that the next time when
you run backup, Norton 360 must back up the files
with the extensions that you added.
1
You can remove a file extension from the existing
list or a file extension that you added.
This option helps to ensure that Norton 360 does
not back up the unintended files, the next time you
run backup.
1
You can reset a file category to its default file
extensions.
This option helps to restore the changes you made
to a backup file category.

The file extensions are independent of a backup set. If
you change a file extension in a backup file category,
the change applies to all backup sets.

Adding or editing a file extension in a backup file
category
Each backup file category contains a list of file
extensions. However, you can add a file extension to a
backup file category. Norton 360 identifies the files

428

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

with the file extension that you added and backs them
up to that file category. For example, if you want to
back up the documents with a .fm file extension in the
Office Documents category, you can add the .fm file
extension to that category.
You can also edit an existing file extension or a file
extension that you added.
The maximum character length of a file extension is
10 characters.
To add a file extension to a backup file category
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, next to File Types, check Edit File
Type.
3 Under File Types, next to a file category, click
Configure.
4 In the window that appears, click Add New.
5 Type the file extension that you want to add.
6 Click OK.
7 Click Save.
To edit a file extension in a backup file category
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, next to File Types, check Edit File
Type.
3 Under File Types, next to a file category, click
Configure.
4 In the window that appears, select the file extension
that you want to edit, and then click Edit.
5 Edit the file extension.
6 Click OK.
7 Click Save.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

429

Removing a file extension from a backup category
Each backup file category contains a list of file
extensions. However, you can remove a default file
extension or a file extension that you added to a backup
file category. Norton 360 identifies the files with the
file extension that you removed and does not back them
up the next time that you run backup. For example,
you do not want to back up the documents with a .rtf
file extension in the Office Documents category. In
this case, you can remove the .rtf file extension from
that category.
To remove a file extension from a backup category
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, next to File Types, check Edit File
Type.
3 Under File Types, next to a file category, click
Configure.
4 In the window that appears, select the file extension,
and then click Remove.
5 Click Save.

Resetting a backup category to default file
extensions
You can reset a file category to its default list of file
extension. When you reset a file category, Norton 360
restores the default file extension that you removed
previously and remove the file extensions that you
added.
To reset a backup category to default file extensions
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, next to File Types, check Edit File
Type.
3 Under File Types, next to a file category, click
Configure.

430

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

4 In the window that appears, click Reset Defaults.
5 Click Save.

Deleting previously backed up files
You can delete the files that you backed up previously
from your backup location. You can also delete the files
if the files are no longer useful for you and you have a
limited space on your backup location. You can also
delete backed up files if you changed the file category
for a backup set. You may want to delete previously
backed up files before you run a backup.
You can delete the previously backed up files from the
following locations:
1

Summary tab

Where tab

When the backed up files are deleted, the backup details
of the files that belong to the backup set that you delete
also changes. For example, the icon overlays and the
Backup tab in the file properties of the file no longer
appear.

You cannot delete a backup set if only one backup set
is available.
You can also uncheck the backup category if you no
longer want to back up the files that you deleted.
Deleting previously backed up files is particularly
helpful if you want to free some space on your Secure
Online Storage.

To delete files from your online backup, you must
configure the Metered Broadband Mode option in the
My Network window to No Limit. The My Network
option is available in the Settings window.
To delete previously backed up files from the Summary
tab
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

431

2 On the Summary tab, in the Backup set name
drop-down list, select the backup set that you want
to delete.
3 Under Things you can do, click Delete backup set.
4 In the Delete Backup Set window, select one of the
following:
Delete backup set

Lets you remove the backup
set.

Delete backup set and files Lets you remove the backup
set and the files that are
available in the backup set.

5 Click Yes to confirm.
To delete previously backed up files from the Where tab
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Where tab, click Delete Backed up Files.
3 In the window that appears, in the drop-down list,
select the backup set from which you want to delete
the previously backed up files.
This window appears when you have more than one
backup set.
4 Click OK.
5 In the window that appears, in the left pane, select
the file category that contains the files.
You can also select the Folders category to select
the folders that you want to delete.
6 Check the files that you want to delete.
7 To view the files that you selected, on the left pane,
click Selected Files.
8 Click Delete Selected.
9 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
10 Click Close.

432

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Adding files and folders to a backup set
You are not limited to backing up the files that Norton
360 automatically detects and places into its file
categories. You can add files to the set of files to be
backed up, and you can exclude files from being backed
up as well.
Norton 360 lets you select a file or folder from your
computer that you want to include in your backup. The
Add or exclude files and folders option on the What
tab in the Manage Backup Sets window provides you
the options to add files and folders to a backup set.
You can also right-click a file or a folder and add it to
a backup set using the Norton 360 option on the
shortcut menu. The shortcut menu is available after
you configure your backup and when the Manage
Backup Sets window and the Restore Files window are
closed. When you add a file to the backup set, Norton
360 lists the information in the window that appears
when you click Add or exclude files and folders option.
You can view all the files and folders that you added
to the backup.
You can also remove an addition from the list of items
that is included or excluded from backup by using the
Remove from list option. This option is available in
the window that appears when you click Add or exclude
files and folders.

To add files to your online backup, you must configure
the Metered Broadband Mode option in the My
Network window to No Limit. The My Network option
is available in the Settings window.
To add a file to a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, click Add or exclude files and
folders.
3 In the window that appears, click Include File.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

433

4 In the file selection window that appears, navigate
to file that you want to add, click to select it, and
then click Open.
5 Click OK.
6 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings to save the settings.
To add a folder to a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, click Add or exclude files and
folders.
3 In the window that appears, click Include Folder.
4 In the folder selection window that appears,
navigate to the folder that you want to add, and then
click OK.
5 Click OK.
6 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings to save the settings.
To add a file or folder to a backup set in Windows
Explorer
1 In Windows Explorer, right-click the file or folder,
select Norton 360 > Add to Backup.
The Add to Backup option in the shortcut menu is
enabled only after you configure your backup and
when the Manage Backup Sets window and Restore
Files window are closed.
2 Click the backup set to which you want to add the
file or the folder.

Excluding files and folders from a backup set
Norton 360 lets you exclude backing up the files that
Norton 360 automatically detects and places into its
file categories or a complete file category. The Add or
exclude files and folders option on the What tab in the
Manage Backup Sets window provides you the options
to exclude files and folders to a backup set.

434

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

You can exclude a file or folder from the backup set
from Windows Explorer by using the shortcut menu.
The shortcut menu is available after you configure your
backup and when the Manage Backup Sets window
and the Restore Files window are closed. When you
exclude a file from the backup set, Norton 360 lists the
information in the window that appears when you click
Add or exclude files and folders option. You can view
all the files that you excluded from the backup.
You can also remove an exclusion from the list of items
that is included or excluded from backup by using the
Remove from list option. This option is available in
the window that appears when you click Add or exclude
files and folders.
To exclude a file from a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, click Add or exclude files and
folders.
3 In the window that appears, click Exclude File.
4 In the file selection window that appears, navigate
to the file that you want to exclude, and then click
Open.
5 Click OK.
6 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings to save the settings.
To exclude a folder from a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the What tab, click Add or exclude files and
folders.
3 In the window that appears, click Exclude Folder.
4 In the folder selection window that appears,
navigate to the folder that you want to exclude, and
then click OK.
5 Click OK.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

435

6 In the Manage Backup Sets window, click Save
Settings to save the settings.
To exclude a file or folder from a backup set in Windows
Explorer
1 In Windows Explorer, right-click the file, click
Norton 360 > Exclude from Backup.
The Exclude from Backup option in the shortcut
menu is enabled only after you configure your
backup and when the Manage Backup Sets and the
Restore Files windows are closed.
2 Click the backup set from which you want to exclude
the file or the folder.

About backup locations
Norton 360 can back up your files to several kinds of
storage locations. The speed, safety, and quantity of
your backup depend on the choice of your location. No
one backup location is the best in all situations and for
all users.
You can choose any storage location that Norton 360
offers for your backup location, depending on your PC
and the connected devices. Use the information in the

436

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

following table to choose a location that best meets
your needs for safety, speed, and storage capacity:
Secure Online Storage

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Your subscription to Norton 360
comes with an allocation of
storage space on a secure server
that is located on the Internet.
This location is the safest, most
secure backup choice available
because it stores your
information in a remote location.
As a consequence, even the
disasters that might damage or
destroy your PC cannot affect
your backups. Online backups
can take place automatically, as
long as your PC has an active
Internet connection. However,
you require a reasonably fast
Internet connection.
You can configure the Internet
bandwidth that backup uses to
back up your files using
Bandwidth Throttle on the
Where tab of the Manage
Backup Sets window.
You can alter the following
bandwidth throttle states:
1
Fastest (recommended)
1
High usage
1
Moderate usage
1
Low usage
You can buy more online storage
space whenever you want.
To use the Secure Online
w
Storage option, you must
configure the Metered
Broadband Mode option in the
My Network window to No Limit.
The My Network option is
available in the Settings window.

437

438

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

C: (Local Fixed Disk)

This choice backs your files up
to a special folder on drive C of
your PC. Backing up to drive C is
very quick and convenient, and
is only limited to the amount of
free space available on your
drive. You can run automatic
backups with this choice.
Backing up to drive C is a
convenient but an unsafe backup
method. Any mechanical
problem that the drive might
experience can damage both
your original files and your
backups.
If you use drive C for quick and
automatic backups, you must
back up your files occasionally
to a different drive or another
location.

Other internal or external This choice provides for fast,
drive
convenient backups. You can run
automatic backups and always
have access to your backed up
files as long as the drive is
connected to your PC.
Although using another drive is
safer than using drive C, doing
so still leaves your data at risk
from any PC hardware
malfunctions.
If you choose to back up to
another drive, you should also
back up your files occasionally
to some other location.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

CD, DVD, or Blu-ray discs

439

440

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

This choice requires that you
have recordable CDs, DVDs, or
Blu-ray discs and an optical drive
in your PC to record on those
discs. You must be present to
insert and remove discs when
requested. Therefore, you cannot
select automatic scheduling of
backups when you back up to
CDs, DVDs, or Blu-ray discs.
Backing up to CDs, DVDs, or
Blu-ray discs is slower than
backing up to other media.
Backing up to CDs, DVDs, or
Blu-ray discs is also less
convenient because you must be
present during the backup.
By using Norton 360, you can
back up your data to any of the
following optical media types if
your optical drive supports them:
1
CD-R
1
CD-RW
1
DVD+R
1
DVD-R
1
DVD+R DL
1
DVD-R DL
1
DVD+RW
1
DVD-RW
1
DVD RAM
1
BD-R
1
BD-RE
You should store your backup
discs in a safe place elsewhere
to provide protection against a
disaster that occurs at your
computer's location.
When you select the CD or
w
the DVD Drive as the backup

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

location for the first time, Norton
360 prompts you to configure
the optical backup drive on your
computer. Norton 360 lets you
install the optical driver.
Network drive

You can use this choice if your
PC is connected to a local
network that offers a storage
location to which you have
access. Depending on the speed
of your network, this choice can
be almost as fast as backing up
to an internal drive or external
drive.
This choice does not appear if
your PC is not connected to a
network that offers a storage
device to which you have access.
To back up your data to an
external network drive, you must
map the external network drive
to your computer. When you map
a drive, you must also specify a
drive letter for the connection.

441

442

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Flash drive and
removable storage
devices, including iPod

Flash drives and the other data
storage devices that are
attached to your PC can also
serve as backup locations.
Norton 360 displays such
devices as external disk drives.
If such a device is always
attached to your PC, you can use
it for automatic backups.
The amount of storage space
that is available on these devices
can be less than on hard disks.
If you use a flash drive for
backups, you should also back
up your files occasionally to
another storage location.

Choosing a backup location
Norton 360 provides several kinds of storage locations
for backups. You can choose a different location if your
backup needs change or if you want to store your
backups in several locations for added security.
When you select Secure Online Storage as the backup
location, Norton 360 prompts you to register to your
Norton Account. You must be connected to the Internet
to register to your Norton Account.
To use Secure Online Storage as a backup location, you
must configure the Metered Broadband Mode option
in the My Network window to No Limit. The My
Network option is available in the Settings window.

You must activate your Norton 360 with a valid license
key to use the online storage space.
To choose a backup location
1 Make sure that the device to which you want to back
up your data is connected to your PC and turned on.
2 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

443

3 On the Where tab, select the location and device
where you want your backups to be stored.
If the device or location does not appear on the list,
click Refresh List.
4 Click Save Settings.

Installing optical backup driver
Norton 360 offers several storage location options for
backups. You can choose a different location if your
backup needs change or if you want to store your
backups in several locations for added security.
If you want to back up your important files and data
to a CD or DVD Drive, you must configure the optical
backup drive on your computer. The optical backup
drive helps you read or write data on optical discs.
When you select CD or DVD Drive as the backup
location for the first time, Norton 360 prompts you to
configure the optical backup drive on your computer.
Norton 360 lets you install the optical driver.
When you install optical backup driver, you must insert
and remove discs when prompted. Therefore, you
cannot select automatic scheduling of backups when
you back up to CDs, DVDs, or Blu-ray discs for the first
time. When the backup is complete, you can click View
Details in the Backup window to view the status of
your last backup.
To install optical backup driver
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Where tab, select the CD or DVD Drive
option, and then click Run Backup.
3 In the dialog that appears, click OK.
4 When you are prompted, insert a blank CD or DVD
into the CD-ROM drive and click OK.
You can view the progress of the backup in the
Backup window.
5 When the backup is complete, click Close.

444

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Viewing or changing a backup schedule
Norton 360 lets you schedule backups when it is
convenient for you. You can schedule your backups to
run late at night or whenever you know that your
computer is not needed for any other activity.
You have the following backup schedule choices:
Automatic (Recommended) Choose this option to back up
your computer when it is
turned on but not otherwise
in use. This choice is the
recommended choice for
most users. Norton 360
checks your computer to be
idle every four hours to run
an automatic backup. Note
that the backup location must
be available at the time that
the automatic backup takes
place.
You cannot back up
w
your data to a CD or DVD if
you select this option.
Weekly

Choose this option to pick
one or more days of the week,
and the time of day, for your
backups to occur.

Monthly

Choose a specific day of the
month, and specific time of a
day, for your backups to
occur.
Check Run only at idle time
to run an automatic backup
only at idle time. Norton 360
checks to see if your
computer is idle every four
hours.

Protecting your media and data
About backup set

Manual Schedule

445

Choose this option to have
Norton 360 backup your files
only when you start the
backup yourself.

Your computer's performance is maximized if you
schedule to perform your critical operations when your
computer is idle. When you schedule backup weekly
or monthly and check the Run only at idle time option,
Norton 360 backs up your files when your computer is
idle. Symantec recommends you to check the Run only
at idle time option to experience better performance
of your computer.
To view or change a backup schedule
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the When tab, under Schedule, select an option
to view or change the backup schedule.
3 Click Save Settings.

Deleting a backup set
You can delete a backup set if it is no longer needed.
You cannot delete a backup set if only one backup set
is available. However, you can create a new backup set
before you delete the old backup set.
When a backup set is deleted, the Backup details of the
files that are included in that backup set also change.
For example, the icon overlays and the Backup tab in
the file properties of the file no longer appear.
Deleting a backup set is particularly helpful if you want
to free some space on your Secure Online Storage.

To delete a backup set from your online backup, you
must configure the Metered Broadband Mode option
in the My Network window to No Limit. The My
Network option is available in the Settings window.

446

Protecting your media and data
Backing up your files

To delete a backup set
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Summary tab, in the Backup set name
drop-down list, select the backup set that you want
to delete.
3 Under Things you can do, click Delete backup set.
4 In the Delete Backup Set window, select Delete
backup set option.
5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
To delete a backup set and files
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Manage Backup Sets.
2 On the Summary tab, in the Backup set name
drop-down list, select the backup set that you want
to delete.
3 Under Things you can do, click Delete backup set.
4 In the Delete Backup Set window, select Delete
backup set and files option.
The Manage Backup Set window shows the progress
of the backed files that are being deleted from your
selected backup set.
5 Click Yes to confirm.

Backing up your files
After you provide Norton 360 with your preferred
backup settings, running a backup is very easy. In fact,
if you scheduled all backup sets to run backups
automatically, you do not need to do anything at all.
Norton 360 performs automatic backups for all backup
sets when your PC is turned on but not engaged in
performing any other tasks. However, Norton 360 does
not back up your files automatically if the backup
destination is a CD, DVD, or Blu-ray disc. Backing up
to these destinations needs your intervention.

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

447

Whether you have set Norton 360 to back up your PC
automatically or not, you can always run a backup. For
example, you have added or modified important files
and you want to be sure they are safe. In this case, you
can run a backup manually. You can also run a backup
at the end of the day if you do not want to wait for an
automatic backup to occur.
You can view the details of your backup activity under
the backup category in the Security History window.
To back up your files
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Run Backup Now.
2 Follow any instructions for performing the backup
that Norton 360 provides.
For example, if you choose to back up your files to
CDs, then Norton 360 asks you to insert a recordable
CD.
3 In the Backup window, click Close.

Restoring files
The reason to have a good backup is to restore your
files from the backup if the need arises. Norton 360
provides an easy method to restore your backed-up
files.
By default, Norton 360 displays the backup location of
the most recent backup set you ran and the original
locations of the files.

To restore files from online backup, you must configure
the Metered Broadband Mode option in the My
Network window to No Limit. The My Network option
is available in the Settings window.

448

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

When you restore files, you can change any of the
following settings:
Restore From

You can choose any of the
backup sets to restore the
files.
If you backed up your data in
an external media, you must
connect it to your computer
to restore those files. Norton
360 lists all the backup sets
that you ran backup for and
that your PC can currently
detect.

Files

You can restore the backed
up files in a backup set that
you selected. You can use the
Search option to search for
files by name and add the
selected file to restore. You
can also check the Restore
All Files and Categories
option next to the Files
heading to select all file
categories. In addition, you
can browse for backed up
files based on file categories
and folders by using the
Browse for Files and Folders
option.
You can filter the backed up
files in a backup set by the
backup file categories.

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

Restore To

449

You can restore to the
original locations of the files,
or navigate to a new location
where you can restore your
files. Norton 360 displays the
total number of files and the
total size of the files that you
have selected for restoration.
If files with the same name
are present at the original
location, the files that you
restore replace those files.

If you backed up files to CDs or DVDs, do not restore
files by copying them directly to your PC from the
backup disks. When Norton 360 backs files up to CDs
or DVDs, it sometimes has to split files between two
discs. Directly copying a file back from a disc, therefore,
may only copy part of the file. Such a file appears to
be damaged when you try to use it. Instead, let Norton
360 restore your files for you.
To restore files
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.
2 In the Restore Files window, do one or more of the
following:
1
Under Restore From, change where to restore
from.
1
Under Files, specify what to restore.
1

Under Restore To, change where to restore the
files to.

3 Click Restore Files.
4 Follow the on-screen instructions to finish restoring
your files.

450

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

Choosing where to restore files from
When Norton 360 restores files, it displays the backup
location of the most recent backup set you ran. You
can change the location to restore files from a different
backup location. For example, you have backed up files
to drive C and then later backed up files to CDs. You
can then choose to restore files from either drive C or
from the CDs.

To restore files from online backup, you must configure
the Metered Broadband Mode option in the My
Network window to No Limit. The My Network option
is available in the Settings window.
To choose where to restore files from
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.
2 In the Restore Files window, under Restore From,
click View All.
3 In the window that appears, click the backup set
that you want to restore, and then click OK.
If the backup set is not visible, make sure that the
media in which you had backed up your files is
connected, and click Refresh List.
If you have activated online backup, the window
also contains the backup set that contains the files
that you backed up online from another computer.
For example, you can view the backup set containing
the files that you backed up from your home
computer. However, the other computer must have
Norton 360 registered with the same Norton
Account.
4 Make any other necessary changes to your restore
settings, and click Restore Files.
5 Follow the on-screen instructions to finish restoring
your files.

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

451

Selecting files to restore
When you restore backed-up files with Norton 360, you
might not need to restore all the files from a backup.
You can restore the files that may have been damaged,
accidentally erased, or modified incorrectly. Norton
360 provides several ways for you to select only the
files that you need to restore.
When you click the Browse for Files and Folders
option, you can view a list of all the backed-up files.
You can easily select the files that you want to restore
by checking them. You can filter the files by its
categories available in the left pane in the Restore Files
window.
The various options that are available under Category
in the left pane of the window are:
All file types

You can view all the backed-up
files in a backup set.

File Categories

You can view all the file
categories in the left pane that
you have previously backed up.
When you click a file category,
you can view all the backed-up
files of that file category in the
right pane.

Folders

You can view all the backed-up
folders containing files available
in a backup set.

Selected Files

You can view all the files and
folders that you select to restore.

You can also search for a particular file by using the
Search option. You can exclude each item in the right
pane if you want to exclude it from restoration by
unchecking it.

452

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

You can use any of the following methods, and you can
combine methods, to select files to restore:
Restore all files and
categories

You can restore all the
backed-up files without
excluding any file within a
backup set.

Restore files by searching

You can search by file name,
or by part of a file name from
the list of backed up files and
restore them. You can also
use wildcard characters, such
as asterisks (*) or question
marks (?) to search file names
or folder names. For example,
you can type *.doc to search
all the Microsoft Word
documents.

Restore individual files within You can see a list of the files
a file category
that are included in each file
category, and choose which
of those files to restore.

You can select the files and the file categories that you
want to restore in the Restore Files window.
To select all the backed-up files to restore
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.
2 In the Restore Files window, next to Files, check
Restore All Files and Categories.
All of the backed-up files and folders in the backup
set get selected for restore.
To select files to restore by searching
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

453

2 Under Files, in the Search text box, type all or part
of a file name, or the extension of the file.
3 Click Search.
The window that appears displays the file names
that contain the text that you typed.
4 Check the files that you want to restore, and then
click OK.
5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 to add more files to the
list of those that Norton 360 restores.
To select an individual file within a file category to
restore
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.
2 In the Restore Files window, under Files, click
Browse for Files and Folders.
3 In the left pane, under Show Results for, click a file
category from which you want to restore files.
4 In the right pane, do one of the following:
1
Check the files that you want to restore.
1

If you want to restore all the files in that
category or folder, check the check box in the
header close to Backup Item.

5 Repeat steps 3 through 4 to add more files to the
list of those that Norton 360 restores.
You can use the Selected Files option in the left
pane under Show Results for to view all the selected
files that you want to restore.
6 Click OK.

Choosing a restore destination
When you restore files from a backup, you can choose
where Norton 360 places the restored files. You can
restore the files to a separate folder of your choice or
their original location. By default, Norton 360 selects
the original locations of the files.

454

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

Restoring files to their original locations deletes newer
versions of the same files that are stored in those
locations. If you do not want to replace those files with
the restored files, you must move the newer versions
somewhere else before you restore. You can also restore
them to a different location.
You can change the restore destination from any
computer at any time.

Some drives use older Windows file systems, such as
FAT-16 or FAT-32, which cannot store files larger than
4 GB. For such large files to restore, make sure that
your restore destination is formatted with a file system
that supports large files, such as NTFS.
To change a restore destination
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Restore Files.
2 In the Restore Files window, under Restore To, click
Change.
3 In the window, click New Location.
4 Do one of the following:
1
Type a restore location in the space provided.
1

Click Browse, use the browse window to navigate
to the location to which you want to restore files,
and then click OK.

5 Make any other necessary changes to your restore
settings, and then click Restore Files.
6 Follow the on-screen instructions to finish restoring
your files.

About Norton 360 Autorun Restore
Norton 360 Autorun Restore helps you restore the files
that are backed up on an optical disc. You can also use
this feature to restore your backed up files to a
computer that does not have Norton 360 installed.

Protecting your media and data
Restoring files

455

When you insert an optical disc that contains the
backed-up files, the Autorun Restore feature
automatically opens the Portable Restore window.

If you disable Windows auto-run option, you must
manually launch the Autorun Restore feature.
The Portable Restore window provides you the
following information:
1
The name of the backup set
1

The size of the backed-up files

The date and time you backed up the files

You can select the files that you want to restore. You
can restore the files to their original location. By
default, Autorun restores the files you select to
C:\Restored Files\. You can customize the location
where you want to restore the selected files.
You can also launch the Norton 360 main window if
Norton 360 version 3.0 or later is installed on your
computer. If Norton 360 version 3.0 or later is not
installed on your computer, Autorun tells you that the
product is not installed on your computer.
You can also use the following link to obtain more
information:
http://www.symantec.com/norton/360

Restoring files by using Norton 360 Autorun Restore
Norton 360 Autorun Restore lets you restore your files
backed-up on an optical disk. Autorun can restore your
backed-up files to a computer that does not have
Norton 360 installed on it.
You can restore your backed-up files to their original
locations or custom locations. You can also use the
Launch Norton 360 option in the Portable Restore
window to open the Norton 360 main window. Norton
360 version 3.0 or later must be installed on your
computer to open Norton 360.

456

Protecting your media and data
About Norton Backup Drive

To restore files using Norton 360 Autorun Restore
1 Insert an optical disc that contains the backed-up
files.
2 Click the ARestore icon to launch the Autorun
Restore feature.
If the Windows AutoPlay option is disabled,
navigate to the optical disk that has your backup,
and double click the ARestore icon to launch the
Autorun Restore feature.
3 In the Portable Restore window, click Select Files
to Restore option.
4 In the window that appears, in the left pane, under
Category, click a file category from which you want
to restore files.
5 In the right pane, check the files that you want to
restore.
If you want to restore all the files, in the left pane,
under Category, click All file types, and then check
the check box in the header close to Backup Item.
6 Under Restore to, click one of the following:
1
Original Location
Choose this option if you want to restore the files
to the original location.
1
Custom Location
Choose this option if you want to restore the files
to a new location. By default, Autorun restores
the files you select to C:\Restored Files\.
7 Click Restore Selected.
8 Follow the on-screen instructions to finish restoring
your files.

About Norton Backup Drive
Norton 360 provides the Norton Backup Drive in your
Windows Explorer after you configure your backup.
Norton Backup Drive contains a list of backup
destinations where your files are backed up. Each

Protecting your media and data
About Norton Backup Drive

457

backup destination contains the backup sets to which
the backup destination is configured.
Norton Backup Drive displays the files that you backed
up to a media device. You must connect and turn on
the media device before you view your files.
You can also view the files that you backed up to Secure
Online Storage. You must be connected to the Internet
and logged in to Norton Account.
To view the files in your online backup, you must
configure the Metered Broadband Mode option in the
My Network window to No Limit. The My Network
option is available in the Settings window.

The Norton Backup Drive is accessible only to system
administrator.
You can do the following with Norton Backup Drive:
1
View the files that are backed up in different backup
destinations.
To view the files that you backed up to a media
device, you must connect the device to your
computer.
1
Restore a file from a backup set on the Norton
Backup Drive to restore to your computer.
1
Select and delete a file from a backup set on the
Norton Backup Drive.
Norton 360 does not back up the file you deleted
the next time you run backup.
1
Open a file to view the content of the file before you
restore or delete it on the Norton Backup Drive.
1
Use the Search command on the Start menu or the
Search Toolbar option to locate files in the Norton
Backup Drive.

Norton Backup Drive appears in Windows Explorer
only when the Backup option in the Backup Settings
window is turned on.

458

Protecting your media and data
About Norton Backup Drive

Viewing backup files on the Norton Backup Drive
You can use the Norton Backup Drive to view the files
that are backed up. You can view the Norton Backup
Drive after you configure backup.
If you backed up your files to a media device, ensure
that the device is connected to your PC and turned on.
You can then view the files on the Norton Backup Drive.
If you backed up your files to Secure Online Storage,
you must be connected to the Internet. You must also
be logged in to Norton Account to view the files on the
Norton Backup Drive.

To view the files in your online backup, you must
configure the Metered Broadband Mode option in the
My Network window to No Limit. The My Network
option is available in the Settings window
To view backup files on the Norton Backup Drive
1 In Windows Explorer, click Norton Backup Drive.
2 Select the backup destination, and navigate to the
backup set that contains the files that you backed
up.

Restoring a file from a backup set on the Norton
Backup Drive
To restore a file, you can drag it from a backup set on
the Norton Backup Drive to your computer. You can
also click to open and view the contents of the file
before you restore it.
Right-click to select the files to restore in the Norton
Backup Drive, and then click Restore to. You can
restore your backed-up files to their original locations
or custom locations.
To restore a file from a backup set on the Norton Backup
Drive
1 In Windows Explorer, click Norton Backup Drive.

Protecting your media and data
About Norton Backup Drive

459

2 Select the backup destination, and navigate to the
backup set destination that contains the file that
you backed up.
3 Do one of the following:
1
Right-click to select the files to restore in Norton
Backup Drive, and then click Restore.
The files are restored to the original location by
overwriting the existing files.
1
Right-click to select the files to restore in the
Norton Backup Drive, and then click Restore to.
You can choose to restore your files to the
Original Location or to a New Location.
4 Click OK.

Deleting a file from a backup set on the Norton
Backup Drive
You can select and delete a file from a backup set on
the Norton Backup Drive. Norton 360 does not back up
the deleted file the next time you run a backup. You
can also click the file to open and view the file content
before you restore it.
To delete a file from a backup set on the Norton Backup
Drive
1 In Windows Explorer, click Norton Backup Drive.
2 Select the backup destination, and navigate to the
backup set destination that contains the file that
you backed up.
3 Do one of the following:
1
Right-click to select the files to delete, and then
click Delete.
1
Select the file, and then press Delete.

460

Protecting your media and data
About solutions to the backup problems

About solutions to the backup problems
The following table provides some tips to help you
avoid backup problems.
All backups

The following tips apply to all
backups:
1
Perform backups
regularly. The more often
you back up, the less
chance there is that you
can lose important
information. An automatic
backup schedule is
recommended, since that
tends to back up those
files that have most
recently changed. A
scheduled weekly backup
is a good second choice.
1
If you use automatic
backups, leave your PC
turned on when not in
use. Automatic backups
take place when your PC
is turned on but not in
use.
1
Regularly check the
backup results that
Norton 360 provides to
ensure that all of the files
that should be backed up
are backed up.

Protecting your media and data
About solutions to the backup problems

Backing up to CDs or DVDs

The following tips apply to
backups to CDs or DVDs:
1
Have extra discs on hand
when you back up. This
tip helps you to avoid
occasional disc flaws or
situations where the
amount of backed up data
is more than you
anticipated.
1
Label your backup discs
with the complete details,
so that you can find the
right disc when you need
to restore files.
1
Do not copy files directly
from the backup discs to
your PC. You may
inadvertently copy only
part. Instead, use the
Norton 360 restore
feature or use the Norton
360 Autorun Restore
feature.

461

462

Protecting your media and data
About solutions to the backup problems

Backing up to external drives, The following tips apply to
including flash drives
backups to external drives:
1
Some drives use older
Windows file systems,
such as FAT-16 or FAT-32
that cannot store files
larger than 4 GB. For such
large files to back up,
ensure that your backup
drive is formatted with a
file system that supports
large files, such as NTFS.
1
If you use automatic or
scheduled backups, make
sure that the external
drives are connected and
turned on.
1
To avoid accidentally
corrupting your backed
up files, do not use a
backup drive for purposes
other than for backing up.

Protecting your media and data
About solutions to the backup problems

Backing up to your Secure
Online Storage

463

The following tips apply to
backups to online storage:
1
Make sure that your PC
does not automatically
disconnect from the
Internet when it is not in
use.
1
Regularly check the
amount of space that you
have left in your Secure
Online Storage, and
consider purchasing more
storage space before you
need it.
1
Online backups work best
with a fast Internet
connection. If your
backups take too long,
consider backing up only
the files that you regularly
work. Then periodically
back up to CDs, DVDs,
Blu-ray discs, or external
drives to back up your
larger, seldom-used files.
1
If you back up more than
one PC to your online
storage, give each PC a
different nickname.
Giving a different
nickname to each PC
helps you identify the PC
and the backups that
corresponds to each PC.

Getting additional help with backup problems
If you run into problems with your Symantec product
that you cannot solve, or have questions about the
product, additional help is available. You can use the
Norton Autofix window to open the support Web site

464

Protecting your media and data
About online backup considerations

and search the Symantec Knowledge Base for solutions
to your problem.
To get additional help with backup problems
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Support, and
then click Get Support.
2 In the Norton Autofix window, click Open Support
Web Site to launch the support Web site.

About online backup considerations
Norton 360 provides you with secure backup storage
space on a server that is accessible to your computer
through its Internet connection. When your backup
location is distant from your computer, your data is
safe from local disasters, such as a fire, flood, or
earthquake.

To use online backup, you must configure the Metered
Broadband Mode option in the My Network window
to No Limit. The My Network option is available in the
Settings window.

Protecting your media and data
About online backup considerations

465

Although online backup is convenient and safe, before
choosing it for your backup method, consider the
following limitations:
Speed limitations

466

Protecting your media and data
About online backup considerations

The amount of time that it takes
to transfer your backup to the
Secure Online Storage depends
on the speed of your Internet
connection. If you have many
files to back up, the first backup
can take hours or days,
depending on the speed of your
Internet connection.
You can configure the Internet
bandwidth that backup uses to
back up your files using the
Bandwidth Throttle option. This
option is available on the Where
tab of the Manage Backup Sets
window.
You can alter the following
bandwidth throttle states:
1
Fastest (recommended)
1
High usage
1
Moderate usage
1
Low usage
Furthermore, many home and
small business Internet
connections are asymmetrical,
meaning that their upload
speeds are slower than their
download speeds. A single large
file, such as a high-quality
photograph, may take several
minutes or longer to upload to
your Secure Online Storage.
If you have many large files and
asymmetrical or slow Internet
connection, consider the use of
one of the other backup
locations that Norton 360
provides. You can then use your
Secure Online Storage to back

Protecting your media and data
About online backup considerations

467

up your smaller files, such as
your financial documents and
word-processing documents.
If a backup is in progress, you
should leave your computer
turned on, so that the backup
can finish. However, if a backup
is interrupted, then the next time
it starts, it resumes where it left
off and continues until it
finishes.
Storage limitations

Norton 360 provides sufficient
online storage to handle many
of your backup needs, and you
can purchase more storage when
you need it. Nonetheless, the
amount of space in your Secure
Online Storage is much smaller
than the typical permanent disk
that most recent computers
have. Online backups are ideal
for the files that you regularly
work on. You can back up large
files and the files that seldom
change to a different location.
In addition, you should
periodically look over the files
that you have in your Secure
Online Storage. Eliminate those
files that you no longer need, to
make additional storage space
available.

About online backup activation
Norton 360 uses your Norton Account to keep track of
the following:
1
The computers that you back up to online storage

468

Protecting your media and data
About online backup considerations

The amount of online storage space that is available
to you

Your product needs to be activated to use the online
backup feature. The first time you configure online
backup, Norton 360 connects to your Norton Account
and requests that you sign in to the account. You may
have established a Norton Account when you installed
Norton 360 or when you installed another Norton
product.
To sign in to your Norton Account, you use the email
address and the password that you supplied when you
created your Norton Account. You only need to sign in
to your Norton Account the first time that you
configure online backup. Norton 360 retains your
account information so you do not have to sign in again.
If you do not have a Norton Account when you
configure online backup for the first time, Norton 360
lets you create one.
Symantec provides 2 GB of online storage for each
Norton 360 product key. You can share the online
storage space that is allocated to you using your Norton
Account among your computers. For example, you have
two computers having Norton 360 installed on it and
registered with the same Norton Account. You can
share the storage space among your two computers.
You use 1 GB of online storage space for your first
computer. When you activate the online storage for
your second computer using the same Norton Account,
that computer can use the remaining 1 GB of space.

To use online backup, you must configure the Metered
Broadband Mode option in the My Network window
to No Limit. The My Network option is available in the
Settings window.

Purchasing more online storage space
Your Norton 360 subscription comes with an allotment
of secure online storage space. When Norton 360
performs an online backup, it calculates the amount
of space that it needs for the backup. If your online

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup

469

storage does not contain sufficient space for the
backup, Norton 360 notifies you and provides you an
option to buy more space.
You do not have to wait until Norton 360 tells you that
you need more online storage space. You can purchase
additional space at any time.
You must be connected to the Internet to purchase
more online storage space.
It can take about 30 seconds for the status on the My
Account page to display the amount of space that you
purchased.
To purchase additional online storage space when
backing up
1 When Norton 360 notifies you that it needs more
online storage space, click Buy More Storage.
Your Web browser opens to a secure page, on which
you can purchase additional online storage space.
2 Follow the instructions on the secure Web page to
purchase additional online storage space.
To purchase additional online storage space at other
times
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click Buy More Storage.
Your Web browser opens to a secure page, on which
you can purchase additional online storage space.
2 Follow the instructions on the Web page to purchase
additional online storage space.

Turning off or turning on backup
When the Backup option is turned on, Norton 360
automatically backs up your files when your computer
is idle. However, if you want to temporarily disable
backup, you can turn it off from within the program.
When you turn off backup, the backup status in the
Norton 360 main window changes from Protected to
Disabled. In the Disabled state, Norton 360 disables

470

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup

all automatic backup of files. You can use the Run
Backup Now option in the main window if you want to
back up your files from all the backup sets.
You can turn off or turn on backup from the Settings
window, Backup Settings window, or from the Backup
Details window.
To turn off or turn on backup from the Settings window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls, do
one of the following:
1
To turn off backup, uncheck Backup.
1

To turn on backup, check Backup.

To turn off or turn on backup from the Backup Settings
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Backup Settings.
3 In the Backup Settings window, do one of the
following:
1
To turn off backup, move the On/Off switch to
the right to the Off position.
1
To turn on backup, move the On/Off switch to
the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
To turn off or turn on backup from the Backup Details
window
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Backup, and
then click View Details.
2 In the Backup Details window, under Things You
Can Do, do one of the following:
1
To turn off backup, click Turn Off Backup.
1

To turn on backup, click Turn On Backup.

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup setting options

471

Turning off or turning on backup setting
options
Norton 360 provides you various options to manage
your backup settings. Norton 360 backup settings let
you access the backup details of a particular file by
status icon overlays without opening the product. You
can use the icon overlays to view the backup status of
a file or folder. You can also use the Properties page
of a file to know the backup status of your backup sets.
When the Backup Status Overlays option is turned
on, Norton 360 adds a backup status icon to the files,
based on the following conditions:
1
The files belong to a backup file category that you
included in any of the backup sets.
1
The files are located at a source that you included
in any of the backup sets.
The following table lists the backup status overlay icons
for the files on your computer:
Green icon with a check
mark

Indicates that the file has been
backed up
This icon changes to blue icon
with arrows if you modify the
file.

Blue icon with arrows

Indicates that the file has not
been backed up
This icon changes to green when
Norton 360 automatically backs
up the file during idle time.

472

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup setting options

Gray icon with a slash
mark

Indicates that the file has been
excluded from backup
Norton 360 displays a disabled
backup status on a file when you
exclude the file from any of the
backup sets.

Norton 360 Backup provides the Norton Backup Drive
in your Windows Explorer after you configure your
backup. Norton Backup Drive contains a list of backup
destinations where your files are backed up.
You can use the Context Menu option to add or exclude
a file or a folder to your backup sets when you
right-click it. You can use this option after you
configure Backup in the Manage Backup Sets window.
You can use the Property Page option to view more
details about the backup status icons. When you
right-click a file that you backed up and view the File
Properties, you can see its backup details on the
Backup tab. The Backup tab lists the state of the file
for each backup set and the last backup time.
You can turn off these options if you do not want to
see the icons and backup statuses.
To turn off backup setting options
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Backup Settings.

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup setting options

473

3 In the Backup Settings window, do one of the
following:
1
To turn off icon overlays, in the Backup Status
Overlays row, move the On/Off switch to the
right to the Off position.
1
To turn off Norton Backup Drive, in the Norton
Backup Drive row, move the On/Off switch to
the right to the Off position.
1
To turn off right-click backup menu, in the
Context Menu row, move the On/Off switch to
the right to the Off position.
1
To turn off Backup tab in the Properties page,
in the Property Page row, move the On/Off
switch to the right to the Off position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.
To turn on backup setting options
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Backup Settings.
3 In the Backup Settings window, do one of the
following:
1
To turn on icon overlays, in the Backup Status
Overlays row, move the On/Off switch to the
left to the On position.
1
To turn on Norton Backup Drive, in the Norton
Backup Drive row, move the On/Off switch to
the left to the On position.
1
To turn on right-click backup menu, in the
Context Menu row, move the On/Off switch to
the left to the On position.
1
To turn on Backup tab in the Properties page,
in the Property Page row, move the On/Off
switch to the left to the On position.
4 In the Settings window, click Apply.

474

Protecting your media and data
Turning off or turning on backup setting options

Customizing
settings

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

About Norton 360 Settings

Customizing Norton 360 Settings

Turning on or turning off Quick Controls services

About Antivirus settings

About Firewall settings

About Norton AntiSpam settings

About My Network settings

About backup settings

About Identity Protection settings

About Task Scheduling settings

About Administrative Settings

About Norton 360 Settings
The Detailed Settings in the Settings window let you
adjust protection settings and network settings. You
can also customize schedules for security scans and
backups.

476

Customizing settings
About Norton 360 Settings

You can configure the following Detailed Settings in
the Settings window:
Antivirus

Specify how certain types of
viruses and spyware, as well as
other threats, are handled in
Norton 360.
You can specify whether
incoming emails are checked and
instant messenger is scanned.
You can also specify which files
and signatures are excluded
from scans, and how low-risk
threats are handled. In addition,
you can configure Real Time
Protection, Antispyware, and
LiveUpdate.

Firewall

Specify in detail how to handle
incoming and outgoing
connections for your PC.
You can specify Traffic rules and
rules for specific programs. You
can also specify how you want
Norton 360 to handle intrusion
attempts and browser
protection.

AntiSpam

Secure your email client from
unwanted online content.
You can configure Norton
AntiSpam to define which client
it should integrate with and how
it should handle the email that
it scans on those clients. You can
specify if you want Norton
AntiSpam to check the Symantec
servers to filter the spam email
messages which the local filters
classify as legitimate.

Customizing settings
About Norton 360 Settings

My Network

View all the devices available in
your network and specify the
trust level of the devices that are
connected to your network.
You can hide or show the
Network Security Overview
window at startup and configure
the communication port that
Norton products use to
communicate with each other.
You can also purge the Network
Security Map.

Parental Controls

Lets you download and install
Norton Safety Minder and
configure Norton Online Family.
Norton Online Family is a
parental control application that
provides a smart way to keep
your children safe when they are
online. Norton Safety Minder is
an application that needs to be
installed on each computer that
your child uses to monitor the
Internet activities. You can use
the Parental Controls link to
visit Norton Online Family Web
page to download Norton Safety
Minder. Click Download Norton
Safety Minder to download
Norton Safety Minder. Follow the
on-screen instructions to
complete the installation.
If you have already installed
Norton Safety Minder, you can
click Parental Control to open
the Parental Control settings
window.

477

478

Customizing settings
About Norton 360 Settings

Identity Protection

Configure Identity Safe to secure
your online identities and
transaction data.
You can also configure Safe
Surfing options.

Tasks Scheduling

Specify when and how often
Norton 360 examines your
computer for viruses and other
risks.

Administrative Settings

Use the options in this window
to configure the security of your
product.
You can specify your proxy
settings in Norton 360. You can
also configure Idle Time
Optimizer, Performance
Monitoring, and Power Saving
Mode. In addition, you can
configure Silent Mode, Idle Time
Out duration, Automatic Tasks
Delay duration, Norton
Community Watch, and Firefox
Cleanup.

Backup Settings

Specify the files and folders that
you want to back up, the backup
location, and the backup
schedule.
You can also turn off or turn on
options such as Backup Status
Overlays, Norton Backup Drive,
Context Menu, and Property
Page.

Customizing settings
About Norton 360 Settings

The Quick Controls in the Settings window let you
turn on or turn off the following services:
Silent Mode

Turns on or turns off Silent Mode
You can turn on Silent Mode for
a period of one hour, two hours,
four hours, six hours, or one day.

Safe Surfing

Turns on or turns off
Antiphishing and Norton Safe
Web features
When you turn on Safe Surfing,
it protects your computer while
you browse with Internet
Explorer or Firefox.

Identity Safe

Turns on or turns off Identity
Safe
When you turn off Identity Safe,
Norton 360 no longer lets you
manage your logins, cards, and
notes.

Backup

Turns on or turns off Backup
When you turn on Backup, your
computer starts backing up with
your specified settings.

Backup Status Overlays

Turns on or turns off icon
overlays on files
Icon overlays show the backup
status of your files.

Automatic LiveUpdate

Turns on or turns off the
automatic updates that guard
against new and emerging
threats

479

480

Customizing settings
Customizing Norton 360 Settings

Smart Firewall

Turns on or turns off Smart
Firewall
When you turn on Smart
Firewall, it monitors
communications between your
computer and the other
computers on the Internet. It
also protects your computer
from common security problems.

Norton Tamper
Protection

Turns on or turns off Norton
Tamper Protection
When you turn on Norton
Tamper Protection, it protects
Norton 360 from attacks or
modifications by unknown,
suspicious, or threatening
applications.

Customizing Norton 360 Settings
The default Norton 360 settings provide a safe,
automatic, and efficient way to protect your computer.
However, if you want to change or customize your
protection settings, you can access most features from
the Settings window.
You can configure Norton 360 settings in the following
ways:
1

You can use the On/Off switch to turn on or turn
off a feature. When you turn off a feature, the color
of the On/Off switch turns red, which indicates that
your computer is vulnerable to security threats.
When you turn on a feature, the color of the On/Off
switch turns green, which indicates that your
computer is protected against security threats.
You can drag the slider of a protection feature to
your preferred setting. Most often, Norton 360

Customizing settings
Turning on or turning off Quick Controls services

481

provides the slider setting for you to decide whether
to resolve security threats automatically or ask you
before it takes an action.
You can configure a protection feature by either
selecting the options that are provided for the
configuration or by providing the required
information. Most of these options are available as
check boxes for you to check or uncheck.
You can also use the Default All option to reset the
configuration to the default level.
You can select a preferred option from the
drop-down list.
You can check or uncheck the Quick Controls
options to turn on or turn off a feature.

Norton 360 also provides the Use Defaults option in
most of the Settings window. You can use this option
to reset the configuration to the default level.
To customize Norton 360 settings
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, click the protection feature
that you want to customize.
3 In the window that appears, set the option to your
preferred settings.
You may need to click a tab to access the settings
that are listed under that tab.
4 In the Settings window, do one of the following:
1
To save the changes, click Apply.
1

To close the window without saving the changes,
click Close.

Turning on or turning off Quick Controls
services
In the Settings window, you can turn on or turn off the
following Quick Controls services:
1
Silent Mode

482

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Safe Surfing

Identity Safe

Backup

Backup Status Overlays

Automatic LiveUpdate

Smart Firewall

Norton Tamper Protection

You can move the mouse pointer over a service name
to see a description of that service. You should leave
all of the services turned on except Silent Mode.
To turn on or turn off Quick Controls services
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Quick Controls, do
one of the following:
1
To turn on a service, check its check box.
1

To turn off a service, uncheck its check box.
If an alert or a message appears, select the
duration from the drop-down menu, and then
click OK.

About Antivirus settings
Norton 360 always protects you from known viruses
and the latest virus outbreak. The Antivirus settings
monitor your PC for the presence of viruses and
spyware, as well as other threats, and either
quarantines or remove them.
The Antivirus settings protect your computer against
the security risks that can compromise your personal
information and privacy. The different type of scans,
such as Computer Scans, Email Antivirus Scan, and
Instant Messenger scan detects and prevents from any
virus infection on your computer.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

The Antivirus settings obtain the latest virus
definitions through definition updates and keep your
computer secure from the latest security threats.
You can use the following Antivirus settings:
Automatic Protection

The Automatic Protection
settings let you control the
scanning and monitoring of your
computer.
It protects your computer by
continuously checking for
viruses and other security risks.
Your options are:
1
Real Time Protection

You can use the Real Time
Protection options to protect
your computer by
continuously checking for
viruses and other security
risks.
Boot Time Protection
You can use the Boot Time
Protection option to provide
an enhanced security level
from the time you start your
computer. This option
ensures better security by
running all the necessary
components that are
required for computer
protection as soon as you
restart your computer.

483

484

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Scans and Risks

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Scans and Risks settings let you
customize the scans that Norton
360 performs on your computer.
You can use the following Scans
and Risks options:
1
Computer Scans
Norton 360 lets you run
different types of scans to
detect and prevent any virus
infection on your computer.

You can use the various
Computer Scans options to
customize the scans that
Norton 360 performs on your
computer. You can also
specify scanning of
compressed files and
Microsoft Office documents.
Scan Performance Profiles

Scan Performance Profiles
settings let you configure
how Norton 360 should scan
your computer based on the
digital signature and trust
level of the files.
Protected Ports
Norton 360 protects the
POP3 and SMTP ports of your
email program.
You can use this option to
manually configure your
POP3 and SMTP email ports
for email protection. If the
SMTP and POP3 port
numbers that your Internet
service provider (ISP) has
provided for your email
program is different from the
default SMTP and POP3 port
numbers, you must configure

485

486

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Norton 360 to protect the
ports.
Email Antivirus Scan
Email Antivirus Scan protects
you from the threats that are
sent or received in email
attachments.

This option lets you define
how Norton 360 should
behave when it scans email
messages. Based on the
options you choose, Norton
360 automatically scans the
email messages that you
send or receive.
Instant Messenger Scan
The Instant Messenger Scan
option lets you customize
scanning of the files that you
receive from instant
messenger programs.
You can select the supported
instant messenger programs
from which you may receive
files. Norton 360 scans the
files that you receive from
the selected instant
messenger programs.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Exclusions / Low Risks
Exclusions options specify
the items such as folders,
files, and drives that you
exclude from Norton 360
scans. Scans, signatures, and
low-risk items are some
items that you can exclude
from scanning
Exclusions options let you
choose which categories of
risks you want Norton 360 to
detect.
Exclusions reduce your
w
level of protection and
should be used only if you
have a specific need.

Insight Protection
The Insight Network scan
uses the Cloud technology
wherein a remote server on
the web contains the latest
virus definitions. Norton 360
scans your computer for the
latest security threats. When
Norton 360 performs the
Insight Network scan, it uses
the virus definitions that are
available locally and in the
Cloud. Norton 360 provides
additional protection by
using the most recent
definitions in the Cloud,
apart from the definitions
that are available locally on
your computer.

487

488

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Antispyware and Updates Antispyware protects your
computer against the security
risks that can compromise your
personal information and
privacy.
Norton 360 protects your
computer from vulnerabilities
through the latest definition and
protection updates. Your options
are:
1
Antispyware
Antispyware protects your
computer against the
security risks that can
compromise your personal
information and privacy

This option lets you choose
which categories of risk you
want Norton 360 to detect
for manual, email, and
instant messenger scanning.
Updates
Norton 360 protects your
computer from
vulnerabilities through the
latest definition and
protection updates.
Definition updates contain
the information that lets
Norton 360 to recognize and
alert you to the presence of
a specific virus or security
threat
You can use the Updates
options to obtain the latest
virus definitions through
definition updates and keep
your computer secure from
the latest security threats.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

489

About Automatic Protection settings
The Boot Time Protection option on the Automatic
Protection tab provides an enhanced security level
from the time you start your computer. This option
ensures better security by running all the necessary
components that are required for computer protection
as soon as you start your computer.
The Real Time Protection settings on the Automatic
Protection tab let you control the scanning and
monitoring of your computer. It protects your computer
by continuously checking for viruses and other security
risks.
You can use the Real Time Protection options to
determine what gets scanned and what the scan looks
for. It also provides you with advanced protection by
proactively detecting unknown security risks on your
computer. You can determine what happens when a
security risk or risk-like activity is encountered.

490

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

You can use the following Real Time Protection
options:
Auto-Protect

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Auto-Protect loads into
memory and provides
constant protection while you
work. It checks for viruses
and other security risks every
time that you run programs
on your computer.
Auto-Protect checks for
viruses when you insert any
removable media, access the
Internet, or use the document
files that you receive or
create. It also monitors your
computer for any unusual
symptoms that might indicate
an active threat.
You can stay protected by
using the following options:
1
Caching
Improves the
performance of your
computer

If you turn on this option,
Norton 360 keeps a
record of the files that are
accessed often. Norton
360 does not scan those
recorded files, even when
you restart your
computer.
Removable Media Scan
Checks for boot viruses
when you access
removable media
After the removable
media has been scanned
for boot viruses, it is not
scanned again until it is
reinserted or formatted.
If you still suspect that a

491

492

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

boot virus infects your
removable media, ensure
that Auto-Protect is
turned on to rescan the
removable media. You
then insert the removable
media and open it from
My Computer for
Auto-Protect to rescan it.
You can also scan it
manually to verify that it
is not infected.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

SONAR Protection

493

494

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Symantec Online Network for
Advanced Response (SONAR)
provides the real-time
protection against threats
and proactively detects
unknown security risks on
your computer.
SONAR identifies the
emerging threats that are
based on the behavior of
applications. SONAR is
quicker than the traditional
signature-based threat
detection techniques. It also
detects and protects your
computer against malicious
code even before virus
definitions are available
through LiveUpdate.
SONAR Protection includes
the following options:
1
SONAR Advanced Mode

Norton 360 provides you
the greatest control over
low-certainty threats only
if this option is turned on.
Remove Risks
Automatically
This option lets the
low-certainty threats
behave as high-certainty
threats when SONAR
Advanced Mode option is
enabled. In this case,
Norton 360 automatically
removes the threats and
notifies you.
Remove Risks if I Am
Away
This option lets Norton

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

495

360 to automatically
remove low-certainty
threats if it does not get
any response from you
when SONAR Advanced
Mode option is enabled.
Show SONAR Block
Notifications
This option lets you
enable or disable SONAR
Block notifications.
Norton 360 suppresses
the SONAR Block
notifications when you set
the Show SONAR Block
Notifications option to
Log Only.

About Scans and Risks settings
Scans and Risks settings let you customize the scans
that Norton 360 performs on your computer. You can
configure a Norton 360 scan based on the digital
signature and trust level of the files on your computer.
You can define how Norton 360 should behave when
it scans email messages and customize scanning of the
files that you receive from instant messenger programs.

496

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

You can use the following Scans and Risks settings:
Computer Scans

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Norton 360 lets you run different
types of scans to detect and
prevent any virus infection on
your computer. The scans are
Quick Scan, Full System Scan,
and Customized Scan. You can
use the various Computer Scans
options to customize the scans
that Norton 360 performs on
your computer. You can also
specify scanning of compressed
files and Microsoft Office
documents.
The Computer Scans options
also let you specify scans to
detect rootkits, other stealth
items, tracking cookies, and
unknown security threats. Your
options are:
1
Smart Definitions
Lets you install only the Core
Set virus definitions.

You can choose Smart
Definitions to minimize
download time, installation
time, and memory
consumption as Smart
Definitions are a subset of
virus definitions.
Compressed File Scan
Scans and repairs the files
inside compressed files.

When you turn on this
feature, Norton 360 scans
and detects viruses and
other security risks in the
files within compressed files
and removes the compressed
files.
Microsoft Office Automatic
Scan

497

498

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Scans the Microsoft Office
files when you open them.

If you install Microsoft Office
2000 or later after Norton
360 is installed, you must
turn on this option to scan
Microsoft Office files
automatically.
Rootkits and Stealth Items
Scan
Scans for rootkits and other
security risks that might be
hidden on your computer.
Network Drives Scan
Scans the network drives
that are connected to your
computer.

Norton 360 performs a
Network Drives Scan during
Full System Scan and
Custom Scan. By default, the
Network Drives Scan option
is turned on. If you turn off
this option, Norton 360 does
not scan network drives.
Heuristic Protection
Scans your computer to
protect against unknown
security threats.
Norton 360 uses heuristic
technology to check
suspicious characteristics of
a file to categorize it as
infected. It compares the
characteristics of a file to a
known infected file. If the file
has sufficient suspicious
characteristics, then Norton
360 identifies the file as
infected with a threat.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Tracking Cookies Scan

Scans for the small files that
programs might place on
your computer to track your
computing activities.
Full System Scan
Scans your computer when
it is idle.

When your computer is idle,
Norton 360 runs a Full
System Scan. After the scan
is complete, you can view the
summary of the scan results
and take appropriate action
when you start using your
computer again. You can use
the Configure option to
schedule the Full System
Scan.
Number of Threads for
Manual Scan
Lets you select the number
of threads that Norton 360
uses for manual scan
Threads are subsets of a
process that share the
process resources but
execute independently of
each other. Threads help in
parallel execution of a
program to allow the
program to operate faster in
a multiprocessor
environment.

499

500

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Scan Performance
Profiles

The Scan Performance Profiles
settings let you configure how
Norton 360 should scan your
computer based on the digital
signature and trust level of the
files.
You must configure the
w
Scan Performance Profiles
settings before you run a scan
or before a scan is scheduled to
run. Norton 360 scans your
computer according to the
configuration you specified in
the Scan Performance Profiles
settings.
You can configure the following
Scan Performance Profiles
settings:
1
Full Scan

Configure a complete scan of
your computer.
Standard Trust

Configure a scan that
excludes the files that are
Norton Trusted.
High Trust
Configure a scan that
excludes the Norton and
Community Trusted files and
the files that have known
digital signatures.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Protected Ports

Protected Ports settings protect
the POP3 and SMTP ports of
your email program.
You can use this option to
manually configure your POP3
and SMTP email ports for email
protection. If the SMTP and
POP3 port numbers that your
Internet service provider (ISP)
has provided for your email
program is different from the
default SMTP and POP3 port
numbers, you must configure
Norton 360 to protect the ports.

Email Antivirus Scan

Email Antivirus Scan protects
you from the threats that are
sent or received in email
attachments.
You can use the Email Antivirus
Scan options to define how
Norton 360 should behave when
it scans email messages. Based
on the options you choose,
Norton 360 automatically scans
the email messages that you
send or receive.

Instant Messenger Scan Instant Messenger Scan options
let you customize the scanning
of the files that you receive from
instant messenger programs.
You can select the supported
instant messenger programs
from which you may receive files.
Norton 360 scans the files that
you receive from the selected
instant messenger programs.

501

502

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Exclusion / Low Risks

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

Exclusions options specify the
items such as folders, files, and
drives that you exclude from
Norton 360 scans. Scans,
signatures, and low-risk items
are some items that you can
exclude from scanning.
Exclusions options also let you
choose which categories of risks
you want Norton 360 to detect.
Your options are:
1
Low Risks
Lets you manage the low-risk
items that are found in your
computer.

You can specify how you
want Norton 360 to respond
to low-risk items.
Items to Exclude from Scans
Lets you determine which
disks, folders, or files you
want to exclude from risk
scanning.

You can add new exclusion
items or edit the added items
in the excluded-items list.
You can also remove items
from the excluded-items list.
Items to Exclude from
Auto-Protect and SONAR
Detection
Lets you determine which
disks, folders, or files you
want to exclude from
Auto-Protect scans and
SONAR scans.
You can add the new items
that need to be excluded or
modify the items that you
already excluded. You can

503

504

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

also remove items from the
excluded-items list.
Signatures to Exclude from
All Detections
Lets you select known risks
by name and remove a risk
name from the
excluded-items list
You can also view the risk
impact that is based on the
performance, privacy,
removal, and stealth impact.

Exclusions reduce your
w
level of protection and should be
used only if you have a specific
need.
Insight Protection

The Insight Network scan uses
the Cloud technology wherein a
remote server on the Web
contains the latest virus
definitions. Norton 360 scans
your computer for the latest
security threats. When Norton
360 performs the Insight
Network scan, it uses the virus
definitions that are available
locally and in the Cloud. Norton
360 provides additional
protection by using the most
recent definitions in the Cloud,
apart from the definitions that
are available locally on your
computer.

About Antispyware and Updates settings
Antispyware protects your computer against the
security risks that can compromise your personal
information and privacy.

Customizing settings
About Antivirus settings

505

Security risks, such as spyware and adware, can
compromise your personal information and privacy.
Spyware and adware programs are closely related. In
some cases, their functionalities may overlap; but while
they both collect information about you, the types of
information that they collect can differ.
Norton 360 protects your computer from vulnerabilities
through the latest program updates and definition
updates. Automatic LiveUpdate and Pulse Updates
obtain the latest virus definitions through definition
updates and keep your computer secure from the latest
security threats.
You can use the following Antispyware and Updates
settings:
Antispyware

Antispyware options let you
choose which categories of risk
you want Norton 360 to detect
for Auto-Protect, manual, email,
and instant messenger scans.

506

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

Updates

Norton 360 protects your
computer from vulnerabilities
through the latest program and
definition updates. Definition
updates contain the information
that lets Norton 360 recognize
and alert you to the presence of
a specific virus or security
threat. You can use the Updates
options to obtain the latest virus
definitions through definition
updates and keep your computer
secure from the latest security
threats. Your options are:
1

Automatic LiveUpdate

Automatic LiveUpdate
automatically checks for
definition and program
updates when you are
connected to the Internet.
Pulse Updates
In addition to the definition
updates that Automatic
LiveUpdate downloads,
Norton 360 uses streaming
technology to download the
latest virus definitions. These
downloads are called Pulse
Updates. The Pulse Updates
are lighter and faster, and
keep your computer secure
from the ongoing threats on
the Internet.

About Firewall settings
Firewall settings in Norton 360 check your PC's Internet
connection to protect it from unwanted communication
activity and Internet intrusions.

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

507

The following tabs are available in the Firewall settings
window:
General Settings

Lets you activate the general
firewall features and
customize the ports that your
computer uses to access Web
pages
The general settings let you
control how firewall handles
the uncommon protocols and
the network traffic to and
from your computer.
According to the general
settings, the firewall allows
or blocks the incoming or the
outgoing connection
attempts and the sharing of
resources with your
computer. You can also use
the general settings to let the
firewall control connection
attempts to or from the
blocked and the inactive
ports in your computer.

Program Rules

Lets you control settings for
the programs that access the
Internet

Traffic Rules

Lets you determine how the
firewall handles incoming and
outgoing network
connections of various kinds
You can change the settings
to allow or deny specific
types of connections with
your PC.

508

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

Intrusion and Browser
Protection

Prevents intrusion attempts
and protects your Web
browser from attacks by
malicious Web sites
You can use the Download
Intelligence option that is
available on this tab to
protect your computer
against any unsafe file that
you download. This feature
supports only downloads
using the HTTP protocol and
Internet Explorer and Firefox
browsers.

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

Advanced Settings

509

Lets you activate the
advanced protection features
of Smart Firewall
The advanced settings let you
turn on or turn off the
Automatic Program Control
feature. Automatic Program
Control automatically
configures Internet access
settings for the Web-enabled
programs that you run for the
first time.
The Automatic Learn IPv6
NAT Traversal Traffic option
is available only when
Automatic Program Control
is turned on. Norton 360
provides the Automatic Learn
IPv6 NAT Traversal Traffic
option to control the network
traffic that uses Teredo to
communicate with your
computer.
When you turn off Automatic
Program control, you can turn
on Advanced Events
Monitoring. You can use the
Advanced Events Monitoring
options to configure the
Internet access settings for
Internet-enabled programs
the first time that they run.

About Firewall General settings
Smart Firewall General settings let you activate the
general firewall features and customize the ports that

510

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

your computer uses to access Web pages. Your options
are:
Uncommon Protocols

Determines how the Smart
Firewall handles uncommon
protocols.

Firewall Reset

Returns the Smart Firewall to its
default state.
You can use the Reset option to
ensure that all recommended
firewall rules and settings are
configured.
If you reset the firewall,
w
you remove any custom rules or
settings that you have
configured. Therefore, Norton
360 prompts you with a
confirmation dialog box when
you reset firewall.

Stealth Blocked Ports

Ensures that blocked and
inactive ports do not respond to
connection attempts.
Active ports are prevented from
responding to connection
attempts that have incorrect
source or destination
information.

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

Stateful Protocol Filter

511

Automatically allows the Internet
traffic that matches the
connections that an application
opens.
Check this option to do the
following:
1
Analyze the network traffic
that enters your computer.
1
Block the suspicious
applications that try to
connect to your computer.

Automatic File/Printer
Sharing Control

Allows the computers on the
network to share resources such
as files, folders, and printers
(that are locally attached).

Block All Network Traffic Blocks all network
communications to and from
your computer.

About the Intrusion and Browser Protection settings
Intrusion Prevention scans all the network traffic that
enters and exits your computer and compares this
information against a set of attack signatures. Attack
signatures contain the information that identifies an
attacker's attempt to exploit a known operating system
or program vulnerability. Intrusion Prevention protects
your computer against most common Internet attacks.
If the information matches an attack signature,
Intrusion Prevention automatically discards the packet
and breaks the connection with the computer that sent
the data. This action protects your computer from being
affected in any way.
Intrusion Prevention relies on an extensive list of
attack signatures to detect and block suspicious
network activity. Norton 360 runs LiveUpdate
automatically to keep your list of attack signatures up

512

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

to date. If you do not use Automatic LiveUpdate, you
should run LiveUpdate once a week.
Norton 360 also provides the Web Browser Protection
feature to protect your Web browser from malicious
programs.

The Browser Protection feature is available for Internet
Explorer 6.0 or later, Chrome 10.0 or later, and Firefox
3.6 or later.
With increasing Internet use, your Web browser is
prone to attack by malicious Web sites. These Web sites
detect and exploit the vulnerability of your Web
browser to download malware programs to your system
without your consent or knowledge. These malware
programs are also called drive-by downloads. Norton
360 protects your Web browser against drive-by
downloads from malicious Web sites.
The Intrusion and Browser Protection settings also
include the Download Intelligence option to protect
your computer against any unsafe file that you
download. Download Intelligence provides information
about the reputation level of any executable file that
you download using the Web browser. Download
Intelligence supports only downloads using the HTTP
protocol, Internet Explorer 6 browser or later, Chrome
10.0 browser or later, and Firefox 3.6 browser or later.
The reputation details that Download Intelligence
provides indicate whether the downloaded file is safe
to install. You can use these details to decide whether
you want to install the executable file.

About Smart Firewall Advanced settings
Smart Firewall Advanced settings let you activate the
advanced protection features of Smart Firewall by
turning off Automatic Program Control.
Automatic Program Control automatically configures
Internet access settings for the Web-enabled programs
that are run for the first time. The Automatic Learn
IPv6 NAT Traversal Traffic option is available only

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

513

when Automatic Program Control is turned on. You
can use this option to specify how Norton 360 must
control any network traffic that uses Teredo to
communicate with your computer.
When you turn off Automatic Program control, you
can turn on Advanced Events Monitoring. You can use
the Advanced Events Monitoring options, to configure
the Internet access settings for Internet-enabled
programs the first time that they run. When you turn
on the Advanced Events Monitoring feature, you are
prompted with numerous firewall alerts. You can allow
or deny any of the events that may harm your
computer. When the event occurs for the first time, a
firewall alert appears and you can allow or block the
event. When you allow the event, the event details
appear under the relevant category that is available in
Advanced Events Monitoring. The application that
triggers the allowed event is added to the Trusted list
of its corresponding category in Advanced Events
Monitoring. You can remove the application from the
list. In this case, firewall alert appears when the
application triggers the event next time.
The Advanced Events Monitoring settings consist of
the following categories that provides your computer
with advanced protection:
Program Component

Monitors the malicious programs
that launch Internet-enabled
programs.

Program Launch

Monitors the malicious programs
that attach to safe programs
without being detected.

Command Line Execution Monitors the Trojan horses or
malicious programs that launch
trusted applications in hidden
mode through command-line
parameters.

514

Customizing settings
About Firewall settings

Code Injection

Monitors the Trojan horses or
malicious programs that inject
code into an application's
process without triggering
firewall alerts.

Window Messages

Monitors the Trojan horses and
other malicious programs that
manipulate an application's
behavior to connect to the
Internet without triggering
firewall alerts.

Direct Network Access

Monitors the Trojan horses and
other malicious programs that
bypass network traffic.
These programs penetrate the
Windows TCP/IP layer to send
and receive data without
triggering firewall alerts.

Active Desktop Change

Monitors the malicious programs
that use the documented
interfaces that the trusted
applications provide to transmit
data outside the network
without triggering firewall alerts

Key Logger Monitor

Monitors the malicious keylogger
programs that access personal
information of a user on a
particular computer by
monitoring their keystroke
activities.

COM Control

Monitors the malicious programs
that manipulate an application's
behavior by instantiating
controlled COM objects.

Customizing settings
About Norton AntiSpam settings

515

About Norton AntiSpam settings
With the increase in usage of email, many users receive
a number of unwanted and unsolicited commercial
email messages that are known as spam. Not only does
spam make it difficult to identify valid email messages,
but some spam contains offensive messages and
images.
Norton AntiSpam incorporates several powerful
features to reduce your exposure to unwanted online
content.
Norton AntiSpam settings help you configure the
following:
1
The email client with which Norton AntiSpam
should integrate
1
The list of allowed email senders
1
1

The list of blocked email senders
The email addresses and domains that Norton
AntiSpam should not import into the list of allowed
and blocked email senders
The option to send feedback to Symantec about
misclassified email
The option to filter email messages through Web
Query to maintain high spam detection efficiency

516

Customizing settings
About Norton AntiSpam settings

You can configure Norton AntiSpam settings on the
following tabs:
Filter

The options on the Filter tab let
you configure the list of allowed
and blocked email senders. You
can also configure the option to
filter the email messages
through the Web Query filter.
You can define whether feedback
about a misclassified email
message should be sent to
Symantec. In addition, you can
configure the Address Book
Exclusions list.

Client Integration

The options on the Client
Integration tab let you integrate
Norton AntiSpam with your
email clients to keep you free
from unsolicited email
messages. You can also specify
whether or not to display a brief
introduction of Norton AntiSpam
each time you start your email
program. In addition, you can
specify which address book you
want Norton AntiSpam to
integrate with.

About Filter settings
The Filter tab in the AntiSpam settings window
provides options to configure AntiSpam settings.
You can use the following options on the Filter tab:
Address Book Exclusions Lets you exclude the email
addresses that must not be
automatically added from your
address book to the Allowed List.

Customizing settings
About Norton AntiSpam settings

Allowed List

Lets you add specific addresses
and domains (for example,
@symantec.com) from which you
want to receive email messages.

Blocked List

Lets you add specific addresses
and domains from which you do
not want to receive email
messages.

517

Norton AntiSpam marks all email
messages from these addresses
or domains as spam.
Web Query

Lets you check the Symantec
Web servers to filter the spam
email messages which the local
filters classify as legitimate.

Protected Ports

Lets you configure your POP3
and SMTP email ports for email
protection.

About Client Integration settings
The Client Integration tab in the AntiSpam settings
window lists the supported email programs, or clients,
that are installed on your computer and their
associated address books.

518

Customizing settings
About Norton AntiSpam settings

You have the following options on the Client
Integration tab:
Email Clients

Norton 360 supports Norton
AntiSpam integration with
Microsoft Outlook and Outlook
Express. In Windows Vista,
Norton 360 also supports Norton
AntiSpam integration with
Windows Mail.
When you turn on an email
client, Norton AntiSpam
integrates with the email client.

Address Books

Norton 360 supports Norton
AntiSpam integration with the
address books of email clients
from which you want Norton
AntiSpam to import email
addresses.
You can also import into the
Allowed List the list of addresses
that are present in an email
program. You do not have to
integrate Norton AntiSpam with
your email clients to import the
addresses into the Allowed List.

The Feedback option under the Miscellaneous row
lets you send feedback about the misclassified email
message to Symantec.

The option is available only when Microsoft Outlook
or Outlook Express is installed on your computer.
The Welcome Screen option under the Miscellaneous
row provides a brief introduction of Norton AntiSpam
each time you start your email program. You can turn
off the Welcome Screen option if you do not want the
welcome screen to appear.

Customizing settings
About My Network settings

519

The following email clients do not support client
integration:
1

Outlook 2010 64-bit

Thunderbird

Windows Mail

About My Network settings
The Network Security Map settings let you configure
the communication port that Norton products use to
communicate with each other. You can also specify
whether to display the Network Security Overview
window when you open Network Security Map.
You can use the Configure option in the Network
Security Map row to access Network Security Map
window. The Network Security Map window provides
a pictorial representation of the devices on the network
to which your computer is connected. You can view the
details of each device before you set up Remote
Monitoring. The Product Configuration panel appears
when you click the Configure option for the first time.
The Product Configuration panel helps you install the
component that is required to view Network Security
Map.

520

Customizing settings
About My Network settings

You have the following options:
Trust Control

Manages the trust level of the devices
that you manually add to your home
network.
Trust Control is a special network
that lists all the devices that you
manually add to the Network Security
Map, irrespective of their connection
status. You can select the Trust
Control network in the Network
Details drop-down list to view the
devices that you added. You can also
reclassify the devices that you added
to the Network Security Map as
trusted or restricted. You cannot edit
the details of Trust Control network.

Network Map

Removes all of the devices that are
listed in Network Map.
You can purge Network Map if you
want to create a new list of devices.
For example, you can purge all of the
devices that were present on your
previous network before you connect
to a new network. Ensure that you
disable Remote Monitoring before
you purge the Network Map. Norton
360 cannot purge the Network Map
when the Remote Monitoring is
turned on.
Norton 360 purges the devices
w
that you add manually in the Trust
Control network depending upon
their trust level. It does not purge the
devices that have a trust level of Full
Trust or Restricted.

Customizing settings
About backup settings

Communications
Port

Shows the communication port that
Norton products use to communicate
with each other over the network.
If you change the communication
port number on your computer, you
must change it on each computer
that is connected to your Network
Security Map. In addition, when you
find more computers that use the
Remote Monitoring Setup process,
ensure that the same port number is
used on every computer.
Though this communication
w
port is configurable, Symantec
recommends that you do not change
the port number to avoid potential
conflicts with other well-known
networking ports. If you change the
communication port number, you
must use a port number in the range
1-65535.

Welcome Screen at
Startup

Displays the Network Security
Overview window when you open
Network Security Map.

About backup settings
You can use the backup settings in Norton 360 to
configure your system backup.
Norton 360 Backup lets you perform the following
tasks:
1
Select the files that are required to be backed up.
1

Choose the location to store the backed up files.

Assign a schedule to run a backup.

In addition to the backup tasks, Norton 360 backup
settings let you easily access the backup status of a

521

522

Customizing settings
About backup settings

particular file without opening the product. The
Backup Settings window provides you the option to
turn off or turn on the Backup.
Under Backup, you have the following options:
Manage Backup

Lets you configure what, where,
and when to back up your
important files
You can use the Configure
option to specify the source,
destination, and schedule of the
backup.

Backup Status Overlays

Lets you view the backup status
of a file by adding the status
overlay to the file’s icon
The status overlays that appears
are:
1
Green icon with a check mark
Indicates that the file has
been backed up

This icon changes to blue
icon with arrows if you
modify the file.
Blue icon with arrows
Indicates that the file has not
been backed up

This icon changes to green
when Norton 360
automatically backs up the
file during idle time.
Gray icon with a slash mark
Indicates that the file has
been excluded from backup
Norton 360 displays a
disabled backup status on a
file when you exclude the file
from any of the backup sets.

Customizing settings
About backup settings

Norton Backup Drive

Lets you view the list of backup
destinations where your files are
backed up in the Windows
Explorer
You can also add a file to a
backup set and delete a file from
a backup set. In addition, you
can restore a file from a backup
set on the Norton Backup Drive
to your customized location.

Context Menu

Lets you add or exclude a file or
a folder to a backup set by using
the right-click shortcut menu
You can use this option after you
configure Backup in the Manage
Backup Sets window. It lists
down all the available backup
sets for easy backups.

Property Page

Lets you view the backup status
of each backup set on the
Backup tab in the file Properties
page that you included in your
backup
It lists down all the available
backup sets along with the date
and time that it was last backed
up. It also shows the
corresponding icon overlay that
indicates if the file is included or
excluded in a particular backup
set.

523

524

Customizing settings
About Identity Protection settings

Reserved Free Disk Space Lets you specify the amount of
During Online Backup (in local disk space that you want to
MB)
reserve.
When you perform an online
backup, Norton 360 creates a
temporary file in your local disk
for file transfer. At times, this
file becomes large and consumes
a large amount of free space
available on your local drive.
When the available free disk
space on your computer reaches
the specified limit, Norton 360
notifies you and does not
perform an online backup. You
must free some disk space and
then perform an online backup.
By default, Norton 360 reserves
2048 MB (2 GB) of your local
disk space.

About Identity Protection settings
Identity thieves often use fraudulent Web sites to
attempt to trick you into divulging private information.
These sites may be disguised as shopping sites or
financial transaction sites. Norton 360 helps guard
against identity theft by verifying the Web sites you
visit.
Antiphishing, Norton Safe Web, and Identity Safe
features in Norton 360 let you safely browse the
Internet and securely perform online transactions.
When you install Norton 360, it adds the Norton
Toolbar to Internet Explorer, Chrome and Firefox.
Norton 360 protects your Internet Explorer browser,
Chrome browser, and Firefox browser when you turn
on the Safe Surfing option.

Customizing settings
About Identity Protection settings

525

Antiphishing tells you the following things about the
Web pages that you visit:
1
If it is safe to enter confidential information
1

If the Web page is known to be fraudulent

If the Web page is approved by Symantec

If the Web page is known to belong to a suspicious
site
If the Web page is known to give annoying results

Norton Safe Web lets you know that a Web site is
malicious before you visit it. It provides you a safe Web
search environment by displaying the site rating icons
next to every search result.
When you turn on Norton Safe Web, you can see the
following site rating icons next to the search results:
Norton Secured icon

Indicates the site is VeriSign
trusted

Green OK

Indicates that the site is safe to
visit

Red cross (x) mark

Indicates that the site may
attempt to install malicious
software in your computer and
is unsafe to visit

Yellow exclamation mark Indicates that the site may
provide annoying results
Grey question mark

Indicates that Norton Safe Web
has not analyzed the site and it
does not have sufficient
information

The Identity Safe feature in Norton 360 lets you save
and protect your logins. However, the feature remains
inactive until you create an Identity Safe password and

526

Customizing settings
About Identity Protection settings

log in to Identity Safe. The password protects you by
restricting unauthorized access to your data in Identity
Safe.
The Identity Safe feature provides you the ease of using
your Identity Safe data when you are on the move. You
can create an online vault and save your data in the
online vault. You access your sensitive Identity Safe
data from any computer that is connected to the
Internet.
You can set up Identity Safe in the following areas of
Norton 360:
1

The Identity Safe section under Identity Protection
option in the Settings window
The Identity Protection section in the Norton 360
main window

Identity Safe provides you the following features for a
secure online transaction experience:
Table 13-1

Identity Safe features

Feature

Description Advice

Edit Logins

Lets you
manage your
login
information

When you save
all of your login
information in
Identity Safe, you
can do the
This
following:
information
1
Easily track
includes
all of your
such things
logins
as your
email login 1 Quickly
launch your
credentials
login Web
and Internet
pages
banking
credentials.

Customizing settings
About Identity Protection settings

Feature

Description Advice

Edit Cards

Lets you
manage your
personal
information
in one place

You can use the
information that
you store in the
cards to do the
following:
1
Automatically
fill forms
1
Provide
sensitive
information
without
having to
type it while
you are
online
In this way,
Identity Safe
protects you
from keyloggers
that steal and
misuse your
identity.

527

528

Customizing settings
About Task Scheduling settings

Feature

Description Advice

Edit Notes

Lets you
store and
manage
sensitive
information

It becomes
difficult to
manage various
identity
numbers. Edit
Notes stores all
In Edit
of your sensitive
Notes, you
IDs in a very
can include
secure way and
information
lets you easily
such as
use them while
Social
you are online.
Security
number,
driver
license
number,
insurance
policy
number, and
legal and
financial
information.

About Task Scheduling settings
The Task Scheduling settings let you specify the tasks
that Norton 360 should run automatically when your
computer is idle. They also help you to schedule your
activities that are related to security, performance, and
backup.

Customizing settings
About Task Scheduling settings

Task Scheduling includes the following settings:
Automatic Tasks

Lets you specify the tasks that
should run in the background
automatically when your
computer is idle
These automatic tasks include
activities that are related to PC
Security and PC Tuneup.
Your options are:
1
Internet Explorer Temporary
Files
1
Windows Temporary Files
1
Internet Explorer History
1
Disk Optimization
1
Registry Cleanup

529

530

Customizing settings
About Task Scheduling settings

Scheduling

Customizing settings
About Task Scheduling settings

Lets you schedule PC Security
and PC Tuneup related activities
You can specify how often
Norton 360 should scan your
system for security and
performance issues and when it
should perform backups.
You have the following options
for scheduling custom PC
Security and PC Tuneup
activities:
1
Automatic (Recommended)

This option is the
recommended option. Norton
360 detects the time your PC
is idle and then automatically
runs the tasks.
Weekly

You can schedule to run your
tasks on a weekly basis. You
must specify the day and
time. You can also specify
that the schedule must run
only when the PC is idle.
Monthly

You can schedule to run your
tasks on a monthly basis. You
must specify the time and
the day of the month. You
can also specify that the
schedule must run only when
the PC is idle.
Manual Schedule
You can run the tasks
manually.

Your computer's performance is
maximized if you schedule your
critical operations to occur when
your computer is idle. Norton
360 identifies your computer as

531

532

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

idle when there is no detectable
mouse or keyboard activity for a
period that you specify as idle
timeout duration. When you
schedule your scans weekly or
monthly and check the Run only
at idle time option, Norton 360
scans your computer when it is
idle. Symantec recommends you
to check the Run only at idle
time option to experience better
performance of your computer.
You can use the Click here to
schedule backup option to
navigate to the Manage Backup
Sets window. You can schedule
your backup set in the When tab.

About Administrative Settings
You can use Administrative Settings window to
configure various important options of Norton 360.
You have the following options:
Idle Time Optimizer

Lets you configure Norton 360
to defragment your boot volume
or the local disk that contains
the boot volume when your
computer is idle.
When the option is turned on,
Norton 360 automatically
schedules the optimization after
you install an application on
your computer. Optimization
speeds up your computer’s
performance by defragmenting
the fragmented parts of the disk.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Monthly Report

Lets you view how Norton 360
has protected you for the past
30 days.
This report includes the
activities that Norton 360
performed to protect your
computer. You can turn on the
Monthly Report option to let
Norton 360 automatically
display the Monthly Report once
in every 30 days.

Automatic Download of
New Version

Lets you automatically download
the latest version of the Norton
360.
You can easily upgrade to the
latest version of Norton 360
when prompted. By default, this
option is turned on. Symantec
recommends you to install the
latest product version as it might
contain new features, and it
ensures better protection
against security threats.
This feature may not work
w
in some versions of Norton 360.

533

534

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Network Proxy Settings

Lets you specify the automatic
configuration details, proxy
settings, and the authentication
details to connect to the
Internet.
Programs such as LiveUpdate
and Norton Insight use the
specified proxy server settings
to connect to the Symantec
server over the Internet.
LiveUpdate uses proxy settings
to retrieve updates. Norton
Insight uses proxy settings to
obtain specific information
about the files such as trust level
or digital signature.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Norton Community Watch Lets you submit selected
security and application data to
Symantec for analysis.
Norton Community Watch
protects you against new
potential risks. It collects the
information about new security
threats from your computer and
submits the information to
Symantec for analysis. Symantec
assesses the data to identify the
new threats and resolves it.
The Detailed Error Data
Collection option is available
when the Norton Community
Watch option is turned on.
Detailed Error Data Collection
lets you allow or deny some of
the detailed data submissions.
These detailed data may vary
depending on the
Norton-specific errors and
components. You can use the
Always, Never and Ask Me
options to configure the
submissions.
Norton Task Notification Lets you configure Norton 360
to show or hide the notifications
that appear when
Norton-specific automatic
background tasks are run.

535

536

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Performance Monitoring

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Lets you monitor the
performance of your computer.
When the Performance
Monitoring option is turned on,
Norton 360 monitors the CPU
usage and memory usage of your
computer. It also records the
important system activities that
you performed over the period
of the last three months.
In addition, Norton 360 notifies
you with performance alerts
when there is a high usage of
your system resource by a
program or process.
You have the following options
when the Performance
Monitoring option is turned on:
1
Performance Alerting
Lets you configure Norton
360 to detect and notify you
about the increased usage of
your computer resources by
any program or process.
Norton 360 alerts you with
the information about the
program name and the
resources that the program
uses. The Details & Settings
link in the notification alert
lets you view additional
details about the resource
consumption by the program
in the File Insight window.
When this option is set to On,
Norton 360 notifies you with
the performance alerts and
saves the event in the
Security History log. When
this option is set to Log Only,

537

538

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Norton 360 saves the event
in the Security History log
but does not alert you with
the notifications. You can
also turn off this option if
you do not want to view
performance alerts. By
default, this option is turned
on.
Resource Threshold Profile
for Alerting
Lets you configure the
resource threshold profile for
displaying performance
alerts.
When the resource
consumption of a program
exceeds the defined
threshold limit, Norton 360
notifies you with a
performance alert.
You can set your threshold
level to Low, Medium, or
High. Medium is the default
setting.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Use Low Resource Profile On
Battery Power
Lets you configure Norton
360 to change the resource
threshold to low profile when
your computer runs on
battery power.
It ensures better
performance of your
computer on battery power.
When this option is turned
off, Norton 360 uses the
threshold level that you set
in the Resource Threshold
Profile For Alerting option.
By default, this option is
turned on.

539

540

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

High-Usage Alert for:
2
CPU

When this option is
turned on, Norton 360
detects and notifies you
about the increased
usage of the CPU
resource by any program
or process. By default,
this option is turned on.
Memory

When this option is
turned on, Norton 360
detects and notifies you
about the increased
usage of memory by any
program or process. By
default, this option is
turned on.
Disk

When this option is
turned on, Norton 360
detects and notifies you
about the increased
usage of your disk by any
program or process. By
default, this option is
turned off.
Handles
When this option is
turned on, Norton 360
detects and notifies you
about the increased
usage of handles by any
program or process. A
handle is a pointer that
enables a program to
access or identify a
resource. By default, this
option is turned off.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Program Exclusions
Lets you select specific
programs to exclude from
appearing in performance
alerts.
You can use the Configure
option to list the programs
for which you do not want to
get performance alerts.

Power Saving Mode

Lets you save your battery power
by suspending a list of
background jobs when your
computer is on battery power.
By default, this option is turned
on.

541

542

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Product Security

Lets you secure the product and
protect it from unauthorized
changes.
You have the following options:
1
Non-Admins Access to
Settings
Lets you access and
configure all the options in
the Settings window from a
non-admin user account as
well

By default, this option is
turned off. You need to log in
to your computer as an
administrator to turn on this
option. You cannot access
the Settings window if the
Settings window is opened
in some other user account
on your computer.
Norton Product Tamper
Protection
Lets you protect your Norton
product from an attack or
modification by unknown,
suspicious, or threatening
applications
Settings Password
Protection
Lets you protect Norton 360
settings with a password. It
protects the product settings
from unauthorized access
Product State Monitoring
Lets you monitor or ignore
the protection status of
Antivirus, Firewall, Identity
Protection, and
Miscellaneous features of
Norton 360

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Silent Mode Settings

543

544

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Lets you turn on or turn off
Silent Mode.
You have the following options:
1
Silent Mode

When you turn on the Silent
Mode option, you enable
Silent Mode for a specified
duration. Norton 360
suppresses all alerts and
suspends the background
activities for the duration
that you specify.
Full Screen Detection
When you turn on the Full
Screen Detection option,
Norton 360 automatically
detects the applications that
you run in full-screen mode
and enables Silent Mode.
Norton 360 suppresses most
of the alerts and suspends
the background activities.
The only activities that run
are those that protect your
computer from viruses and
other security threats.
Quiet Mode on Detection of:
2
IMAPI 2.0 Disk Burn

When you use a Media
Center application to
burn a CD or DVD, Norton
360 detects the activity,
and automatically turns
on Quiet Mode. When
Quiet Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suppresses
the background activities
but continues to display
alerts and notifications.
Media Center TV
Recording

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

When you use a Media
Center application to
record a TV program,
Norton 360 detects the
activity, and
automatically turns on
Quiet Mode. When Quiet
Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suppresses
the background activities
but continues to display
alerts and notifications.
User-Specified Programs
When you run an
application that is listed
in the User-Specified
Programs list, Norton
360 detects the activity,
and automatically turns
on Quiet Mode. When
Quiet Mode is turned on,
Norton 360 suppresses
the background activities
but continues to display
alerts and notifications.
You can configure the list
of programs for which
you want to turn on Quiet
Mode.

Special Offer Notification Lets you configure Norton 360
to notify you about special offers
on the latest Norton products,
add-ons, and other useful
information from Symantec.

545

546

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Automatic Resume Delay Lets you delay the automatic
running of Norton-specific
background tasks when you
resume your computer from
hibernate mode or standby
mode.
Automatic Tasks Delay

Lets you specify duration for
running Norton-specific
programs on your computer that
run automatically when you turn
on your computer.
It does not delay Norton 360
protection. You can specify
Automatic Tasks Delay duration
for a period of 1 minute to 20
minutes. The default duration is
20 minutes.

Idle Time Out

Lets you specify the Idle Timeout
duration after Norton 360
identifies your computer as idle.
You can specify Idle Timeout for
a period of 1 minute to 30
minutes. The default duration is
10 minutes.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

Firefox Cleanup

547

Lets your PC run smoothly and
efficiently by deleting the
unused temporary files and
browsing history if you use
Firefox Web browser.
Norton 360 automatically cleans
up Internet Explorer temporary
files, history, and bookmarks as
a background activity.
You have the following options:
1
Firefox Temporary File
Cleanup

Lets you clean up the
temporary files that get
accumulated when you visit
Web pages in the Firefox Web
browser.
Firefox History Cleanup
Lets you clean up the history
and bookmarks that get
accumulated when you visit
Web pages on the Firefox
Web browser.

About Norton Product Tamper Protection
Norton Product Tamper Protection prevents outside
programs from making changes to the Norton product.
This security feature also prevents Windows System
Restore from changing Norton files, which results in
the Restoration Incomplete message.
Norton Product Tamper Protection protects Norton
360 from an attack or modification by any virus or
other unknown threat. You can protect your product
from accidental modification or deletion by keeping
the Norton Product Tamper Protection option turned
on.

548

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

If you want to temporarily turn off Norton Product
Tamper Protection, you can turn it off for a specified
duration.

You cannot run System Restore on your computer when
Norton Product Tamper Protection is turned on. You
must temporarily turn off Norton Product Tamper
Protection to run a successful System Restore.

Turning off or turning on Norton Product Tamper Protection
Norton Product Tamper Protection protects the Norton
360 files from an attack or modification by any virus
or other unknown threat. You can protect your product
from accidental modification or deletion by keeping
the Norton Product Tamper Protection option turned
on.
If you want to temporarily turn off Norton Product
Tamper Protection, you can turn it off for a specified
duration.

You cannot run System Restore on your computer when
Norton Product Tamper Protection is turned on. You
must temporarily turn off Norton Product Tamper
Protection to run a successful System Restore.
To turn off Norton Product Tamper Protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Product Security, in the Norton Product
Tamper Protection row, move the On/Off switch
to the right to the Off position.
4 Click Apply.
5 In the Security Request dialog box, in the Select
the duration drop-down list, select how long you
want to turn off Norton Product Tamper Protection.
6 Click OK.
7 In the Settings window, click Close.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

549

To turn on Norton Product Tamper Protection
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Product Security, in the Norton Product
Tamper Protection row, move the On/Off switch
to the left to the On position.
4 Click Apply, and then click Close.

About securing Norton 360 Settings using a password
You can configure Norton 360 to prevent unauthorized
access to your product settings. If you share your
computer with others and do not want them to modify
your Norton 360 Settings, you can secure Norton 360
Settings using a password. The Settings Password
Protection option lets you secure your Norton 360
Settings by setting up a password.
By default, Settings Password Protection option is
turned off. You must turn on the Settings Password
Protection option to set up a password for your product
settings. You can access the Settings Password
Protection option under Product Security, in the
Administrative Settings window. The password must
be between 8 and 256 characters in length.
After you set up a password for Norton 360 Settings,
you must enter the password each time to access or
configure your product settings. If you forget your
settings password, you can reset the password in the
window that appears when you choose to uninstall
Norton 360. You do not need to uninstall the product
to reset your password. You can use the reset settings
password option in the Select your Uninstall
Preference window to reset your password.

The reset settings password option appears in the
Select your Uninstall Preference window only when
the Settings Password Protection option is turned on.

550

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

You can turn off the Settings Password Protection
option if you no longer require password protection
for your Norton 360 Settings.

Securing your Norton 360 Settings using a password
You can secure your Norton 360 Settings from
unauthorized access by setting up a password for your
product settings. The Settings Password Protection
option in the Administrative Settings window lets you
secure your Norton 360 Settings using a password.
After you set up a password for Norton 360 settings
you must enter the password each time to view or
configure your product settings.
By default, the Settings Password Protection option
is turned off. You must turn on the Settings Password
Protection option to set up a password for your product
settings.

The password must be between 8 and 256 characters
in length.
To secure your Norton 360 Settings using a password
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 Under Product Security, in the Settings Password
Protection row, move the On/Off switch to the left
to the On position.
4 Do one of the following:
1
In the Settings Password Protection row, click
Configure.
1
In the Settings window, click Apply.
5 In the dialog box that appears, in the Password box,
type a password.
6 In the Confirm Password box, type the password
again.
7 Click OK.
8 In the Settings window, click Close.

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

551

Turning off Norton 360 Settings password
You can protect your Norton 360 Settings with a
password using the Settings Password Protection
option. If the Settings Password Protection option is
turned on, you need to enter the Settings password
each time to view or configure your Norton 360
settings. You cannot access the product settings
without providing your Settings password.

In case you forget your Settings password, you can
reset it using the reset settings password option in the
Select Uninstall Preference window.
You can turn off the Settings Password Protection
option if you do not require password protection for
Norton 360 settings.
To turn off Norton 360 Settings password
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Settings.
2 In the Settings window, under Detailed Settings,
click Administrative Settings.
3 In the dialog box that appears, in the Password box,
type your Settings password, and then click OK.
4 In the Settings Password Protection row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
5 In the Settings window, under Product Security,
in the Settings Password Protection row, move the
On/Off switch to the right to the Off position.
6 Click Apply, and then click Close.

Resetting your Norton 360 Settings password
If you forget your Norton 360 Settings password, you
can reset the password. You can reset your Norton 360
Settings password using the reset settings password
option in the Select Uninstall Preference window.
To access the Select Uninstall Preference window, you
must choose to uninstall Norton 360. However, you
need not uninstall the product to reset your Settings
password.

552

Customizing settings
About Administrative Settings

The reset settings password option appears in the
Select Uninstall Preference window only if the
Settings Password Protection option is turned on. To
use the Settings Password Protection option, go to the
Norton 360 main window, and then click Settings
>General >Product Security .
To reset your Norton 360 Settings password
1 On the Windows taskbar, click Start > Control
Panel.
2 In Windows Control Panel, do one of the following:
1
In Windows XP, double-click Add or Remove
Programs.
1
In Windows Vista, click Programs and Features.
1

In Windows 7, click Programs > Programs and
Features.
The Programs option in Windows 7 is available
when you select the Category option in the View
by drop-down list.

3 In the list of currently installed programs, do one
of the following:
1
In Windows XP, click Norton 360, and then click
Change/Remove.
1
In Windows Vista or Windows 7, click Norton
360, and then click Uninstall/Change.
4 At the bottom of the Select Your Uninstall
Preference window, click reset settings password.
5 In the dialog box that appears, in the Reset
Password Key box, type the randomly generated
key that is displayed against Reset Password Key.
6 In the New Password box, type the new password.
7 In the Confirm New Password box, type the new
password again.
8 Click OK.

Finding additional
solutions

This chapter includes the following topics:
1

Finding the version number of your product

Finding the End-User License Agreement

About upgrading your product

About Norton Autofix

Staying informed about protection issues

About Support

Uninstalling Norton 360

Finding the version number of your product
If you want to upgrade your Norton product or want
to reach the customer support for assistance, you must
know your product version number. You can find the
version number of your product on your computer.
To find the version number of your product
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
2 In the Support drop-down menu, click About.
You can note the version number of your product
in the window that appears.

554

Finding additional solutions
Finding the End-User License Agreement

Finding the End-User License Agreement
End-User License Agreement (EULA) is a legal
document that you agree to while installing the
product. EULA contains information such as the
restriction on sharing or usage of the software, the
user rights on the software, and the support
information.
You can read the EULA to learn more about the
following information:
1

The usage policies of Norton 360.

The terms and conditions for using Norton 360.

To find the End-User License Agreement
1 In Windows Explorer, double-click the drive where
Norton 360 is located.
2 Double-click Program Files > Norton 360 > MUI >
version > 09 > 01.
Where version represents the version number of
installed Norton 360.
3 Do one of the following:
1
If you are a North American user, double-click
EULA_NorthAmerica.htm.
1
If you are an International user, double-click
EULA_ International.htm.

About upgrading your product
Norton 360 helps you upgrade your product if you have
an active subscription. You can upgrade your current
product to the latest version without any cost as long
as you have an active subscription with the current
product. If a new version of your product is available,
Norton 360 lets you download the new version.
The Automatic Download of New Version option
automatically downloads the latest available version
of Norton 360 and prompts you for free installation.
To get the latest version of Norton 360, you need to

Finding additional solutions
About upgrading your product

555

turn on the Automatic Download of New Version
option. To turn on the Automatic Download of New
Version option, go the Norton 360 main window, and
then click Settings > Administrative Settings >
Automatic Download of New Version > On.
If you choose to install the latest version of the product,
Norton 360 downloads and seamlessly installs the latest
version. Ensure that you have saved all your important
data such as pictures and financial records before you
install the new version of the product.
If you download and install the latest version of your
product, your subscription status remains the same as
your previous version of product. For example, you
have 200 days of subscription left with your current
version of product and you upgrade your product to
the latest version. In this case, the subscription status
of your upgraded product remains 200 days only.
If a new version is not available, the Web page informs
you that no new version is available and your product
is up to date. Symantec recommends that you have the
latest version of the product, as it contains new and
enhanced features for better protection against security
threats.
Product upgrade is different from the program updates
and the definition updates that are minor
improvements to your installed product. The main
differences are as follows:
1
Product upgrade lets you download and install a
new version of the entire product.
1
Definition updates are the files that keep your
Symantec products up to date with the latest
antithreat technology.
1
Program updates are enhancements to Norton 360
that Symantec issues periodically.
If a new version of the product is not available, ensure
that you have all the latest program updates and
definition updates. LiveUpdate automates the process
of obtaining and installing program and definition

556

Finding additional solutions
About upgrading your product

updates. You can use LiveUpdate to obtain the latest
updates.
The upgrade process might not work if your Web
browser is incompatible to communicate with the
Symantec servers.

Your product must be activated and you need an
Internet connection to check and install new product
version.

Checking for a new version of the product
You can upgrade your product to the latest version if
you have an active subscription. If you have a new
version available, you can download and install the
new version of your product. You can also let Norton
360 notify you when a new version of your product is
available. You can do so by turning on the Automatic
Download of New Version option in the
Administrative Settings window. The latest version
of your product may contain new and enhanced
features for better protection against security threats.
When you check for a new version, details about your
product such as product name and version are sent to
Symantec servers. The servers then check whether a
new version of the specified product is available or not.
If a new version is available, you can download and
install it from the Web page. If a new version is not
available, the Web page informs you about it. In such
case, you can run LiveUpdate to obtain latest program
and definition updates and keep the existing version
of your product up to date.
The upgrade process might not work if your Web
browser is incompatible to communicate with the
Symantec servers. You can use Internet Explorer
version 6.0 or later, Chrome version 10.0 or later, and
Firefox version 3.6 or later.

Your product must be activated and you need an
Internet connection to check if a new version is
available and install new version of the product.

Finding additional solutions
About Norton Autofix

557

To check for a new version of the product
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
2 In the Support drop-down menu, click Check for
New Version.
This option is available only if your product is
activated. The Web page that appears displays
whether a new version of the product is available
or not.
3 Follow the on-screen instructions to download the
new product.

About Norton Autofix
Norton Autofix provides additional product support
with one-click access from the Norton 360 main
window. Norton Autofix performs a Quick Scan of your
computer and repairs problems without your
intervention. If the problem persists, you can use the
Open Support Web Site option to go to the Norton
Support Web site for help using our online forum, chat,
email, or telephone.
In addition, the Norton Support Web site provides
access to the knowledge base articles. By using these
articles, you can easily find solutions to your technical
problems.
The support technicians can help you solve more
complex problems by using remote-assistance
technology. The remote-assistance technology allows
Symantec support technicians to access your computer
as remote users so that they can perform maintenance
or service.

Support offerings can vary based on the language or
product.
When you click the Get Support option in the Support
drop-down menu, Norton 360 checks your Internet
connection. To access Norton Autofix, ensure that your
computer is connected to the Internet. If you use a
proxy server to connect to the Internet, you must

558

Finding additional solutions
About Norton Autofix

configure the proxy settings of Norton 360. See
“Configuring Network Proxy Settings” on page 51.
If you do not know your proxy settings, contact your
Internet service provider or network administrator for
assistance.

Solving a problem using Norton Autofix
Norton Autofix performs a Quick Scan of your
computer and repairs problems without your
intervention. If a problem persists, you can use the
Norton Support Web site for additional online support
and contact options.
Your computer must be connected to the Internet to
access Norton Autofix. If you use a proxy server to
connect to the Internet, you must configure the proxy
settings of Norton 360.

If you do not want to proceed with the support session,
you can use the Cancel option to bypass the scan.
To solve a problem if your computer is connected to the
Internet
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
2 In the Support drop-down menu, click Get Support.
3 In the Norton Autofix window, do one of the
following:
1
If the problem is not fixed automatically, click
Open Support Web Site, and follow the
on-screen instructions to find additional support.
1
If the problem is fixed, click Close.
To solve a problem if your computer is unable to connect
to the Internet
1 In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
2 In the Support drop-down menu, click Get Support.
3 Follow the on-screen instructions in the Checking
Your Connection window to attempt to correct your
connection issue.

Finding additional solutions
Staying informed about protection issues

559

4 In the Checking Your Connection window, click
Retry.
5 If you use a proxy server to connect to the Internet,
you may be prompted to authenticate. If you are
prompted, then in the Proxy Settings Detected
window, do the following:
1
In the Username box, type the user name that
you provided when you configured your Network
Proxy settings.
1
In the Password box, type the password that you
provided when you configured your Network
Proxy settings.
1
Click OK.
6 If the problem still persists, in the Norton Autofix
window, click the click here link.
Under Support Contact Numbers, select the region,
and then your country to view the contact details.
You can use the contact details to contact the
technical support team.

Staying informed about protection issues
If you need help using Norton 360, you can find helpful
information on the Symantec Web site. It contains
many useful and informative features that are
especially designed to complement Norton 360,
including the following:
1

1
1

Detailed background information about current
threats and outbreaks.
Newsletter to which you can subscribe.
Protection blog that lets you post your own
comments and view comments from experts.

The Symantec Web site is constantly updated and
enhanced, so the available resources may vary.

560

Finding additional solutions
About Support

To stay informed about protection issues
1 Open your Web browser, and go to the following
URL:
http://www.symantec.com
2 In the Symantec Web site, click Norton.
3 In the menu bar that appears, do the following:
1
Click the Viruses & Risks tab, and then click any
item on the left pane to find out more details
about it.
1
Click the Community tab, and then use one of
the following:
Norton Forums

Register as a user and
participate in discussions.
You can create your own threads
of topics or take help from the
existing forum discussions.

Norton Blogs

Read the messages that
prominent leaders post from
inside and outside Symantec and
obtain information straight from
the source.
You can add comments or ask
questions on the blogs that you
are interested in.

Other Norton
Communities

Check about Norton in other
Web sites and social networks
that are available.

About Support
If you have purchased Norton 360, you can access
Support from the product.

Finding additional solutions
About Support

561

Support offerings may vary based on the language or
product.

About Norton Support Web site
The Norton Support Web site provides a full range of
self-help options.
By using Norton Support Web site, you can do the
following:
1

1
1

Find help with your product download, product
subscription, product activation, product
installation, and other issues.
Find and download the latest product manual.
Manage your products and services using Norton
Account.
Search Norton Forum to find the additional product
help about installing, configuring, and
troubleshooting errors. You can also post your
questions in the forum and get answers from
experts. To post your questions, you need to first
register for Norton Forum.
Find information about the latest virus threats and
removal tools.

Availability of support varies by region, language, or
product. For additional support, go to the following
URL:
http://www.norton.com/support
In addition to the self-help options, you can use the
Contact Us option at the bottom of the Web page to

562

Finding additional solutions
About Support

contact the technical support team in the following
ways:
Live Chat

Chat in real time with a
support representative.
For more complex technical
issues, chat offers the option
to allow a support
representative to connect
remotely to your computer
and resolve your problem.

Submit your question on our
Web site and receive a
response by email.
Email support has a slower
response time than chat or
phone.

Phone

Speak to a support
representative in real time.

Norton Forums

Search for additional product
help about installing,
configuring, and
troubleshooting errors.

Using the Norton Support Web site
Norton Support Web site contains answers to the most
common customer questions. You can find the latest
product manual, knowledge base articles, and virus
removal tools.
Norton Support Web site contains problem-solving
articles that are presented in an easy step-by-step
format. The articles are categorized and listed on the
left side of the Web page. Using the categories, you can
browse through the available support topics. You can

Finding additional solutions
About Support

563

also use the Search Support box to find solution using
a keyword.
Norton Support Web site also contains useful links to
the product manual, the Norton Account, the Norton
Forum, and the spyware help under Additional
Resources.
To use the Norton Support Web site
In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
In the Support drop-down menu, click Get Support.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
In the Norton Autofix window, click Open Support
Web Site.
The Norton Support Web page appears.
5 Follow the on-screen instructions.
1
2
3
4

About phone support
If you have a problem that you cannot resolve using
Norton Autofix, use the click here link on the Norton
Autofix window to get the phone number to contact a
support representative.

Support offerings may vary based on the language or
product.
If you cannot access phone support by using Norton
Autofix, then you can access the phone support options
at the following URL:
http://www.norton.com/support

Getting support by phone
When you click the Get Support option in the Support
drop-down menu, Norton Autofix performs a Quick
Scan of your computer and should repair your
computer problems. However, if the problem persists,
you can use the Open Support Web Site option to go
to the Norton Support Web site for help by telephone,
email, chat, or forum.

564

Finding additional solutions
About Support

You can also use the click here link at the bottom of
the Norton Autofix window to contact a support
representative.

Availability of support varies by region. Regular
telephone and Internet connection fees apply in certain
countries.
To get support by phone
In the Norton 360 main window, click Support.
In the Support drop-down menu, click Get Support.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
At the bottom of the Norton Autofix window, click
the click here link.
5 In the Norton Autofix window, under Support
Contact Numbers, select the region, and then the
location.
You can use the phone number to contact a support
representative.
1
2
3
4

Support policy
Symantec recommends that you have the latest version
of the product, as it contains new and enhanced
features for better protection against security threats.
Current help and support for your Norton product can
be found at the following URL:
www.norton.com/support
Symantec reserves the right to change its support
policies at any time without notice. You can view the
latest version of the support policy at the following
URL:
www.symantec.com/supportpolicy

About keeping your subscription current
Subscription period lengths vary by Symantec product.
To maintain uninterrupted protection, you must keep
your subscription up to date. If you do not renew your

Finding additional solutions
About Support

565

subscription, you cannot obtain updates of any kind
and the software no longer functions.
When you run LiveUpdate near the end of your
subscription period, you are prompted to subscribe for
a nominal charge. Follow the on-screen instructions
to renew your subscription.
When you renew your subscription, the definition
updates and new product features are available
throughout the subscription period. Please note that
features may be added, modified, or removed during
this period.

Worldwide service and support
Worldwide service and support solutions vary by
country. To contact one of our Support offices, please
go to the following Web site and select your language.
www.norton.com/support
If you are a Norton One Premium Member, go to the
following Norton One support Web site for information
on this topic:
https://one.norton.com/support

ClubNorton
ClubNorton is your one-stop resource center for
Internet security. As a Norton customer, Symantec
wants to make your experience with your computer
safe, enjoyable, and productive. Whether you use your
computer to manage your personal finances, shop
online, or share your latest digital photos with friends
and family, ClubNorton makes your experience a good
one. Our goal is to consistently provide the proper tools
and information to keep you up to date.
For more information, go to the following URL and
select your country or region in the Select Your
Country/Region drop-down menu:
www.clubnorton.com

566

Finding additional solutions
Uninstalling Norton 360

The ClubNorton Web page includes a regularly updated
article library, a glossary, the Norton Forums, and the
Norton Update Center. You can also find the following
useful links in the Web page:
1

Symantec Security Check

Subscription Troubleshooter

Home & Home Office Security

Product Manuals

Product Updates

Product Reviews

Order Status

Returns

Rebates

Uninstalling Norton 360
You can remove Norton 360 from your computer in the
following ways:
1
From Windows Control Panel
1

From the Start menu

You should print out the Uninstalling Norton 360 Help
topic before continuing with the uninstallation. You
cannot access online Help during uninstallation.
If you want to reinstall Norton 360 on your computer,
you must uninstall Norton 360 from your computer.
You can reinstall the product using the installation file
that you downloaded from Symantec Web site or from
the product disc. To reinstall Norton 360, follow the
installation procedures that are available in the user
guide.
To uninstall Norton 360 from Windows Control Panel
1 On the Windows Taskbar, click Start > Control
Panel.

Finding additional solutions
Uninstalling Norton 360

567

2 In Windows Control Panel, do one of the following:
1
In Windows XP, click Add or Remove Programs.
1
1

In Windows Vista, click Programs and Features.
In Windows 7, click Programs > Programs and
Features.
The Programs option in Windows 7 is available
when you select the Category option in the View
by drop-down list.

3 In the list of currently installed programs, do one
of the following:
1
In Windows XP, click Norton 360, and then click
Change/Remove.
1
In Windows Vista or Windows 7, click Norton
360, and then click Uninstall/Change.
4 In the page that appears, under Select Your
Uninstall Preference, click one of the following:
I plan to reinstall a
Lets you retain your settings,
Norton product. Please passwords, and preferences for
leave my settings behind. Norton features before you
uninstall Norton 360
Select this option if you want to
reinstall Norton 360 or another
Norton product.
Please remove all user
data.

Lets you completely remove
Norton 360 without saving your
settings, passwords, and
preferences

5 To uninstall Norton 360, click Next.

568

Finding additional solutions
Uninstalling Norton 360

6 Do one of the following:
1
Click Restart Now (recommended) to restart
your computer.
1
Click Restart Later to restart your computer
later.
Norton 360 is not fully uninstalled until you restart
your computer.
To uninstall Norton 360 from the Start menu
1 On the Windows taskbar, click Start > All Programs
> Norton 360 > Uninstall Norton 360.
2 In the page that appears, under Select Your
Uninstall Preference, click one of the following:
I plan to reinstall a
Lets you retain your settings,
Norton product. Please passwords, and preferences for
leave my settings behind. Norton features before you
uninstall Norton 360
Select this option if you want to
reinstall Norton 360 or another
Norton product.
Please remove all user
data.

Lets you completely remove
Norton 360 without saving your
settings, passwords, and
preferences

3 To uninstall Norton 360, click Next.
4 Do one of the following:
1
Click Restart Now (recommended) to restart
your computer.
1
Click Restart Later to restart your computer
later.
Norton 360 is not fully uninstalled until you restart
your computer.

Index

A
about customer support 561
Actions window
deleting security risks 124
performing actions 124
restoring security risks 124
submission, items to
Symantec 124
activation 21
about 20
Norton Account 24
online backups 467
problems 24
troubleshooting 24
Add Rule Wizard
opening 244
using 245
Address Book Exclusions
setting 286
addresses
adding allowed 287
adding blocked 289
importing allowed 287
settings 516
Administrative Settings
about 532
Advanced Mode
allow an event 185
adware
found by Auto-Protect 211

adware protection settings 482
Aggressive
SONAR Protection 185
alerts 219
responding to 239
Allowed List 287
Antiphishing
about 302
hiding the toolbar 362
showing the toolbar 362
turning off 303
turning on 303
AntiSpam
about 279
Address Book Exclusions 286
Allowed List 287
Blocked List 289
Client Integration 282
configure 515
Feedback 291
settings 515
Web Query 292
antivirus settings 482
Application Ratings
check trust level 95
Scan Performance Profiles 97
attack signatures 260
attacks
network 234

570

Index

attention
infected files 216
infected items 158
resolve any items 158
Attention Required
about 158
resolving the risk 158
Auto-Protect
notifications 211
Automatic LiveUpdate
turning off or turning on 44
Automatic Program Control
about 239
automatic tasks 225
automatic updates 38
Autorun Restore
about 454
restoring 455

B
background jobs
about 79
monitoring 85
backup 227, 411
additional help 463
backup file categories 420
Backup Set 417
categories 103
file extensions 426
file selection 432
file types 420
Identity Safe data 350
locations 435
Norton Backup Drive 456
preparation 413
problem solving 460
restoring 447, 450
restoring selected files 451
scheduling 444
settings 471, 521
supported media 435

backup (continued)
turning off or turning on 469
Backup and Restore
about 350
schedules 230
backup file categories
adding or editing file
extensions 427
removing file extensions 429
resetting file extensions 429
backup files
deleting 430
Backup Set
about 417
adding files and folders 432
creating 418
deleting 445
excluding files and folders 433
modifying 419
renaming 419
Backup Settings
about 521
turning off and turning on 471
backups
about 412
locations 442
online 464
online storage space 468
restore destinations 453
running 446
Bandwidth
defining usage 298
managing 296
Blocked List 289
blocking
spam 279
Boot Time Protection 204
configure 205
boot viruses 223
browser cache files 404

Index

Browser Protection
turning on and turning off 266
Browsing
options 352
Browsing Options
about 352

C
cache files 404
Cards
about 343
adding 344
deleting 346
duplicating 346
update image 344
updating 346
categories in Norton 360
viewing details 56
CDs for backups 460
changing
scan schedules 167
cleaning up disks 401, 405
cleanups
in PC Tuneup 401
Client Integration
configuring 282
cloud technology
Cloud 168
ClubNorton
security tips 565
communication port
modifying 399
Computer
protecting 106
computers
blocking with AutoBlock 263
IP address 386
configure
Identity Safe 330
connections 106
cookies protection settings 482

CPU graph
about 73
obtaining historical data 75
resource-consuming
processes 75
CPU usage
viewing 74
Creating custom scans
adding files 159
adding folders 159
custom scan
configure scan options 161
select items 160
custom scans
about 159
creating 159
deleting 163
editing 162
particular area 159
running a custom scan 162
scan frequently 159
schedule the custom scan 159
scheduling 164, 167
customer support
about 561
using 562
customizing
Allowed List 287
Blocked list 289

D
definition status 46
definition updates 39
obtaining 48
definitions
virus and spyware 45
deleting
custom scans 163
deleting custom scans
deleting 163
details links 56

571

572

Index

detecting
security risks 210
device
adding 384
editing details 387
excluding from Intrusion
Prevention scan 394
purging from exclusion list 268
remotely monitoring 376
removing from the Network
Security Map 396
viewing 376
devices
changing trust level 389
Diagnostic Report
running 406
dialers protection settings 482
disk optimization 227, 402
disks
cleaning up 404
fragmentation 402
optimizing 402
domains
adding allowed 287
adding blocked 289
Download Insight
about 269
configuring alerts 275
turning off notifications 273
turning on notifications 273
Download Intelligence
turning off 272
turning on 272
DVDs for backups 460

E
email
menu 284
program 284
spam 279
error messages 219

EULA
checking 554
Events graph
monitoring activities 62

F
features
email filtering 281
Feedback
Norton AntiSpam 291
file extensions
of infected files 216
file infectors 223
files
backing up 446
fragmentation 402
scanning 227
selection, for backups 432
filter
importing allowed 287
Web Query 292
filtering
email 515
identifying email senders 287,
289
SSL 279
web-based 292
firewall
general settings 506, 509
intrusion prevention 506
program rules 506
protection settings 257, 506
removing programs 243
traffic rules 506
firewall rules
about 236
adding 244
changing the order of 255
creating 239, 245
default 237
processing order 236, 255

Index

firewall rules (continued)
removing 258
turning on and off 256
Firewall settings
adding programs 241
folders
scanning 227
fragmentation 402
Full Screen Detection
about 191
Full System Scan 155
scheduling 166

G
General Rules
adding 244
removing 258

H
hack tools protection settings 482
high-risk security threats
excluding from scanning 187
home network
settings 519

I
icons in Norton 360 54
Identity Protection
categories 103
Settings 524
Identity Safe
about 313
accessing 327, 363, 368
backing up 350
changing password 358
configuring 330
information 301
logging in and out 328
logins 335
Norton toolbar 328

573

Identity Safe (continued)
password 353
restoring data 351
security 353
turning off 316
turning on 317
Identity Safe Password & Security
options
about 353
Identity Safe profiles
about 317
creating 318
identity theft
Internet 301
Idle Time Optimizer
about 78
turning off 79
turning on 79
Idle Time Out
setting 231
import
logins 325
Insight Network
about 168
cloud computing 168
Insight Network scan 168
Quick Scan 168
scan 168
shortcut menu scan 168
Single File Scan 168
Insight Protection
turning off 169
turning on 169
installation
problems 36, 38
integration with email clients 282
integration with email
programs 284
Internet
connection problems 106
search Explorer history 227

574

Index

Internet (continued)
temporary files 227, 404
Intrusion AutoBlock
blocking computers
permanently 265
turning on and off 263
unblocking computers 264
Intrusion Prevention 506, 511
about 260
exclusion list 266
turning individual notifications
on and off 261
turning notifications on and
off 261
Intrusion Prevention scan
excluding a device 394
exclusion list 266
purging devices 268
remove devices 268
IP addresses 386
finding 386
items
submitting from
Quarantine 143

J
joke programs protection
settings 482

L
LiveUpdate 45
about 39
Smart Definitions 42–43
technology 38
updating 226
locations for backup 435
Login
adding manually 338
changing password 341
changing URL 340

Login (continued)
changing user name 341
configuring 330
creating new folder 338
deleting 338
editing 338
importing 325
managing 338
saving 336
updating 343
low resource profile on battery
turning off 70
turning on 70

M
macro viruses 223
main window
messages 104
status colors 219
status messages 219
malware 221
Manage Logins
about 335
Manage Notes
about 348
Manual Repair
reviewing remaining risks
in 216
Manual Repair window
reviewing remaining risks
in 156
manual scan options 495
Media Center Extender
Silent Mode 195
Memory graph
about 73
obtaining historical data 75
messages 104, 219
Norton 360 219
Metered Broadband Mode
about 296

Index

Metered Broadband Mode
(continued)
turning off 297
turning on 297
Metered Broadband mode
defining bandwidth 298
Monthly Report
activities 101
multipartite viruses 223

N
Network
changing trust level 389
discovering devices 382
editing details 389
forming 382
joining 382
managing 375
network locations 506
Network Proxy Settings
about 48
configuring 51
Network Security Map
about 375
adding devices 384
modifying communication
port 399
purging 396
removing devices 396
turning off 384
turning off Network Security
Overview 381
turning on Network Security
Overview 381
viewing device details 398
viewing devices 376
wireless network
viewing status 397
Network Security Overview
turning off 381
turning on 381

new version
checking 556
newsletter 565
Norton 360
about 7
about securing 549
Allowed and Blocked lists 281
background jobs 79
categories 103
details 56
EULA 554
icons 54
main window 8, 219
new version 556
password 550–551
protecting 551
registering 29
securing 550
shortcut menu 55
status 52
uninstalling 566
upgrading 554
version number 553
Norton 360 scan
about 149
command line scanning 205
Computer Scan 149
custom scans 159
Idle Time Scan 149
Insight Network 168
Insight Network scan 149
Reputation Scan 149
Norton 360 settings 257
resetting password 551
Norton Account 467
about 24
accessing 30
changing password 31
creating 29
Norton Account password 31

575

576

Index

Norton AntiSpam 279
about 279
Address Book Exclusions 286
configure 515
Feedback 291
settings 515
SSL 279
Web Query 292
Norton Autofix
support assistants 557
Norton Backup and Restore 411
Norton Backup Drive
about 456
deleting files 459
restoring files from a Backup
Set 458
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
about 34
using 38
Norton Bootable Recovery Tool
Wizard
downloading 36
Norton Community Watch
about 32
joining 32
turning off or turning on 33
Norton Firewall Diagnosis
about 259
Norton Insight
about 88
Files of Interest 92
refreshing trust level 92
trusted files 88
viewing processes 92
Norton LiveUpdate
about 39
Norton Product Tamper Protection
about 547
turning off 548
turning on 548

Norton Safe Search
searching Web 310
Norton Safe Web
about 305
turning off 310
turning on 310
Norton Tasks
about 79
Norton toolbar
about 359
accessing 363
settings 327
Notes
deleting 348
saving 348
updating 348
notification area icon 104
notifications
Auto-Protect 211
Intrusion Prevention 261

O
Office documents
embedded objects 189
scanning office documents 189
turn on or turn off 190
virus macros 189
One Click Support
using 558
online backups
activation 467
considerations 464
purchasing more storage 468
Online transactions
identity theft 313
Optimization
about 76
and performance 403
boot volume 77
running 402

Index

optimizing 401
and fragmentation 402
Options
Client Integration 282

P
password
changing 358
editing 338
Norton Account 31
saving 336
updating 343
PC security
categories 103
PC Tuneup
categories 103
disk cleanup 405
disk optimization 402
optimization 402
Startup Manager 407
PC tuneup 401, 404
Performance
accessing 61
alerts 65
monitoring 74
performance alerts
about 65
configure 67
configure threshold 69
excluding programs 71
removing programs from
exclusion list 72
turning off 67
turning off low resource
profile 70
turning on 67
turning on low resource
profile 70
performance improvement 402
Personal data
backing up 350

577

pop-up messages 219
port scans 234
problem solving 559
problem solving backups 460
problems
problems found during 216
resolve any items 216
solving 558
Product Key 22
accessing 30
product password
protecting 550
product status 46
program
patches 39
Program Control
Automatic 239
Program rules
adding 244
removing 258
program updates 39
programs
configuring Internet access 244
creating firewall rules 244
removing programs 243
programs, blocked 257
protection
dates 45
maintaining 104
quick scan 154
updates 38
protection features
monitoring 108
proxy server
configuring 51
settings 48
Pulse Updates
about 47
using 48

578

Index

Q
Quarantine
adding an item 141
items, submitting for
analysis 143
managing items 138
opening 138
removing items 142
restoring items 141
Quarantined Items view
adding items 111
Quick Controls
turning on or turning off 481
Quick Scan
running quick scan 154
scheduling 167
Quiet Mode
about 191, 197
disk burning 197
options 200
turning off 200
turning on 200
TV recording 197
User-Specified Programs 201

R
Real Time Exclusions
about 186
Registry Cleanup 227, 406
Remote Monitoring
setting up 382
repair
actions 216
infected files 216
removable media 216
system files 216
Reputation Scan
about 170
results 177
running Custom Scan 176

Reputation Scan (continued)
running Full System Scan 175
running Quick Scan 175
Responding
about 106
responding to emergencies 106
restore 411
Autorun Restore 454–455
choosing destinations 453
Identity Safe data 350
restoring backed-up files 447
selecting Backup Set 450
selecting files to restore 451
restoring items
Quarantine 141
result
resolved risks 157
Results Summary
about 157
resolved risks 157
total items scanned 157
risks
intrusions 234
malware 221
port scans 234
spyware 221
vulnerabilities 221
rules
changing 245
creating 244–245
Running custom scans
scanning required files 162
scanning required folders 162
running Full System Scan
Reputation Scan 175
running Quick Scan
Reputation Scan 175

S
Safe Surfing
about 301

Index

Safe Web
turning off 310
turning on 310
scan at the command prompt
command line scanning 205
Scan Complete
appearing after a scan 216
Scan Complete window
appearing after a scan 156
Scan Facebook Wall
about 182
scanning 184
scanned
total items scanned 157
scanning
automatically 164
individual elements 156
problems found during 216
Scans
command line 205
Computer Scan 152
create a custom scan 159
Custom Scan 152
custom scan 227
deleting custom scans 163
file 156
floppy disk 156
folder 156
Full System Scan 152, 155
hard drive 156
Insight Network 168
manual 45
Norton Bootable Recovery
Tool 38
Quick Scan 152
quick scan 154
removable drive 156
running custom scans 162
using custom 159
scheduling 228
backup and restore 230

579

scheduling (continued)
backups 444
custom scans 164
scans 164
tasks 528
scheduling custom scan
multiple schedules 164
scheduling custom scans
scheduling Full System
Scan 164
searching
Security History 135
secure online storage 468
Security History
about 108
Actions window 124
adding items to the
Quarantine 111
full alert history 111
importing or exporting 136
manual scan results 111
Quarantine 138
Quick Search 135
recent alert history 111
searching 135
security risks 111
submission, items to
Symantec 111
suspicious email 111
viewing items 111
viewing quarantined items 111
security risks
adding to Quarantine 141
attacks 234
found by Auto-Protect 209, 211
port scans 234
removing from the
Quarantine 142
restoring from Quarantine 141
security status 53
self-healing 557

580

Index

Settings 475
Administrative Settings 532
antivirus 482
customizing 480
firewall 257, 506, 509
home network 519
Identity Protection 524
Quick Controls 481
settings
Task Scheduling 528
settings password
resetting 551
turning off 551
Settings Password Protection
about 549
configuring 550
resetting 551
turning off 551
shortcut menu 55
Signature Exclusions
about 188
Signature Ezclusions
excluding items 189
signatures
including and excluding 262
Silent Mode
about 191
Full Screen Detection 195
Media Center Extender 195
turning off 193, 196
turning on 193, 196
turning on manually 193
Smart Definitions
about 42
turning on or turning off 43
Smart Firewall
about 233
customizing 236
SONAR Protection
about 185
emerging threats 185

SONAR Protection (continued)
heuristic technology 185
SONAR Advanced Mode 185
turning off 186
turning on 186
spyware 221, 504
found by Auto-Protect 211
protection settings 482
settings 489
system scan 155
SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)
Norton AntiSpam 279
startup files 210
startup items
delaying and running 409
disabling or enabling 408
Startup Manager
about 407
delaying and running delayed
items 409
disabling or enabling startup
items 408
status 52–53
submission, items to Symantec 143
subscription
maintaining 564
product updates 46
Supervisor user account
creating firewall rules 239
Support
AutoFix Scan 558
Self Help 560
solving problems 558
worldwide service 565
Support policy 564
Symantec Security Response 143
viewing submitted files 111
Symantec Support Web site
about 561
using 562

Index

Symantec Web site
blogs and forums 559
System Insight
about 59
Events graph 59
monitoring activities 62
Performance graph 59
system status graph
activity details 64

T
Task Scheduling
settings 528
tasks
automatic 225
technical support
about 561
using 562
threats
newly discovered 46
protection from 233
Trojan horses 222
viruses 222
worms 222
trackware protection settings 482
Trojan horses 222
Trust Control
Intrusion Prevention and 260
trust level
changing 389
device 389
network 389

U
updates 38
automatically 44
manual 45
obtaining 48
Pulse Updates 47
summary 39

upgrading
new version 554
User-Specified Programs
about 201
adding programs 202
Quiet Mode 201
removing programs 203

V
version number
checking 553
virus and spyware checks
scheduling 228
virus and spyware settings 489
virus definitions 45
virus protection
system scan 155
viruses 222
boot 223
file infectors 223
macro 223
multipartite 223
protection settings 482
types 223
vulnerabilities 221
Vulnerability Protection
about 144, 146
viewing programs 145

W
Web pages
launching 340
protection 302
reporting 304
Web Query
about 292
turning off 293
turning on 293
Web sites
cache files 404

581

582

Index

Windows temporary files 227
wireless network
viewing status 397
worms 222

foo

Norton from Symantec products protect consumers from traditional threats with antivirus, phishing protection, and spyware
protection. They also protect against bots, drive-by downloads, and identity theft, and are light on system resources. In addition,
Symantec provides services such as online backup and PC Tuneup, and is a trusted source for family online safety. For more
information, please click one of the following links:
Antivirus | Phishing Protection | Spyware Protection | Online Backup
Copyright © 2011 Symantec Corporation. All rights reserved. Symantec, Norton, and the Norton Logo are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Symantec Corporation and its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. Other names may be trademarks of their
respective owners.

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Keywords                        : yes, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows XP, InfoDev
Title                           : Product Manual
Creator                         : Unknown
Author                          : Symantec Corporation
Producer                        : XEP 4.6 build 20060623
Trapped                         : False
Create Date                     : 2011:12:14 03:26:52
Modify Date                     : 2011:12:14 03:26:52
Page Count                      : 584
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Symantec Norton 360 Antivirus Software 11022527 Users Manual Product

11022527 to the manual 3cbf5bb4-1294-4c51-adf2-1b728655edb8

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation